Show Posts

This section allows you to view all posts made by this member. Note that you can only see posts made in areas you currently have access to.


Messages - Kristopher Ryans

Pages: [1] 2 3 ... 5
1
==========================================================
>
===========================================================



Us Against The World
Jet City South - SAN DIEGO
20 JANUARY 2022
OFF-Camera




Coby hadn’t turned away from the window since Kris had come into the office. He seemed transfixed on Mikah down on the floor. She wasn’t known for being the most friendly with new students, so Coby was just hoping that nobody was dumb enough to approach her down there. He had seen enough of what Mikah and Kris had put Courtney through to know that their style was much different from the culture he had been creating in Jet City South. It left little of his attention to give to Kris, and he had been attempting to just nod and shrug his way through getting him to go away.

Kris: ...is this not a win-win for everyone?

Coby shrugged again, but from the pause that went on after it, Coby could tell that Kris was going to require a little more than that to make sure he was actually paying attention to what he was saying. Not that it was hard. They had already been through this several times in the month since Kris made the stupid decision to head back to Sin City.

Coby: I mean it certainly is for you. You get everything that you want without having to deal with any of the things that you hate.

Luckily for Coby, several of the trainers started to corral the students, and Mikah seemed to lose interest in the group once she would have been considered a disruption.

Kris: I hate traveling…

Kris had used it as an excuse for years, but lately it seemed to be a lot less true than it used to be. Kris spent half his time flying between one of three places for a few days at a time. Now he was adding a tour to the list. Yet, somehow all of that travel weighed less on him than his responsibilities around the gym. Although, there was more to it than that.

Coby: That gets canceled out by all of the attention that you get just by standing in the middle of a ring. It’s not like they’ll have you going further than you do in order to visit Mikah. Yet you manage to get out of helping out around here in any meaningful way once again.

Kris tried to laugh it off.

Kris: If I was always around here, what would be left for you to do?

That finally got Coby to turn from the window to glare at Kris.

Coby: Spend time at home mostly. I think I might still have a wife and child there. I’d have to have the time to go check that out though.

The Hall of Famer shrugged off that ridiculous thought without hesitation.

Kris: Stop being so dramatic. I’m surprised that Chelsea isn’t around here more often. Seems like she would get a kick out of being better than all of the trainees. She’s the type to go bad with a little taste of power. We should bring her on as a trainer.

Coby’s jaw dropped and his mouth fell open. He couldn’t believe his ears, let alone take the suggestion seriously.

Coby: Throwing a hand grenade into your own gym is ballsy….

Maybe it sounded more complimentary than he meant it, because Kris seemed to take his response that way.

Kris: Than--

Before he could even get the words out, Coby cut him off with a little more clarification.

Coby: I mean it’s also stupid, and I say that with all of the love in the world for my wife. She wouldn’t be any better out there on the floor than Mikah was. Nothing would get done, and everyone else’s confidence would get shattered for no reason. We wouldn’t be building anything up, just tearing it down for kicks. That’s not what we do here, otherwise you would fit in.

It was unpleasant to hear, but there wasn’t anything in it that Kris could really argue with either. Chelsea would be explosive. That was the most interesting thing about it for Kris. However, it also worked to prove Coby’s point about his uselessness inside this building. Coby had only really given him one option, and was now shaming him for taking it.

Kris: At least I will be out in the world using my skills to benefit us here. I won’t be here to bother you, and I’ll be doing something productive. Isn’t that what you wanted?

Coby wasn’t going to give him the benefit of the doubt this time though. Kris had been taking more and more time away from traveling and competing. That told Coby that he wasn’t really up for the toll that it took on him. This was just a band-aid on the problem. It wasn’t a long term solution, and may not even work in the short term unless everything goes absolutely-perfectly-right.

Coby: That’s assuming that you don’t go out there and fall on your face. You know what happens to the undefeated team that goes back and loses? They’re a joke. Especially because they let you two jump the line and take on the champions right out of the gate. This could backfire. Then what?

Kris throws his hands up, giving up. His had expected his friend to come around, but clearly that wasn’t going to happen regardless of what Kris had to say.

Kris: You know, I think you’re just determined to be negative, and I’m not liking how that’s ruining my energy right now.

It was the first thing out of Kris’ mouth that seemed to perk Coby up.

Coby: So you’re going then?

Admitting defeat, Kris turns around and starts towards the door.

Kris: You know what? Fine. Yes. You just sit here and sulk, and we’ll go and prove you wrong.

Coby had probably attempted to say something snarky back, but Kris closed the door behind him loudly enough to muffle whatever that was. He made his way down the hallway, and started out towards the floor of the gym when he was cut off by the woman that he had been on his way to collect.

Kris: Everyone is determined to tell me I am wrong no matter what I do…

Mikah frowns before looking at him as she pries her eyes away from her phone, no doubt on the phone with her teenager. She hangs the phone up and pockets it into the hoodie’s front pouch.

Mikah: I don’t think you’re wrong…but if it helps, nobody ever thinks I’m right either..

Her words don’t seem to have much effect. The talk with Coby must not have gone well. It wasn’t like Kris was particularly good at hiding how he felt either. She raises an eyebrow at him before offering him a small smile. She opens her mouth to try and cheer him up, but he cuts her off.

Kris: He wants me to help out without being in the way. I signed back on with Sin City to do that, and he doesn’t like that either. Look around though, I might own the place but it doesn’t feel very welcoming, does it?

He looks around, and really soaks in all of the changes that they have made to the place in the last few months. Coby really was turning the place into something more his own.

Mikah: I am not sure that I’m the best person to ask; I never feel welcomed at most places I go. Did you ask him exactly how he wanted you to help out without being in the way?

She raises an eyebrow at him, trying not to be accusing but more helpful.The heavy sigh that the question draws out of him answers her question though. He shakes his head, still at a loss for what Coby actually wanted from him.

Kris: I’m not even sure if he knows. I think it is just stress. But everyone agrees that when I am around and meddling, things go off the rails. It’s best that I am hands off. That is what he wanted. Now he just wants to complain about it whenever I am around. At least going back I am doing something other than sitting around getting old.

She presses her lips together, a slightly amused look on her face as she looks at him.

Mikah: If you’re old, then I must be ancient. And maybe he doesn’t even know what he wants. Maybe he just wants a couple days off? I’m not sure, nor am I a mind reader. And I like when you meddle in things; it makes it interesting.

She reaches up and messes his hair up a little bit before wrinkling her nose at him. He could tell that she was just trying to bring something positive to the situation, but he still wasn’t feeling it.

Kris: Well you’re probably the only one. I don’t know if that means the world is wrong, and you’re the only one with common sense, or the reverse. I just don’t know why I made such a fuss about stopping here before we went to the show. Maybe I was thinking that Coby would want to help for old time’s sake. I don’t think that’s a thing anymore though. Pretty sure if we are going back, we are doing it on our own.

She pauses, looking at him and trying to readjust her mindset.

Mikah: It is what we do best and when we succeed the best. When we don’t have to rely on anybody else. But it was a selfless idea to come here and offer Coby help, even if he didn’t want it.

Kris wasn’t even going to bother filling her in on Coby’s assumption that they were only going back to fail. To Kris, that was an impossibility in and of itself. It wasn’t worth putting thought into, or possibly dragging Mikah down with it. Proving his friend wrong was the least of his worries. It was just the nagging feeling of rejection that he didn’t like, but there was no fixing that.

Kris: ...but that’s fine. We don’t need Jet City. That was me and Jason. We don’t need Coby, or the rest of them in The Black Sheep. We are the ones coming back, so it should be all about us. Why let what everyone else wants distract us? Why do they matter in our story anyways? We are the Hall of Famers! We are the successes!

He realizes that maybe he was becoming a little too animated, and tries to pull himself back together. He looks around, making sure that he hadn’t caused too much of a scene before looking back to his significant other. She holds a smile on her face, the emotion reaching her eyes as she seems to have enjoyed the reaction from him.

Mikah: We never really needed them, if we’re speaking honestly. I don’t think that they contributed to our success last year, in 2018, and they don’t have to contribute to our upcoming success either. And they don’t matter; we matter.

She was naturally confident in her own abilities as a person and almost never relied on another person in the ring. Although, it was working to help pull Kris out of whatever frame of mind that Coby had left him in. If they were going to do this, there wasn’t any space in either of their heads for doubt, and Kris needed to realize that.

Kris: Then to hell with them. All of them. I don’t want to mention Jet City. I don’t even want to hear The Black Sheep referenced around us. We can just go and build our own thing, and show everyone how wrong they were to ever consider writing us off. It’s not like we haven’t done it before. I don’t even think it’ll be hard to do it again. It’s a new year, and Mark and Christian are basically handing us the championships.

She smiles at him before leaning up and kissing his cheek quickly.

Mikah: It’s probably because Christian has a small, miniscule crush on you. Let’s be honest, that’s the real reason we’re getting a shot at the championships.

She was teasing him, of course. Another tactic to try to pull him out of his funk.

Kris: I am pretty sure it is because Mark likes you the most.

The fact that he was even able to joke back was enough improvement for Mikah. He was at least back on the right path to being himself. That was the kind of partner that she needed if they were going to recapture the championships that the two of them never really lost. It was a step in the right direction.

Mikah: To be fair, I’m everybody’s favorite.

She winks at him. The two take another quick look around the gym, but she grabs him by the hand and the two make there way out the back entrance without drawing anymore attention to themselves than necessary. They still had to get to Reno, and start game-planning exactly how they were going to be relieving the current champions of their gold. At least Kris could start to put this negativity behind him. What Mikah needed to do was get him in front of a crowd of people, and the sooner the better. That would give him the shot of adrenaline that he needed in order to be back in his usual form for Inception.



==========================================================
>
==========================================================


The feed comes to life with the sounds of cheers filling the speakers before there is any movement on the screen. As the camera pulls back, and cameras start to flash, the black screen is revealed to be the rear passenger door of a car, which pops open, intensifying all of the cheers. The orange and turquoise custom PG5s that step out of the car can only belong to one person, and the camera pans up to show Hall of Famer Kristopher Ryans as he rises to his feet, surrounded by cheering fans.

I mean who other than me can draw a crowd like this to do something as trivial as talking to opponents before a match?

He takes a few steps away from the car, and the crowd around it moves with him. As the cameraman backpedals, we see that there are ropes stopping the mob from getting too close to Kris, and a red carpet for him to walk along as he addresses the camera.

I mean we all have to do these things. Every week we all fly out a little early, set up some cameras, and tell the world what we think of the matches that Mark and Christian cook up for us. It’s kind of one of those unwritten rules of promoting the shows. Some people go low tech. Some people go way too over-produced. Most of us fall somewhere in the middle, where I like to stay. I don’t like to draw too much of the focus away from the words that are coming out of my mouth, so who cares where I say them?

He gestures to the passionate flock of fans around him. Most of them are wearing either Jet City, or Kris Ryans shirts. The orange and turquoise color theme is prevalent throughout the herd that moves with him.

I thought this time around maybe I would kill a few birds with one stone. I couldn’t very well blow off the fans that wanted to see me show up in the flesh, and this was the perfect way to put them to use. They get what they want, and I get to make my point. All that I have to do is snap my fingers, and the fans of this company will always come running, in whatever numbers necessary, in whatever city I tell them to. I am one of the biggest draws that this company has unto myself, and now I am hand-delivering one of the greatest mixed tag teams in the history of this company, and the only team of note that has ever gone undefeated. I am returning the rightful World Mixed Tag Team Champions to Sin City Wrestling, and our adoring crowd was here waiting for me to do so.

As he gets to the ropes, he pulls a marker from his pocket and starts to sign the things hung over the rope to him. Even as his marker flicks across shirts, and photos, and other items his focus still seems to be on the camera.

...and who cares if we didn’t work our way up through the ranks one non-existent team at a time? We did that last time, only to have to defend the championships against randomly paired lethal lottery teams anyways. Let’s leave the undefeated streak out of it. Let’s not even mention that the last time we were together in the ring as a team we were the Mixed Tag Team Champions. Let’s forget that I was forced to give up that championship. Let’s disregard that nobody on the roster was able to dethrone us. We can boil things down to a much simpler reason for Reckless Elite to get the championship nod: Mikah and I are a legit team.

Almost as if on queue, he is presented with a picture of both himself and Mikah as champions in the center of the SCW ring. He points down to it and the camera closes in on it for a second.

See what I mean… Anywhere you look in Sin City you are going to find Mikah and I. We are all over the history of this company. We are splashed throughout all of the record books. We are the highest points of the highlight reels. There are no others like us. There is no team as dominant as we are together, and no individuals as decorated as we are separately. Mikah and I are once-in-a-lifetime transcendent talents on our respective sides of the roster. It’s not just about the championships. It’s not just about the records, the awards or the wins and losses. It’s a combination of all of it. Some people you just look at and know that they have “it” and we most certainly do. We always have. We always will. That’s why nobody bats an eye when we show up and tell the world what we want. And that is why when we do, the world caves into our demands. We said we wanted to come back. The red carpet got laid out. Championships were laid out in front of us for the taking. Who are we not to take them?

Kris gets to the end of the makeshift red carpet, and the camera swings around in front of him. The fans are cut off from him by an archway that the ropes bar them from entering, however, it doesn’t appear that they are missing much. The particle board backings of the wall are plainly visible, but Kris doesn’t break stride to let the viewers focus on them.

...and who are Mercedes and Goth to stop us? Goth and I have squared off in the ring before and I was the one that walked away with my hand in the air. That was before I even made anything of myself in this company. That was back when people still considered me a heavy underdog and Goth a sure-thing. Times have certainly changed, and there is a reason for that. Since then, I have done nothing but prove my case again and again. All I have done is win, time after time. All I have done is accumulate every possible accolade in this company, most of them twice.

He pauses and holds his index and pointer fingers out to the camera, silently mouthing the word “twice” yet again to let it sink in for the viewers.

...and Mercedes? Has she ever even beaten Mikah? We all know that she’s had the opportunities. She has had chance after chance, and made promise after promise to come back and finally get it done. She has thrown her best shot at the greatest Bombshell in the history of this company, and come up short each and every time. It doesn’t matter how much success she has had. It never mattered what title she was holding, or what records she was breaking. Mercedes couldn’t ever get it done. So even though she will bludgeon us with all of the details of her successes, they have never added up in such a way that has allowed her to get the best of Mikah. She may have been inducted into the Hall of Fame twice, but it was never enough to get one over on the best of the best. And why is that? Because she just doesn’t measure up, by any definition or stretch of imagination.

Kris stops as they reach the top of a set of stairs that weren’t exactly solid. The black curtain and raucous cheers behind him give the impression that the landing that they are standing on is the back half of a large stage. Obviously his path through the backstage area was a way to buy time for the crowd to be herded to the next area by Kris’ handlers. Although it is less clear if they were following his words, or if that was just for the viewers at home to see.

Like I was saying last week, not all Hall of Famers are created equal. Just because we are all four members of the same club doesn’t mean we are all on equal footing. There are things that Mikah and I have done separately that nobody not named J2H can claim. That doesn’t mean that these two aren’t great when compared to the average talent in the back. They are. They’re great. But they’re not the greatest. And they’re not even really a team.

That was the point that Kris was trying to stay focused on, because that was all that was going to matter at Inception.

Two talents like Mercedes and Goth are going to run over regular teams. They may even run over most other lethal lottery teams. That is because this division really comes down to two matches happening in the ring at the same time. Bombshells are doing battle with one another, and the guys get to lock up when we can pry the ladies apart. It’s not a regular tag team environment with momentum, and wearing one member of a team down. It is more about strategy, and two people being able to turn the tide of a match in their favor no matter what. Mikah could be dismantling Mercedes, only for Goth to tag himself in. I have to be able to deal with that. I have to be good enough as an individual to hold my own. Knowing that will get you to some championships the same way that Goth and Mercedes did. However, knowing your partner as well as you know yourself, and being able to see their momentum shift one way or another is totally different. There is so much more to these types of matches than just throwing punches, or trying to choke someone out. You have to know what your partner needs, without them being able to spell it out for you. How can Mercedes and Goth hope to do that, when they barely know one another? You think these two were hanging out before they were randomly thrown together? You think they exchange holiday cards? I doubt it. And when it matters most, that is what is going to come back to bite them in the ass.

A stagehand comes over to Kris and hands him something that he slides into his pocket. The same person clips a small microphone to Kris’ collar and then runs a cord down the inside of his jacket and the camera swings to the other side of Kris once again. It backs out through a curtain, and for a moment Kris is gone. The new Reckless Elite theme blasts through the small space, and the camera whips around to see a crowd of a few hundred people surrounding the stage. The camera turns back to the curtain just in time for Kris to burst through it, his voice now booming through the PA system.

I find it funny that people keep trying to write Mikah and I off. People keep trying to decide that we are done. They think that our time in the spotlight is over for some reason. I don’t know what gave them that idea. I think we have always made it pretty clear that if we want to show up and take it all back. Every time people have said that our best days were past us, we not only rise back to the top, but then we elevate exactly what it means to be at the top. We have done it over and over, and we will continue to do it over and over again until someone or some team rises up that is actually good enough to force us out once and for all. Today, looking at what this roster has to offer, I don’t see that being a problem for a long time.

The camera shakes a little when the fans in attendance roar in agreement with him.

These people have been desperate to see a real tag team in this division, and that is something that has been missing from the moment that I won the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. I should have never given up my place at the top of this division in order to chase something that I didn’t really want. I should have never let a team wear the crowns that were literally created to be worn by me and Mikah.

Again, the crowd cheers, but he obviously didn’t need to win any of them over. They all showed up when he put out the word, and the show was still a few days away.

We’re going to Inception to win the Mixed Tag Team Championships because that is just what we do. We show up. We piss a lot of people off. We do whatever we want to do. We take whatever it is we want to take because we are that damn good at what we do inside that six sided ring. Nobody has been able to step up and say otherwise, and some of the best of the bests have tried. All have failed, and now we are back to remind everyone of their place. It’s beneath us, like it or not. It might not sound pretty, but that doesn’t change that it’s a fact, not an opinion. We have the receipts to prove it. Reclaiming what is rightfully ours is the only thing that matters to Mikah and I, and there is little that anyone is going to be able to do to stop us from getting what we want. Mark and Christian were smart to shorten the line for us, because now we will amass a pile of bodies as defending champions instead of disgruntled challengers, and one of those two things is going to draw a lot more money than the alternative would have.

For the first time, he breaks his attention away from the camera, and seems to acknowledge the crowd itself. A wide smile crosses his face, and he pauses for a moment to let their cheers wash over him. After a second, he turns and empties his pockets into the hands of one of the security people on the stage. He unclips the microphone from his shirt and wraps the cord around the man’s shoulders before turning back to the fans. He raises his voice so that he can talk over them, but almost instantly the rest of the room falls silent to hear him.

From my first day in this company, all the way to whenever my last one will be, I am going to talk exactly as RECKLESS as I want to. I don’t care about the rules. I don’t care about your norms. I don’t have to censor myself…. I don’t have to do what anyone tells me…. I am ELITE!

The crowd roars, and the camera pans from Kris over to the mass of people with their hands in the air. In a flash, the Hall of Famer takes off running the length of the stage, and leaps from the edge of it into the hands of his adoring fans. The camera follows him as he floats around the top of the crowd for a few moments before fading to black and cutting off.






2
==========================================================
>
==========================================================



Boredom Kills
Jet City South - SAN DIEGO
1 JANUARY 2022
OFF-Camera




The days felt like they were getting longer, and waking up everyday was becoming more and more stressful. His new morning routine involved trying to figure out where he was. Life had become an endless parade of plane flights, and time zone changes. He had been told throughout his drug use that living a double life was impossible to maintain. At this point though, he had volunteered to live three. Kris was splitting his time between putting in work behind the scenes at Jet City, growing his relationship with Mikah in Hawaii, and raising his kids in Seattle. However, a few months into spinning all of these plates, they were all starting to fall, and take a toll on him when they did. If he sacrificed time at Jet City, his trainers were unhappy. He couldn’t miss events with his kids, so Mikah sometimes fell to the back burner. In the times he was able to slip away to the beach, it felt like the world back home was falling apart. It was that feeling that had brought him back to Jet City South after celebrating the New Year with Mikah.

Kris: Is it just me, or did you think that retirement would be easier?

Coby didn’t have time for Kris’ ramblings. It was bad enough that his mentor was bothering him while Coby was busy trying to keep the gym afloat. He never wanted to throw Kris out, but was drawing painfully close today.

Coby: It’s just you…

Kris sat up on the couch in their shared office, although in recent months Coby had redecorated and taken over the space in its entirety. Kris was designated to a corner, which happened to contain the only desk without anything on it. Every other surface in the office was covered with paperwork that Kris was never going to take interest in looking at. If the problems that they had were going to get fixed, it was going to have to be Coby to dig them out of it.

Kris: Well that felt blunt and dismissive. I thought that this was supposed to be a safe place? Are you championing the hostile work environment now?

Coby rolled his eyes. He was happy that Kris had been sticking to therapy and getting his shit together, but it had given Kris a whole new bag of tricks to weaponize against others to hold them conversationally hostage.

Coby: No… I meant that it is quite literally just you. The rest of us are drowning, but nothing is ever easy in your orbit, Kris. Maybe if you wanted to take a more “hands on” approach around here, I could probably spare the time to talk to you about your feelings.

Coby gestured to the piles of everything around the room, but it caused the color to drain out of Kris’ face instantly.

Kris: Paperwork? Hard pass.

Coby sighs, and sits back in his chair. He turns slightly so that he is not forced to directly look at the source of his annoyance. He points out the office window to the floor where several trainers were running students of the gym through drills.

Coby: You could always go down and run a few classes. You know, do something other than hang out and complain that you don’t have anything to do all the time. Find something productive to do with your time…. Be useful… We don’t want you to just come in and bitch. We need actual help.

None of it interested Kris though. He had a far different opinion about what his role should be. He had never really had anyone to train him, so what did he actually know about operating a gym? The students that he had the most contact with always seemed to flame out anyways, so the reward for his effort hadn’t ever been there. Kris wanted to focus on the fun part of owning a gym, not the work.

Kris: I like to think of myself as more of a spokesperson these days. You know? The face of the brand. You don’t see Jordan wearing one of those stupid referee shirts at a shoe store and trying to get people to buy his shit. I don’t even think he does any of the marketing personally anymore. The guy just… plays golf… I guess.

Coby claps his hands together, hoping that Kris would take his own bait on the subject. Anything to get him up and out of the office so that Coby could actually get back to something worth his attention.

Coby: There you go! Go learn how to play golf. Then you’ll be learning a new skill, and I will actually be getting work done.

Kris rolls his eyes. It had been a metaphor, and he was hoping that Coby was along for the ride. Apparently not.

Kris: I said I was bored being here, not that I’m 65. I just feel like Jet City as a whole could make more use of me than as some friendly face training a bunch of people without the dedication or talent to actually get anywhere. I can’t just smile in the face of people that are awful.

It wasn’t the most pleasant way to put it, but that didn’t matter. Coby wasn’t ever going to be on his side. Running the gym, despite all of its hassles, was Coby’s happy place.

Coby: You realize that is about half of what I do around here…

Coby also understood that Kris’ place wasn’t within these walls. Kris was happiest inside the ring even if he pretended he didn’t.

Kris: Yeah, and you’re a better person than I am for that. I can’t do it. It’s my job to be so amazing that it gets people in the door. It’s up to the trainers to get them to stick around.

He realized that most of the trainers were just friends that joined on in order to support him, but they were all better off around here without his influence. He trusted Coby, Parker, and Kate more than just about everyone else in his life. That was why he was so comfortable leaving the gym in their hands. Coby was still surprised to hear Kris say the words out loud though.

Coby: So you admit that you’re the flash and we’re the substance…

That wasn’t exactly what Kris was saying, but it wasn’t far off either.

Kris: I’m saying that the substance isn’t amounting to much. You made a dent in the industry. Courtney is in and out more than anything. None of the others have really risen up and done much…. It just seems like a losing battle trying to find the diamond in the rough.

Coby nods, in perfect agreement with his friend for once.

Coby: No, it’s work. And there are people that are okay with putting in the work…

Of course, he was talking about all of the people out on the floor right now, students and trainers alike. They were all here busting their asses to get better, even if Kris didn’t want to see it that way.

Coby: ...and then there’s you.

Kris had fallen backwards through all of his successes. He had openly bragged about not doing the legwork because of his ability to improvise and break down his opponent by using his own body as a wrecking ball or sorts. He didn’t have any technical skill, and he never really had much use for it. Everyone thought that working so closely with Mikah would have rubbed off on him, but it never took. Kris was just as wild and unpredictable as always, and that was impossible to teach to people. It was no surprise to Coby that he was struggling to fit in as a trainer or a mentor.

Kris: I like to think that I bust my ass to make sure that things stay moving in the right direction around here. Me popping up in Sin City and getting inducted into the Hall of Fame was great for business….

It was another shining example of what Kris thought his role was, but for Coby it was so much more than that.

Coby: You’re right. You’re right. It helped. And you help… when it’s convenient for you...

Kris hadn’t really been seen publicly since High Stakes. He wasn’t generating any buzz. It was all hit and miss, and Coby wasn’t willing to let him off the hook for that this time.

Kris: You see, that sounded nice right up until the end there….

Losing his patience, Coby just unloads onto his friend.

Coby: Is it not true though? I mean you went back and did a couple matches. We got some good publicity. People were starting to show up again, but now what? Those new recruits aren’t seeing you on the floor. You’re not popping up at events. You’re not teaching anyone anything, and you’re not competing anymore. You don’t want to do anything productive here, but all you’re doing outside of here is traveling back and forth between Mikah and your kids.

The spinning plates were really coming down now. Kris knew that it was just a matter of time before someone in his three lives was going to blow up at him. To be honest, he was glad it was Coby instead of Mikah. At least when he argued with his friend it tended to stay more civil. He and Mikah were explosive at times.

Kris: So you’re saying I should blow off my personal life and family in order to work more?

That would have been a good start, but Coby already knew that was out of the question. It wasn’t a matter of time for Coby, it was a matter of effort. And Kris didn’t seem to be grasping that.

Coby: I’m saying if you’re going to be retired, then be retired and stop complaining about it.

It was the nicest way to segway back to what Kris was complaining about without having to hurt his feelings.

Kris: See… dismissive.

Coby wasn’t going to fall into that trap though. Kris would sit here for hours going in circles if he would let him. Fortunately, there were more pressing things to get to, and Coby saw his opportunity to shoo Kris away.

Coby: Yes, I am dismissing you. You are dismissed. Go somewhere else. Go bother literally anyone else in this building.

Kris gets up from the couch and raises his hands up in front of his chest innocently. He backs up towards the door with a visible frown on his face.

Kris: Fine. I get it. I can feel the vibe change in a room where I’m not wanted anymore. I don’t have to take this kind of abuse.

He hangs his head and drops his shoulders and he turns back through the doorway, muttering under his breath. Coby doesn’t take the bait though.

Coby: ...and close the door please….

Kris turns and shoots a final glance back at Coby before reluctantly pulling the door closed. He turns away from it and heads down the hallway still talking to himself.

Kris: ...parenthood has made him bitter…

He turned a corner and looked out onto the floor where trainers had the students separated into different groups. He hesitated at the door, just watching them.

Kris: …hmmm…....be productive….

He shakes his head and decides against it. He wasn’t going to cave into Coby’s taunting. They didn’t need him out there and he wasn’t going to force it. Instead, he turned around to head towards the back exit before nearly being tackled by someone coming down the hallway towards him. The two slam into one another, but some fancy footwork from Kris keeps him from hitting the floor. His attacker isn’t so lucky, and falls backwards into the wall, his elbow going through the drywall.

Kris: Whoa guy! Maybe take it down a notch or two in the hallways.

Kris straightens himself up, and does his best to keep himself together. However, the student points up at the banner of Kris’ face lining the hallway with a half-smile on his face.

Student: Hey! Wow… You’re that guy!

Kris turns back and looks at it before rolling his eyes.

Kris: Yeah, Kris. This is my gym.

The student stands up in front of Kris, and the Hall of Famer cannot help but be slightly impressed. From their collision Kris could tell that he was built like a brick wall, but he was also light on his feet, and had Kris in both height and reach. He taps his chest twice and introduces himself.

Student: Jaycee.

Kris shrugged his shoulders and pointed to the damage to the wall.

Kris: Nice. Just pay more attention around corners. There’s some people here that you could have laid out.

The student couldn’t help but to laugh at the notion. He took stock of Kris and came to the conclusion that if it came to blows, he could probably hold his own despite the legend surrounding his adversary.

Jaycee: It’s not everyday that you turn a corner and run into a ghost.

He said it with a smile, but Kris didn’t find it funny.

Kris: Ghost?

Jaycee was taken aback that Kris hadn’t been clued into the rumor yet. He had mistakenly assumed that Kris was even the type to possibly start it about himself to build onto the mystique.

Jaycee: Oh… I thought you knew about that. That’s what a lot of students call you. The Jet City Ghost. Your face is on all the walls. You pop up in all the ads for this place. Yet, none of us ever really see you. We try to convince newbies that you died and just haunt the place for shits and giggles.

He continued laughing, but Kris still wasn’t joining him.

Kris: Am I supposed to find this flattering?

Jaycee wipes the smile off of his face, but shrugs his shoulders when his expression becomes more serious.

Jaycee: It’s a better story than being an absentee trainer, right? Figured you got a kick out of it. Guess I was wrong.

Kris had been trying not to take exception to a kid that clearly didn’t know his place, but this was starting to get insulting. He couldn’t let that slide.

Kris: I was just inducted into the Sin CIty Hall of Fame a few months ago… I’m supposed to believe that you guys have been telling people I’ve died since then?

The student shrugs. Kris’ behavior was really what had made it all possible.

Jaycee: Well you do make a habit disappearing silently for months on end, right? Couple that with a history of really gnarly drug use, and the story pretty much writes itself. It would be bad for the brand if you were dead right, so they just kept it all hush-hush.

The whole day was starting to be one baffling conversation after another. Kris couldn’t help but shake his head in disbelief.

Kris: People believe this?

The student didn’t seem to think that it was that much of a stretch of the imagination.

Jaycee: Why wouldn’t they? It’s not like you’re putting in any facetime to disprove it.

Kris seemed to take that as a challenge.

Kris: Maybe I need to change that.

Jaycee wasn’t trying to provoke the man into having something to prove, and really just wanted to get back to his own routine. This was already an unexpected detour on his day.

Jaycee: That’s on you. In my opinion, if you had anything to add to this place, you’d be doing it. In all the time I’ve been here, you’ve just been a face on a wall. It’s nice to see that you’re just a guy though. It really shatters the illusion of some larger than life superstar to see you up close like this.

Kris wasn’t about to let that slide either.

Kris: I didn’t make a name for myself by accident….

The same laugh that bent Kris out of shape moments ago slipped between Jaycee’s lips once again.

Jaycee: Actually you did… didn’t you? Wasn’t that your thing? The Accident? The Miracle? That One that Shouldn’t Have?

Kris’ face turns red, and for the first time, his voice starts to raise.

Kris: I am an elite--

The student puts his hands up and starts to back away from Kris onto the main floor of the gym.

Jaycee: Maybe once upon a time. To me you look like a guy that has lost just as much as he has won in the last couple of years. A guy that disappears into the background far too often to be seen as a legend. You’ve been doing more reckless adventuring than teaching at your own gym. You’re a joke. You want to change your image? Maybe try putting in some work.

Kris tries to respond, but Jayceee reaches into the pockets of his shorts and places a wireless headphone in each ear. He mimes that he can’t hear Kris anymore and turns away from the Grand Slam Champion. Kris is left standing by himself full of rage that he has nothing to do with.

Kris: ....well fuck me then…

He turned down the hallway, pulling his phone from his pocket. He knew what he had to do. If people were already this emboldened to shame him in his own gym, who knew what the opinion of the outside world was. If he was going to save his image, he was going to have to do it the only way that he knew how. There was only one person he could call in order to make that happen: Christian Underwood. Although, he was going to have to get Mikah on board.



==========================================================
>
==========================================================


Did everyone miss me?

I know that the general consensus after High Stakes was that I was going to be walking off into the sunset. I mean, I had gotten everything that I wanted.

I got to step in the ring with the greatest that this company has ever had to offer, and I stood my ground. I proved to the world that the two of us were on even footing. We stood toe-to-toe throwing our best shots at one another, and everyone in attendance realized that it could have gone either way. J2H and I made magic happen inside that ring at High Stakes, and I have no regrets, complaints, or excuses about how things turned out.

So why come back? Why not stay gone?

I guess that it’s PRIDE mostly. We all know that I don’t need to do anything else in Sin City in order to prove my place in history. That chapter of my life is over. I am a forever legend inside the six-sided ring, but that doesn’t mean that I am done adding to my story. That doesn’t mean that my story is over. You people don’t get to decide that. I do. I get to decide when I am done, and if I say that we haven’t reached that point yet, then any of you are welcome to come and stop me.

Very few have ever been up to the task…

And speaking of the tasks at hand, Inception will make yet another of my glorious comebacks to start the year. It seems that no matter how long we go in this business, we always come back to where we started. How many times have I come back to dominate the first show of the year? Just last year I was defending Sin City World Heavyweight Championship against Jack Washington and sorry ass O’Malley at Inception. A few years ago at Inception II my brother and I were retaining our World Tag Team Championships against the Unholy Alliance. And of course, we all remember the year that Mark and Christian replaced Inception with Full Circle and I literally brought the roof down and won two championships in one night… for the first time….

This is just what I do in Sin City Wrestling. This is the start of a new year, and the very same Kris is going to be here to greet it. This company wouldn’t hope to open up a new year of hijinx without me. Making an impact on the first big show of the year is expected of me at this point, I wouldn’t want to let anyone down. So when the whim struck me, I called Christian and asked if there were any gaps that a Hall of Famer might be able to fill. He said he might have a place for two Hall of Famers if I was interested, and that wasn’t something that I was ever going to be able to turn down.

The last time that I came back, I promised that I was going to dominate the Mixed Tag Team division like Mikah and I were always supposed to. I was right in the middle of that task, when the opportunity to take the World Heavyweight Championship back came along. It was just too good of a chance to pass up, so I bided my time, picked my shot, and took it from Jack fair and square. The only problem was, it put a wrench in my plan to establish Mikah and myself as the greatest team in the history of this company. I abandoned the thing that I set out to do in order to hold a championship that I didn’t actually need.

Don’t get me wrong, there’s nothing negative about holding the top prize in Sin City Wrestling, and on top of being the one to lead the company and be in all the main events, it came with the added bonus of taking the championship out of the hands of someone that I found particularly wretched, and keep it out of the hands of someone that I think has the mental acuity of a shoebox. Once that is done though, the luster wears off. I accomplished what I wanted, but at what price? I sacrificed the team that I set out to build in order to save the company. So what do I do now that the company wasn’t really in need of a gatekeeper anymore?

I took time off. I took time to enjoy life. I protected myself for the better party of last year so that I could give the world one of the greatest matches that they will ever see, from any company, at any time in history. I wasn’t going to let some injury cost everyone what they wanted to see. So I sat on the sidelines, worked on myself, worked on my craft, and then came back for the Battle of the Greats.

....but then I was back in the same boat. My goals had been accomplished. I did what I set out to do, so what was next? For a while there, I didn’t think that there was anything. I have won everything, and competed against most everyone worth going to battle against. On the surface, it felt like the storybook ending to a decade of warfare inside a ring. I’ll be honest with everyone, the thought of walking away was all that has been on my mind for a couple of months. I didn’t think that I would be coming back to start off this year with a bang until just a few days ago…

I woke up from a deep sleep with the recollection that I had never finished what I started. Mikah and I have been undefeated since our Inception as a team, and the work that we started still isn’t done. We put down our quest for tag team superiority while I chased my singles aspirations, but as I’ve told all of you, all of that has been put to rest. There is nothing left for me to prove or accomplish as an individual as this company, but Mikah and I have yet to get the credit we deserve as a unit.

....and before you all get excited, I’m not talking about The Black Sheep. I’m not talking about some group of people fighting others for some higher purpose. I am not looking to outnumber and maul people. I am not looking to start a movement. Mikah and I came together as a team to prove one single point: As dangerous as we are apart, we are better together. The two of us are going to be picking up right where we left off. We are going to finish the work that we started. By the end of this year, we are going to be the only team in this company worth talking about.

...and I get that some people are going to get bent out of shape about us jumping to the front of the line and snatching this opportunity out of midair, but too bad. It’s not like I asked for this. I reached out to Christian to make something happen. He is the one that provided the details. Although, it’s not like the two of us taking this opportunity is unwarranted. We never got a return match for the championships that I technically never lost. As a matter of fact, I have a long history of breaking records with championships and never bitching about return matches the way that some people have done their entire careers. I didn’t ask for a championship match right off the bat, but I am not going to brush it off either.

Like I have already said, I don’t have anything left to prove in this company. I don’t have to convince anyone that I need to earn anything. I am Kristopher Ryans. All I have done since first coming here is win championships, break records, and help to grow this company. I am one of the greatest that this company has to offer, and they could place me anywhere, on any card, for any championship, at any time and it would make sense. Why? Because I am that good, and have been that good in this company for as long as anyone can remember.

I don’t expect that Mercedes or Goth are going to step up to the plate this week and say that Mikah and I are undeserving of this opportunity. I don’t think that they are going to blow us off as past legends. I think that they are going to give two Hall of Famers their proper credit regardless of how they feel about us personally. I am pretty sure Mercedes dislikes me just about as much as anyone that has ever worked here, and Goth has never been all that big a fan either. We have shared a main event ring with a championship on the line before, and I was the one that walked away with the win. This occasion won’t be all that different than that one. We might all four be in the Hall of Fame, but not all Hall of Famers are built the same.

These two might share a lot of the same accolades as Mikah and myself, but neither one of them could ever be described as dominant. Mercedes loses way more often than she wins these days, and has been coasting on reputation mostly. It has been a couple of years since she was able to string anything real together, and she has run into Mikah and been kicked to the curb more times than I care to keep track of. Goth captured this championship, but it is his first since around the time I was dominating him for the Internet Championship. Most of my success has happened since then, and where has he been to stop my ascent? Nowhere to be found. It’s because deep down the guy knew to stay out of the way back then, just like he knows now.

...but I don’t say these things to be mean. Sometimes facts are harsh, but trust me, that doesn’t make them less true. These two are good. They have proven that against a lot of people. Just not us, and they have had every opportunity to do so. It’s not often that you see fellow Hall of Famers that haven’t crossed paths more, but that just shows me that they were smart about picking their spots while Mikah and I were preoccupied elsewhere. In a way, they have survived this long by keeping their distance. There won’t be anyway for them to do that at Inception though. They are going to be backed into a corner, and Mikah and I will once again be showing everyone just how unstoppable we are.

This isn't some Black Sheep reunion.

This is the rise of Reckless Elite, and Mercedes and Goth aren't ready for what we are bringing to Inception.







3
Supercard Archives / Re: J2H v KRIS RYANS - BATTLE OF THE GREATS
« on: November 04, 2021, 03:07:44 AM »

>Am I the only one that remembers Climax Control 300?

Cameras flash in front of the Grand Slam Champion. The sounds of the cameras clicking fill the small space. The Sin City logo is hanging on the black makeshift wall behind Kris, and the podium in front of him looks unremarkable in every way. Clearly the set had been hastily thrown together to give the Sin City superstars and bombshells a place to promote their matches once they actually got to NYC, but Kris couldn’t help but feel like they could have gone with more bells and whistles given that it was the biggest show of the year. Not that it mattered. He wasn’t going to be fielding questions from anyone. He had a couple things to get off of his chest based on what his opponent said last week, and he couldn’t keep moving forward towards their match without addressing them first.

It seems like it. It really does. It feels like everyone has let that match slip from their minds because it doesn’t fit the narrative of this match. On paper, J2H3 and I are a perfectly even match. We are the two most successful individuals in company history. We have both been an unstoppable force in Sin City no matter what challenges have been put in front of us.

Kris had made sure to make note of all of their similarities last week. He hadn’t wanted to come off as arrogant. Confidence was one thing, but if the world thought that he was trying too hard, it would only work to turn them against him. Really, it had all just been preparation for this moment. Kris had done the humble thing. Now that it was out of the way, he could say how he really felt without holding back.

All of that is all well and good. It makes it really easy to sell a match to the fans. It builds itself. But it’s not true. All you have to do is look back to the one time that J2H3 and I were in the same ring at the same time. If you watch the one time he was forced to attempt to deal with me in the ring, you will see a guy that is in way over his head. You’ll see the guy people have ordained as the GOAT get schooled by someone that they never really think of in that light. You’ll watch the way that I dominated him at every single turn, and then handed his team the win by laying out O’Malley for him and walking away. The only bit of traction he got in that ring was thanks to me. Other than that, he got his ass handed to him, because he couldn’t keep up. So let’s stop pretending, even for a second, that I am the one at some sort of major disadvantage.

If they wanted a headline, he was going to give it to them. Cross chatter from the media started to fill the space in the moment that Kris had paused, but he wasn’t going to let them stop him to get a word in, and quickly shut it down.

People seem to forget that I have won more matches in this company than J2H3, despite the fact that he is one of the few people still around that made their debut before I did. People want to ignore the fact that even though I have taken massive amounts of time off throughout my career, I have still walked down to that ring more times than even the great and powerful J2H3. I have given more of myself to this company that he has, and come out on top more often. This shit about me looking up at him like he is better than me is over. This underdog narrative is done. At some point it stops being a Miracle if you’ve done it more often than the person everyone considers the best. That’s why I dropped that name. I came to a new conclusion, and I told you all last week.

He stops, and holds his arms out to his sides with the widest possible smile he could muster up given the circumstances.

There is no one like me.

He winks at them, but as soon as his arms drop back to the podium, the smile fades from his face. He didn’t come here to play with them. He had a message that needed to be delivered, and he couldn’t do that with a smile on his face.

Every single champion in this company knows that I could take what they call “theirs” if I truly wanted to. I spent the end of last year and beginning of this one teaching that lesson to Jack Washington. And does anyone think that Caleb Storms feels confident that I could immediately take his title on a whim? I have made him look like an amateur twice this year already. Austin James Mercer would jump at the chance to have Mikah and I team up and challenge for his and Tempest’s Mixed Tag titles. He has said that we are the only ones that could hope to actually give them a run for their money, even though we never had much trouble with teams he was a part of. As for Alex Jones, or Bill Barnhart. We’ve all seen what I have done in the ring with them. And of course, that is assuming that any of them make it out of High Stakes with their championship reigns intact. If I wanted to end them, I could. If I asked for the opportunity, I would get it. So they are only champions because I allow them to be. Understood?

He could tell that one didn’t go over well. The whole crowd in front of him stiffened a little bit, but he wasn’t going to let that kind of reaction stop him. He had been at the center of an arena where thousands of people booed him as ferociously as they could. A small gathering of pencil-pushers weren’t going to intimidate the Grand Slam Champion or get him off of game.

I get it. It’s a bold claim. It would be super arrogant for me to say something like that if it wasn’t one of those facts that was just incontrovertible. This isn’t my opinion. It’s a fact. We have seen it play out time and time again, and I always end up on top. I always end up with my hand raised. The new crop of Sin City superstars that were supposed to have passed me up by now hasn’t come anywhere close, and that’s because I’m not just some run of the mill competitor. I was born to do this. More importantly, I was born to do this in SCW. I was born to be the best that ever competed in that six-sided ring and I refuse to pretend that’s not true anymore. I refuse to further feed into this J2H3 bullshit. I’m done with it. Why? Because I’m better. I’ve always been better. I’m always going to be better. The only reason that I haven’t definitively proven that yet is because the only time we’ve stood across from one another was that tag match, and I had to hand him the win because he couldn’t earn it himself.

Again, the chatter from the media almost cut him off, but Kris looked directly down the lens of the camera with a smirk on his face.

...and that’s real talk, you spoiled bitch!

The room went silent at the use of J2H’s own phrase, albeit with a twist. Suddenly Kris had their attention locked down once again. It didn’t matter what they thought of his words, they were all hooked.

Last week I told all of you how much I need to win this match, and this week I’m telling you why. I am sick and tired of the comparisons. It makes me nauseous that people overlook me in favor of this fuck. It turns my stomach that no matter what I do, I am still having to compete to even be mentioned in the same sentence, let alone with the respect on my name that I deserve. There was a time where my name was synonymous with this company. Kris was SCW. Could J2H3 honestly say the same thing? Has there ever been a time where he was in it for anything other than himself? Has there ever been a time that he had to actually fight and claw his way up to the top, because for the life of me I can only remember how he cheated and shortcutted his way to the top at every turn.

Kris’ fists clench, and he actually slams them down into the podium. He starts to speak, but bites down on the inside of his cheek to stop himself. He looks away for just a moment while everyone in the room hangs in silence.

...and I was fine selling his lie that this was a battle of two equals… until last week. Last week he crossed a line. Because this whole thing is about us. This is about the two greatest superstars in the company finally getting to square off one-on-one. This isn’t about our friends. This isn’t about our family. This definitely isn’t about our choice in significant others. Go look at what I said last week. You won’t find Melody’s name in it anywhere. Why? Because this match isn’t about some high-maintenance former bombshell. J2H3 seems to think otherwise, because he spent a lot of time talking about who I choose to spend time with outside of the Sin City ring, and that’s the problem. Let’s put aside the fact that as a team in that ring, Mikah and I are undefeated. Let’s put aside that Mikah and I have been off-and-on for the majority of the time I have spent in the company at this point. If she was such a distraction, how would I have done any of the things that I have done in my time here? If she was such a fucking obstacle to plan around, how did I win the World Mixed Tag Team Championship with her, and then go on to take the SCW World Heavyweight Championship as a side hussle? Explain to me how one of the people closest to me in this world has a negative impact on me. Show me one way that she has derailed any of my pursuits in this company! Give me one legitimate negative that isn’t just some cheap punchline. You’re not the first person to try and use her against me, but you were by far the least creative about it. You want to talk about some scandalous sexual history in this company? I’m standing right here. You don’t even have to reach to make jokes about me, because people bought the video proof of my mistakes a long time ago. But you chose to take a shot at someone that didn’t deserve it...

Kris shakes his head at the camera, still speaking to his opponent through it. It was almost like the people in the room with him didn’t even exist anymore. Their part in this conversation was over. He didn’t even need their murmurs anymore.

...and the problem was that I expected better of you. The only thing that you’re telling me when you talk about her is that you don’t really have anything worth saying left in you. You took the low road, because you don’t pay enough attention anymore to be able to say anything about me that could actually get under my skin. Or maybe I’m not giving myself enough credit. Maybe you watched the tape back of me in the ring and you couldn’t find a flaw. You’ve listened to the way that I dissect people in front of a camera, and couldn’t find a soft spot in my game. You wanted to sound like you were on my level, just like you pretend to be on my level in the ring, but you failed. You came up short. You took the easy bait, and I’m here to tell you that you fell on your face just like you’re going to at High Stakes. The fact that you’re trying to make this match about anything more than the two of us shows me how nervous you actually are. You say this is your chance at that perfect swan song send off? Too bad.

Kris laughs, and there is a sick kind of joy in it. It sounded like he was going to enjoy ruining the moment for J2H as much as he was going to enjoy winning it for himself.

You want to prove that you are the best one more time? For what? You? Your kid? I don’t care, and by the time I am done I am hoping that people are left wondering why they ever labored under the delusion that you were better than me in the first place. People have been blind for far too long and what you are saying is that High Stakes is my very last chance to wake them up before you ride off into the sunset with your false narrative. I’m not going to let that happen. Just like I wasn’t going to watch Full Circle end with either of the two biggest assholes in company history getting the last laugh. I’m not going to willingly watch you walk away happy knowing that I’ve always been better than you are. I have kept my mouth mostly shut out of some misplaced sense of respect for what you’ve done in this company, but that went out the window when I actually listened to what you had to say.

Maybe it was giving J2H exactly what he wanted, but Kris didn’t care.

You want the best version of Kris Ryans? You got it, because that is who I am every single time that I step in the ring. That’s why you can count the amount of times I have lost matches in the last year on one hand. That’s why you’ll struggle to come up with times that I have dropped back-to-back matches. That’s why when you think of champions in this company, my name is one of the first ones to come up. I am everywhere throughout this company’s record books because I show up to win every time I step into the ring. Since my big turnaround in this company I have been unstoppable. I have done whatever I wanted, whenever I wanted, no matter who was in my way. This match is not going to be any different. At High Stakes, J2H3 is going to learn exactly why we haven’t had a real one-on-one match to this point in our careers.

With that, he breaks his attention from the camera and scans over the crowd of faces in front of him.

I’m putting an end to the hype right in the center of the High Stakes ring.

He taps the top of the podium twice and then straightens himself up. After a single deep breath, he leans into the microphone with a sick smile on his face.

Don’t miss it.

With that, hands fly up from all of the people in the crowd. They all scream over each other, making it impossible for Kris to pick out anything that any individual says. He didn’t intend on answering any of them anyways, and with a wave, he slides backwards off the makeshift stage and behind the curtain out of view.



==========================================================




Reckless Elite
SCW Press Day - NYC
5 November 2021
OFF-Camera



Kris heads down the hallway with a smile on his face. He is finally able to unclench his fists, and a lot of the tension in his body was starting to ease. With each step, he felt as if the weight was being lifted a little bit further off of his chest. He had bottled up a lot of those feelings for a long time and in the last two weeks had really aired out most of his grievances with the company that he called home, and the people affiliated with it. He wasn’t going to lie to himself and say that it didn’t feel amazing to finally let it all out. He had been worried about how it would sound. He had been worried what people would think of him if he wasn’t humble about his place in the company. It didn’t matter anymore though. Kris was finally going into the hall of fame and he was absolutely tired of being overlooked. It didn’t help that he was infinitely more tired of defending his choices in life partners. And as if on cue, as his thoughts turned that direction, Mikah popped around the corner in front of him to cut him off in the hallway. She didn’t seem as pleased with his comments as he was, but Kris wasn’t going to let that get him down.

Kris: I feel much better now...

She shakes her head and crosses her arms in front of her chest. The sleeves on her black dress push up her forearms from how tightly she brings them together. She tries to keep a soft expression on her face, but can’t stop the disappointed shake of her head. It was her inner parent taking over.

Mikah: You know, you didn’t have to do that.

Kris had debated that with himself for days. From the moment that he had listened to the vile nonsense that James had spewed at the both of them in his promo, he had been thinking about the best way to address it. The fact was, there was no best way. Addressing it at all was going to give James a big win. He was going to have successfully changed the conversation away from the match, and onto something to attempt to knock Kris off his game, and Kris had just let him get away with it by responding. On the flip side, not responding at all would have left Mikah hanging out on that ledge alone, and that wasn’t something Kris was willing to do either. If he had to throw himself into the fire for someone inside his very small circle, then so be it. It was the price of having those kinds of relationships, and without them, Kris was nothing.

Kris: Oh, but I did. I’m tired of it. It’s not just you though, not that I mind having to defend your honor in public. You’re just more than capable of doing that for yourself.

The tension in her arms and shoulders eased up a bit. It was reassuring to know that Kris understood that she didn’t need help sticking up for herself. Although, if it were up to her, she would have gone about it differently.

Mikah: Or just ignoring it… I didn’t get this far worrying about what anyone else thought of me. Except maybe you...

Kris wasn’t taking the bait on that one. Over the years, they had gone long periods of time without speaking to each other only to come back together and be nearly inseparable, but at no time did he ever get the impression that what he thought of her would affect her opinion of herself in the least. That was part of what he enjoyed most about her. Mikah knew exactly who she was, and who she wanted to be. The cameras didn’t change that one bit, and he knew what he was getting into when they started this relationship.

Kris: You don’t have to lie to make me feel better.

She shrugs, and doesn’t try to stick with the little white lie even for a second.

Mikah: Okay, well then not even you. At least not most of the time. Living for someone else’s approval is lame anyways. I prefer how we do things.

That was something that they could both agree on. Neither of them had any need to censor themselves or their feelings for one another. Sure, things got messy sometimes, but that was the only way that they were going to be able to honestly communicate with each other. It had gotten them this far, and Kris knew it could go much further if he could keep himself together for a change.

Kris: What I don’t understand is why everyone’s focus is always on whatever relationship I am in. I swear, they care more about where I am sleeping than they do about who I beat in the ring.

There was another simple solution to that problem that Mikah had brought up months ago, and she wasn’t going to let an opportunity to rub that in his face go to waste. It may have been a character flaw, but she liked being right almost more than she like him.

Mikah: If you hate it that much, you should have been more quiet about it. Instead, you live loudly and then get mad when people have an opinion about it. You need to just let it go. Nobody else’s opinion matters. If it doesn’t bother you enough to break it off, then it doesn’t actually bother you.

All of the words seemed really easy to say, but Kris found them more difficult to put into practice. If he was honest with himself, he wasn’t certain that Mikah did either.

Kris: Do you actually let it go though? I mean it has to eat at you a little bit. I mean, when people were attacking me and Fenris, it wasn’t fun. It also had nothing to do with Sin City at all. We were both still doing our job out there. We were competing at the highest possible level. The story just became all about other bullshit though. Why can’t people just focus on what we do in the ring? Why does it have to be all the other stuff too?

Having competed in the ring for so long herself, it was a subject that she had spent a good deal of time laying in bed at night thinking about. It didn’t help that she had been married to someone with the same problem. She knew at least one answer that worked for her more often than not.

Mikah: ...you ever think it is because you are just that damn good? It’s not like anyone has ever walked all over you out there. The only way most people have a chance is to get you thinking about something else. And you’re just letting this get under your skin instead of just brushing it off like you know that you should.

On some level he agreed with her, but there was something about it that was weighing on him. This wasn’t just some isolated incident. It was part of the same cycle that he had been stuck in for years. Every time things started to look up for him, something like this popped up and then things spiraled out of control. It felt like the beginning of the downward slope, and that wasn’t something that he wanted on his mind heading into High Stakes.

Kris: Sometimes it just feels like everyone wants me to be miserable. Every time I take a step forward personally, everyone wants to chop it down and tell me why I am an idiot. If everyone would just take a step backwards out of my personal life maybe I wouldn’t have been so fucked up for so long. Like, how many breakdowns and relapses does a guy have to go through before they get some space.

As someone that had lived through a lot of them with him, Mikah does the quick math in her head before giving an answer that she knew was going to be too honest.

Mikah: Apparently like a dozen or so...

The smile falls off of Kris face immediate, and he shakes his head at her.

Kris: Not funny.

She had succeeded in drawing his ire away from the stupid things that stupid people were talking about and onto her with the comment, and she wasn’t too worried about him staying irritated with her for very long. He always came around.

Mikah: You’re taking this thing entirely too seriously. I saw what you said, and my biggest takeaway from it was that you seemed a lot angrier than normal. What do you have to be so hostile about anyways? This is High Stakes! Our families are traveling together and nothing has gone horrible yet. Your kids are going to be there when you get inducted into the Hall of Fame in a few days, and you get to come home to me regardless of who is mean to you about it. That’s not a bad life.

When she put it like that, it became a lot harder for Kris to disagree with.

Kris: People could have made it a little easier on me though.

That was what it really came down to, which was something that Kris was going to have to dig into for himself. Mikah couldn’t help him with that one. The path he took was his own to carry around. There was something to his jealousy about how easy James had it though. That wasn’t something she was going to help him uncover.

Mikah: ...and then you wouldn't be you. You’d be James, and come time for High Stakes, you would be the one losing the match. Everything has come easy to him, and that’s why he doesn’t really appreciate it like you do. You don’t see him coming back to carrying the Mixed Tag Championship at this point in his career do you? No. You care about Sin City for some weird reason. He is just out for himself.

He could tell that she didn’t really feel the same way about the company that they had both been in for too many years at this point. However, nothing she said caught him by surprise. Everyone knew that James was a selfish twat. That wasn’t going to make headlines no matter how slow the news day was.

Kris: Your point?

She shrugs, almost sad that he couldn’t see her point without having it spelled out to him. He was too smart to be acting this stupid.

Mikah: This means more to you than it does to him. It has to. I listen to the way that you talk, and I hear the things that he says. He clearly would rather be at home with his wife doing the family thing. All he wants is the money that comes with his status in the company. Every time you talk about competing, you say that you’re going home. Like, that ring really is home for you. It’s where you’re most comfortable. It’s what you want. At best, he is just a guest in that ring, but it belongs to you and you to it.

She wasn’t wrong, but when she put it like that, it didn’t paint Kris in the best light. In fact, it made him feel worse.

Kris: You make it sound like I like being there more than being with you.

Mikah nods without hesitation, without any regard for his feelings.

Mikah: You probably do... deep down. I mean, that is a big reason why none of your other relationships ever worked, right? Liz wanted to go home. Heather wanted to stay home. In the ring is where you want to be though. There is no prying you out of it. I wouldn’t even begin to try. I made my peace with that before we jumped into this officially.

The matter of fact nature of her words made him remember why they clicked so easily as both friends and more than. She wasn’t going to bullshit him, no matter what the words sounded like when they left her mouth. Sometimes they could be harsh, but it was always honest. He always knew exactly where he stood with her, and there was something comforting about that.

Kris: ...and you’re not having any regrets about that now that people are making you a target just to get to me?

She shakes her head to disagree just as quickly as she had agreed with him previously.

Mikah: I have been in the Hall of Fame for a while already. I think I’m more than capable of taking care of myself. I never needed a knight in shining armor. I was never a damsel in distress. As good as you are, you need to remember that I’m better.

His jaw falls open and his eyes widen. He couldn’t believe his ears. Any feeling of anger inside of him was gone. All of the things that he was upset about had fallen completely off of his mind. The shock of her statement took over him entirely, and he shook his head in disbelief.

Kris: Is that right?

Her eyes narrow on him, and she nods both slowly and confidently.

Mikah: I carried us as a tag team. We’re undefeated because of me. Everyone knows that.

Kris lets out a heavy sigh and shakes his head at her. At first he is speechless, and takes a step away from her before starting to move down the hallway past her.

Kris: Now you’re just talking reckless….

She hooks her arm inside his, and pulls herself close to his side as they head towards the exit. She gives him a wink and a smile.

Mikah: You can do that when you’re elite like me.

He wasn’t going to argue with her. That never got him anywhere. Besides, they both had a lot more fun when they were on the same page. They weren’t going to let anyone attempt to get them off track again.



==========================================================



>...all things equal, I know that James Huntington-Hawkes III is showing up to High Stakes expecting to walk away with a win.

Kris seems a lot calmer this time around. Since he had unloaded all of that negativity earlier in the week, he was heading into High Stakes a lot more clear headed.

It doesn’t matter what he’s said. It doesn’t matter what I’ve said. We can both think whatever we want going in, but we are both there to do the exact same thing at the end of the night. Only one of us is going to be able to leave happy, and whoever loses may never get a chance to make it right. There is no guarantee that either of us ever step into this ring again. We already know that J2H3 only shows up when he wants to, and I am not really under contract other than this match. Who knows what the future holds for either of us?

It was a foregone conclusion in Kris’ mind that he would be back, but he wasn’t exactly certain when that might be and wasn’t rushing to make plans. Those things tended to come together for him naturally.

Regardless of the future, no matter what the outcome is, this match is going to be a defining statement on both of our legacies in this company. That was the point though. We are going to be competing against one another on the biggest stage that Sin City has to offer. This match didn’t need any hype. This match didn’t need a championship to be on the line. Just look at where the powers that be put us on the card. We’re right there at the top and there is nothing riding on this match other than the reputations of two of the greatest in company history. Our names, our accomplishments, our histories alone are enough to carry us to just about the top of the most important show of the year, and let’s be honest, nobody is tuning in for any of the stuff that happens after us. Nobody is paying attention to what is going to be happening before us unless it is the Hall of Fame ceremony. Plainly speaking, we are the money-maker. We are the headliners, and every single person participating in this show knows it. Whether they’ll admit it or not is irrelevant. They know it; everyone does. From the owners, to the people watching at homes on their couches, everyone’s eyes are on this match.

It was the kind of attention that he had always craved, and now he was getting it twice in one night. The world would hang in the palm of his hand while he was in the spotlight for the Hall of Fame ceremony, but then again later in the night for this match. Some people didn’t even get one bite at that apple. Kris was getting two in one night.

...and that’s fine. A lot of people would crumble under that kind of pressure but J2H3 and I have proven time and time again that we aren’t going to do that. We have been in the matches with everything on the line, and walked out with every single prize we have ever set our eyes on. We have bled in that ring. We have battled to the point of people saying that we should throw in the towel, and still managed to pick ourselves up and find a way to win. The two of us are the most capable of walking into a no-win situation and surviving despite the odds. We are the two people in this company that always have to be taken as a threat no matter the situation. We may have gotten there on different paths. One of us may have had to try a little harder. The other may have cheated a little more. There is no use in pointing the finger of blame at anyone though, because at the end of the day we are both standing in the same place. We have both done everything in this company worth doing, aside from one thing. J2H3 has never beaten Kristopher Ryans. “The Miracle” Kristopher Ryans has never beaten James Huntington-Hawkes III. Not when I was a Nobody and he was a talentless hack that bought his way onto the roster. Not when he was the unstoppable SCW World Heavyweight Champion. Not when I was breaking every Roulette Championship record. Not even when I went undefeated for an entire year and went on my own tear as World Heavyweight Champion. We have had thousands of times to do this at more memorable, and significantly less memorable times in our careers and it never happened before now. For all we know, it will never happen again. This is our one chance. Our one opportunity to know, not think, but know, which one of us is better and we have both made careers out of rising to those occasions. We both have a storied history of seizing these kinds of moments, which is the reason that we have both held multiple championships simultaneously in this company multiple times. It is the reason that by the end of this weekend, we will both be in the Hall of Fame.

It was the final hurdle that Kris needed to clear in order to be officially considered in the same league as the man many had already labeled the GOAT.

Nothing that came before, and nothing that comes after this moment is going to matter. After this match, nobody is going to be able to mention either of our names without talking about this one. Whoever wins is going to have eternal bragging rights. Whoever loses is going to have to wear that shame for the rest of the time that they are involved in this business. For the first time in our career, we are in a position that one of the two of us is finally going to have to fall short, and I have been going out of my way to make sure that it’s not me. J2H3 can say whatever he wants about me being distracted, but the people paying attention have seen me in the arenas. They have seen me competing in the ring. They see me focused in the gym. Even though I have a family, a significant other, and a gym to run, I stay focused on what it is that I want, and what I have wanted for over a year was to win this match. So I made sure that I came in and put in the work required. We booked this match a year in advance, and just because I could, I fit in another SCW World Heavyweight Championship reign in that time just so that I could say that I was still at the absolute top of my game. When was the last time that we saw J2H3 compete at that level? It’s okay if you’re struggling to remember, because we haven’t seen a whole lot of him since he moved on to his family distractions.

It was the cheapest of shots, but turnabout's fair play.

...and I even took a few matches on Climax Control just to make sure that I was going to be ready to step into the ring and be successful. I wanted to be crisp, and ready for anything. I didn’t want to be working out any kinks in the middle of the biggest match of my career. I didn’t want to run out of gas halfway through the greatest war of my life. I understood over a year ago that I was going to be sharing the ring with a guy that people have already anointed as the best that there will ever be, and I have worked my ass off every single day since. I stopped coasting as a Mixed Tag Team Champion and went after the big prize. I tried competing against the best that this company has to offer these days, and cut them down one at a time. I even beat some of them so bad that they had to walk away in shame afterwards. So many people have talked down to me like I shouldn’t have even come back after Full Circle, and hardly any of them have risen to the occasion and beaten me since then.

He struggles to recall the actual stat, but tries to be close.

We’re talking, what… two legit losses in the last couple of years? The one that I admittedly flubbed on my first night back last year, and then the loss to Jack when he took the championship back from me. Of course, I’m not counting the night that I pummeled J2H3 before laying O’Malley out for him to pin. I didn’t so much lose that one as much as I gave it away. I can’t stand O’Malley and after embarrassing James, I figured that I could throw him a bone. I wouldn’t have wanted him to look back on that tag match and have second thoughts about what he can do to keep up to me in this one. But then again, maybe he has pushed that meeting to the back of his mind. After all, it wouldn’t really fit in with the history he has tried to rewrite about that night.

Kris was determined to stop that from happening, if not just to preserve his own legacy.

In the end, none of the words, none of the build-up, and none of the hype are going to matter. Once we get down to that ring, lightning is going to strike. For as long as it takes for a winner to emerge, people are going to be glued to the edge of their seat. People are going to be upset about blinking and having to miss even a second of the action. The bathrooms and concession stands are going to be empty and every single monitor in the back of the arena is going to be crowded. Regardless of what anyone thinks about me or J2H3 personally, they know what this match means to the fans, and to this company. Everyone knows how big this is, and that’s exactly how they got the two biggest egos in company history to agree to finally do it. There are very few times in life that anyone can honestly say that the world hung in anticipation for something that was about to happen, but I am living one of those moments right now. Nothing that I have ever done has felt this big, and I bet that J2H3 feels the exact same way. The both of us are going into this thing to win. There aren’t going to be any excuses afterwards from either camp. Neither of us are looking to leave any questions unanswered. The winner of this one is going to be indisputable if either of us have anything to say about it. I know that I have to be ready for everything that J2H3 has at his disposal. I have to be prepared for every little thing that this guy has ever done to succeed in the ring, and that is difficult because we employ a lot of the same style. There is going to be a lot of high risk involved in this match, but for one of the two of us, also the ultimate reward. One of the two of us is going to walk out of this match as the best that this company has ever had to offer the world. One of us is going to accomplish the very last thing that either of us has left to do in this company. Only one of us is walking out of High Stakes victorious...

However, Kris wasn’t going to leave it up to the fans to decide who that was going to be.

....and the other one of us has too many fucking numbers in his name.

With a smirk, the feed cuts.



4
Supercard Archives / Re: J2H v KRIS RYANS - BATTLE OF THE GREATS
« on: October 30, 2021, 09:50:46 PM »
==========================================================



Hall of Fame
Agganis Arena - BOSTON
25 OCTOBER 2021
OFF-Camera



Tonight couldn’t have possibly gone more according to plan. Only a week removed from being announced as the final Hall of Fame inductee, Kris was walking out of Climax Control with another win. Of course, neither of the two matches he had accepted since coming back were of any importance to him. They were just a way to get back into the swing of things before taking on the challenge that he really wanted. It was a risk, but one that had been worth it. Last time he tried to return to the ring he got embarrassed by Bill Barnhart because he hadn’t actually been ready. He was overconfident. He couldn’t afford to have that kind of performance when it came to High Stakes, so risking injury on a couple of Climax Controls leading up to the Battle of the Greats was his only real option anyways. And now he was walking out of those two matches with back-to-back wins in convincing fashion. Unlike last time, nobody was wondering if Kristopher Ryans still had it. He had started the year as SCW World Heavyweight Champion, and returned in the same shape. Anyone that doubted it had been silenced by his last two matches, but it wasn’t just about them. As he did everything else, he took those matches for himself. The fact that it impacted everyone else was just a happy bonus. For Kris, the match with David hadn’t been about some manufactured love triangle. The match against Caleb wasn’t a return match from how they opened the year against each other as champions. They were about knocking off the rust. They were about getting back into the flow of things inside the ring. They were about making one final case for himself heading into the match with the guy that is on the top of every single SCW list of all-time greats. Kris came back for two emphatic victories and a Hall of Fame announcement ahead of High Stakes, and the momentum felt like it was totally on his side. It made him more uneasy than ever.

Usually the festivities would be on his mind. After all, it was the Climax Control Halloween Special. He had always donned a ridiculous costume and gotten in on the fun in previous years. Tonight wasn’t the same as the others though. Since everything had gone perfectly right since coming back, instead of relaxing, he found himself more on edge. He felt like the universe was giving him every reason to let his guard down and just enjoy the ride, but knew that if he did so, it would all crumble around him. Instead of seeking out the spooky hosts, or backstage party, Kris was trying to silently slip through the hallways following his match. If he could just get his stuff and get out of the building before anything bad happened, things might be okay. Then he would just have to keep himself out of trouble until High Stakes actually rolled around. He managed to avoid everyone else long enough to collect his things, and change clothes quickly. For all he knew Mikah was already gone, so he wasn’t going to waste time looking for her. As he tried to slip out of the back towards where he had parked his rental car a familiar voice stopped him.


Jason: So they’re finally letting just anybody in the Hall of Fame...

The anxiety faded from his mind instantly. Kris didn’t even have to turn around to actually lay his eyes on his half-brother to feel better. He shouldn’t have been surprised to have him pop up like this. Jason always had a knack for turning up in the important moments. It was only impressive because Kris wasn’t known for sharing things with people. If people weren’t actively keeping tabs on him, he probably had no idea where he was or what he was doing. The fact that Jason was here showed that he had been paying attention. His presence in and of itself was complimentary, even if his words had been a joke at Kris’ expense.

Kris: If they were letting just anyone in, I would probably be going in as a team….

Kris finally turned with a smile on his face, only for Jason to turn the comment back around on him.

Jason: ...Mikah probably said that to you when she got inducted, right? That’s where you got that from. It sounds like something she’d say. She’s much better at hurting feelings than you are.

It didn’t surprise Kris that Jason was going to continue the trend of hyping up Kris’ significant others at his brother’s expense.

Kris: She’s much better at being a tag partner than you are. Probably why The Black Sheep was more successful than Jet City.

Jason shrugged it off. Their team had not only run through the tag division before it was eliminated, but spun off into two successful gyms and students that had gone on to win championships of their own. Kris and Mikah may have been more successful as champions, but there was no arguing which team had the bigger impact, so Jason didn’t feel the need to defend it.

Jason: If I try and argue that I was the better half of our team, you’re just going to bring up beating me straight up in our match, so I’m not going to go there. You win.

The two of them could have gone back and forth like that for hours, but that wasn’t why Jason had come to the show. He closed the distance to his brother and offered his hand first. When Kris took it, the two came together in a brief hug before separating. It was the closest that the two ever allowed themselves to get to each other. Anything else always ended in a scuffle for some reason.

Kris: I have been doing a lot of that winning shit lately. It’s nice.

Jason nodded, but had seen firsthand that there was at least one other person enjoying his recent success more.

Jason: Yeah, well… Your mini-me is pretty excited about the idea that both of his parents are going to be inducted into the Hall of Fame on the same night. Who would have thought that you were going to make it at the same time as The Mean Girls? Or that one of them would have slept with you given who you were when they were doing their thing.

Kris still wasn’t sure if Liz Smalls was even going to make her way to High Stakes to actually be inducted into the Hall of Fame. Every time he had invited her to come to the shows with him, she had turned him down. She always told him that she left that part of her life behind. Now her attention was on her business and raising KJ. Although, since his son would be in the house for High Stakes, maybe it would give Liz every reason to actually show up.

Kris: KJ is actually my next stop. When I leave here I am headed straight there instead of back with Mikah. I figured that a few days up in Jet City would do me some good. Kind of clear my head before everything gets crazy. Maybe I will get to enjoy Halloween with the kids for a change.

Jason softened a little like he had expected to have to fight Kris to get him to go back to Seattle.

Jason: You know, in the past you would have just been laser focused on trying to make everything perfect for High Stakes. Big speech. Bigger match. I kind of thought that you would be spiraling right now with everything going on.

Kris shrugged off the comment without taking offense. There were decades worth of mistakes that helped reinforce his brother’s skepticism. Kris’ biggest roadblock had always been Kris and nobody else. He was by far his own worst enemy, and in the high pressure situations, that had always manifested itself in the worst way. When he was stressed, he was reckless, and that was the easiest way to end up digging himself into another hole both personally and professionally.

Kris: If I am honest, I keep waiting for something to go wrong. I keep waiting for someone to come up to me and say it was all a big mistake. I think about heading out to the ring and then the match not happening. Part of me thinks it is all some prank being pulled on me. I mean, I was the Nobody. Now I’m here?

Jason laughed. It was the only thing that he could do. For years he had felt the same way. Wrestling had always been Kris’ dream, not his own. He had only gotten into it as a way to keep Kris motivated and focused on it. Jason had only made a career out of it after Kris seemed lost for good. When Jason got inducted into another company’s Hall of Fame years ago, he had felt the exact same way.

Jason: One day you’re just a guy looking for a paycheck doing what you like, and the next day everyone thinks that you’re much better than you ever thought you could be. That’s the secret. It kind of just happens. You never feel things change. Eventually it just clicks for everyone. I still wonder how I managed to make the cut.

...but from Kris’ perspective that thought was crazy. His older brother had always been thought of as the better competitor between the two. As a matter of fact, when Kris had beaten him on Climax Control, it was looked at as an upset. He had been a world champion across multiple companies and in multiple countries. Kris got carried to a tag team championship.

Kris: You’ve always been so much better than me. I didn’t think that I would get here.

Jason shook his head without any hesitation.

Jason: I always worked so much harder at this than you ever did, but I never really had that special feel for it. A lot of times I feel like I studied how to be successful, but you were just born to do it. You have that thing that so few people have, and that’s why you’ve gotten where you are. If you weren’t such a fuck-up you would have gotten here a lot faster, but maybe being a fuck-up is part of it. I don’t know.

Kris wasn’t surprised that Jason had to walk back some of the complimentary things that he was saying.

Kris: You can’t just be nice without taking a little shot, can you?

Jason shook his head again, unapologetically.

Jason: Nope. Can you?

Kris opened his mouth to argue, but knew that he didn’t have a leg to stand on. Instead of taking responsibility for the character flaw, he decided to just turn it back around on the man that basically raised him.

Kris: That’s not my fault! I learned it from you!

It wasn’t an excuse that Jason let fly anymore. Kris had overplayed it in their younger years, and then still managed to go way further off the deep end than Jason ever had.

Jason: Well that’s not fair! You learned everything that you know from me...

There may have been a point when that was true. After all, by the time that Kris actually started learning how to move around a ring, Jason had already gotten his first contract. He was on his way to his first World Championship by the time that Kris was good enough to keep up with him in the gym. And maybe his half-brother had been right. Kris knew that Jason had worked harder for all of his success, and he had never really missed a shot. He made the most of all of his opportunities and then walked away on his own terms. Kris had pissed away a whole lot of opportunities, but still built a better career than most people in Sin City. He wished that he had taken it all as seriously as Jason did. Maybe then there wouldn’t have been an argument about who Sin City’s number one is.

Kris: I feel like I have learned some new shit that may surprise you. I’m not just some young kid in your shadow anymore.

It was true. Fenris had been a big part of that. As had Coby and the rest of the students that came through Jet City South. Jason had just given Kris the foundation, and he had built an entire career on top of it.

Jason: No, at this point, you’re not in anyone’s shadow. J2H might think otherwise, but he probably wouldn’t say that behind the scenes.

Kris wasn’t going to distract himself with what J2H might think of him away from an SCW camera. They weren’t friends. They had never even really been friendly. Despite being in the same company for so long, they hadn’t ever been given a reason to cross paths. There careers ran parallel to one another.

Kris: I don’t know. I don’t even really know the guy. Professionally, I don’t even really have a problem with him. I just want to know...

The thought got away from Kris. To be honest, he wasn’t even sure if he knew how he wanted to finish it. Jason took an educated guess.

Jason: ... if he really is that much better than everyone?

It didn’t sound right to Kris right off the bat.

Kris: Nah. Fuck everyone. I want to know if he is really all that much better than me. I mean the guy is the undisputed number one on lists that I don’t even make it onto. He was in the Hall of Fame as soon as it made sense, and I was left on the hook waiting for at least one year, if not two. I mean if you look at our records side-by-side, it’s a wash. But I struggle to even make it into the conversation sometimes...

Jason finally started to get a real feel for the space that his sibling was in mentally. He wasn’t spiraling out of control by any means, but the anxiety was real. The kid had spent his whole life talking about making it into the Hall of Fame. He spent his entire career working just to get that rush from the induction announcement. However, since the moment that J2H got mentioned, Jason saw how much more Kris was focused on this match than he was all of his hard work finally paying off.

Jason: You’re about to be enshrined with the best of the best that have ever worked for Sin City, and you’re still worried about your legacy?

When he said it like that, it almost sounded crazy, but that didn’t make it less true.

Kris: I just don’t want to leave any doubt. When I’m done, I want to really be done. I don’t want there to be people saying, “yeah but…” for the next twenty years. I don’t want to be left out of the conversation. The Hall of Fame is nice, but it didn’t feel as good as I thought it would. This match is a big chunk of the unfinished business that I have. There are a couple things that I need to know before any of this feels real, and one of those I can answer in the ring with J2H. I want to know how I stack up. Fuck the paperwork. Fuck the histories. I want to be able to watch this match back later and know that I was better.

It made Jason more nervous than he had been to show up in the first place. Kris placing so much weight on a match that could go either way felt dangerous. Maybe he had just been hoping that Kris would be so wrapped up in the Hall of Fame that the build up of this match was secondary. Obviously he had been wrong. It was the opposite. The Hall of Fame was a lock now, so Kris’ focus was on the one thing that could ruin it all.

Jason: One match, even the biggest match, doesn’t outweigh an entire career. I don’t want things to go the other way and watch you think that it invalidates everything else. You don’t need this. You just want it a whole lot.

Kris dropped his arms and shook his head. He wasn’t angry, but he was now totally serious. Usually the back and forth between the two of them was playful, but Kris needed this point to get across or else his brother was just going to become a distraction.

Kris: No. Full stop. I need you to understand this 100%. I don’t want to win this match. I need to win this match. If J2H loses, nothing happens. The day goes on. His place in everyone’s mind is beyond concrete. If I lose, everyone else can just dismiss everything else I have done. Right now, everyone is thinking that there can’t be two transcendent talents in the same company. There has to be a clear number one. In their minds, I’ve already lost. That’s what they think I am...and I know that’s not true. This is my only shot to prove them all wrong in one night. I have to have this match. I have to win it, and it has to be at High Stakes. If you’re here to talk me out of that, you’re wasting your time and mine.

It made sense, but Jason knew that Kris was playing with fire. Jason wasn’t going to force him to shoulder that burden in isolation though. That was the last thing that Kris needed.

Jason: I wouldn’t come all this way to waste your time. Whatever you need, that’s what we’ll do. I just want to help, and then get to show up at High Stakes to see your dream come true.

...and just like that, the smile came back to Kris’ face.

Kris: So I assume that you have a plan to fly us out of here and back home?

Jason nodded.

Jason: Absolutely. I wouldn’t spend more time in Boston than absolutely necessary….


==========================================================

>The days away had done Kris well. He had spent nearly all of his time with his children. They were both excited about getting to come with him to High Stakes, but even more so to dress him in ridiculous Halloween costumes for each of the half dozen events they went to over the course of the week. Kris spent the nights in the gym, going over his craft while nobody was around to bother him. That is where he was tonight. The Battle of the Greats was only a week away, and some of the anxiety was starting to creep back in now that the cameras were rolling. The sweat soaked into his black Jet City shirt made it cling to him, which made the baggy black shorts he was wearing look even bigger than they were. His hair was still wrecked and wet from the workout, but he wanted to get a few things off of his chest before the adrenaline wore off.

For me, this is about legacy.

The words echo around the empty space inside the Jet City Sports Lab.

I get that there are going to be people that can’t wrap their heads around that. There are people out there that have been following me all these years wondering why legacy is even a thing on my mind. There are people that look at how this match has been billed and wonder what I am worried about. I get it. I understand it. I’m happy that they are on my side, but it feels like they are overlooking a lot. There’s a difference between the things that I say, and how things actually work. I can say that I am the best all day everyday, but that doesn’t mean that anyone is listening. I can tell people that they are going to catch an L in the ring, but that doesn’t mean that I’m always right when it comes down to it. Just because I say it, doesn’t make it true. I say that I deserve this. I say that I have deserved to be in the Hall of Fame for years. I say that J2H3 and I probably should have had this match a half-dozen times over by now. I look at our accomplishments and think that we are pretty much split right down the middle. That doesn’t mean that anyone else sees it the same way that I do. I can believe it all day long. That doesn’t make me right. That’s for you all to determine.

All of it was much harder for Kris to address than anything else had been in his SCW career. Even when the stuff with Fenris came out, he was unbothered. After every controversy, he shrugged it off. However, forcing himself to address what he thinks his place in history is made him sick to his stomach. It was one of the rare cases where his back was to the wall and there was no talking his way out of it if anything went bad.

People make top ten lists for Sin City Wrestling that I don’t even make it onto. Yet, there hasn’t been anyone else in company history that has held more championships than I have. There have only been a handful of people with more matches, or a better record than I have in this company. For a long time this has been the only place that I have wanted to compete, but no matter what I do, it’s like everyone would rather I not exist. I am a problematic superstar apparently. That’s why my returns get buried somewhere in the middle of the card. That’s why my appearances are treated like last minute surprises. That’s why this match, even though it was booked over a year in advance, wasn’t official until a few weeks ago.

Kris lets out a frustrated laugh, and redirects his frustration slightly.

...and J2H3 has been telling everyone that this match needs no building. He says that we don’t have to tell anybody that this is going to be “must-see”. So far I have agreed with him, because I thought he was right, and in a way, he is. J2H3 doesn’t need to hype anything. His place in this company can’t be challenged, not even by me. If he loses this match, he is still the greatest of all time. If I walk away with a win, the best I can hope for is to legitimately enter the “best ever” conversation in everyone’s mind. We are not entering this match on an even playing field, and we won’t really be leaving on one no matter what. And why is that? Are our resumes not nearly identical? Are we not basically the top two superstars for any record in this company worth having?

He shakes his head, but bites down on the inside of his cheek. After a single deep breath, he circles around back to the point that he was making originally.

I had to come back into this company and put in the leg work leading into this match. I had to show up and win a few matches before people were going to take me seriously. When I brought this match up over a month ago, the response was a question of if I was actually going to show up for it. Nevermind that I started the year as the top champion in the company. Nevermind that the run that I had in the last two years has been one of the most dominant stretches in company history. Nevermind that I would have likely beaten J2H and Mac a few months ago had I been given a competent partner. Apparently it was up for debate whether or not I could be trusted to even show up to do what I do best. At the time it took me by surprise. Then a lot of stuff started to make more sense.

His tone softens a little bit. The focus was off of his insecurity and back on everyone else so he was able to loosen up a little. His shoulders relax, and he actually takes a calm breath before jumping back in.

I have been arguing for the Hall of Fame behind the scenes for a couple of years. I set records with the Roulette Championship. I had one of the longest championship reigns and undefeated streaks in the company. I was a Grand Slam Champion, even though at a handful of points the powers that be forgot that. I kept getting told that the time wasn’t right. I kept getting the cold shoulder. I kept watching people that had done less than me get inducted into a place where they shouldn’t have been allowed to be. I mean look at my fucking resume. I’m not going to be like Mercedes and parade it out in front of everyone week after week, but there is nobody, save one guy, that has done the things that I have done. I am not only a Grand Slam Champion, I am one championship away from doing it twice. Something that the majority of individuals in this company will never achieve; I am close to doing for a second time. Is that the kind of person that you hold out of the Hall of Fame? No. Because every single other Grand Slam Champion is already in. If you put my name next to anyone else in this company, I come out looking better. Yet, my accomplishments are apparently so easily forgettable that people are left to wonder if I am actually going to be in the arena when I am supposed to be.

He quickly turns his point back towards the match at High Stakes.

If I walk into High Stakes, get inducted into the Hall of Fame, and then lose this match, all I am doing is giving everyone an excuse to write me off all over again. At this point in my career, I really don’t feel like I should have to prove myself anymore. I don’t feel like I should be forced to earn my place every single time that I show up. I look at J2H3, and the treatment he gets, and understand that there is a level of credit that I have never been given for the things that I do for this company. There was a time where I believed the letters SCW and my name were synonymous. SCW was Kris. Kris was SCW. And now I am starting to see that none of the higher ups really ever saw it that way. For Mark I was always just a longshot that made money when it paid off. For Christian I was just another guy to objectify for fun. And don’t get me wrong. I played the role that I was given without any complaints for a long time. I just feel like I have earned my way out of that by now. I feel like at some point I should have been looked at as more than that. Haven’t I done enough?

He looked as if he honestly didn’t know the answer to that question anymore. It wasn’t about belief in himself. He had always had that in excess. It was about his place in the company, and what he deserved.

I have never come out and campaigned for myself. I don’t think there’s ever been a match that I have demanded. I have never asked for a championship match. All I do is go out there and win the match that I am given. Sometimes those matches have higher stakes, like when Crystal hooked me up with a championship match that I never wanted. Sometimes those matches derail someone’s plan for their career, like when I crushed Griffin Hawkins in back-to-back matches before he left the company and stopped speaking to me. Sometimes there are championships on the line, and when there are, I usually win. At this point, I’m pretty sure that I have spent more active days in this company as a champion than I have without a championship. I am one of just a couple of people to hold multiple championships in this company at the same time, and I have done it twice. You know who else is on that list? The guy that will be standing across the ring from me. I am also one of the few people that has had such an abundance of championship luck that I had to literally give one away. You know who else had to do that? You guessed it. J2H3. There’s nothing that one of us has done that the other hasn’t. Every award. Every championship. We have dominated every facet of Sin City Wrestling.

It almost got under his skin how much their accomplishments offset each other. Usually Kris could look at an opponent and feel superior in at least one way. That wasn’t the case now. There weren’t going to be any clear advantages for either of the two superstars in reality. That is what made it such a huge match.

It makes me sick that we haven’t done this before now. How long have we both been here, James? How many times could we have made this happen? We see champion vs champion matches all the time in this company. How did Mark and Christian not make their dominant Roulette Champion face their record breaking, vampire-slaying World Heavyweight Champion headline a Climax Control against one another? When we started out, Nobody was taking either of us seriously. We were a joke, albeit for different reasons. You had that over-inflated view of yourself even before you were able to back it up. It wasn’t until you showed up and fucked up one of my championship matches with your new attitude and physique that you even got any traction in this company. We were getting started at the same time, and starting from the same place. However, you got the shove towards the top, and I got the “you just gotta earn it” speech at every turn. You caught every break that you needed in order to skyrocket to the top, and by then you had developed the skills to keep you there. I had to claw my way out of the basement to get a shot at the lowest championship, and only got looked at as a real contender when I broke every record with it.

Another one of those small laughs of frustration slipped from between his lips. He shakes his head and kicks at the bottom rope of the ring.

...had this match happened at any time other than right now, would we even be here? What if after that match you interrupted, we had to square off? A loss there could have sent you right back off track. You hadn’t gotten your feet under yourself yet. You hadn’t hit your stride. What if they let me challenge you as a champion back when you held it for a year? Instead, we put it off, and put it off. There was always a reason to push this match to the back burner. There was always a bigger name out there that you would rather focus on. Kristopher Ryans was never a real threat.

He turns back to the camera with the widest smile that we have seen tonight.

...and then The Miracle happened. I won both the World Heavyweight Championship and the Roulette Championship on the same night and the company was supposed to close its doors forever. I liberated all of the most important gold from two of the biggest douchebags that have ever gotten a paycheck from this company. I gave the fans a reason to have spent so much of their time with us. I went out and earned my spot in history forever, or so I thought. How many years ago was that at this point? It’s been so long that most of the people on the roster probably don’t have any idea what I am talking about. I came back and defended that championship for longer than anyone thought that I could. I won it again last year, and held it for another few months even though I really wasn’t even trying to operate at that level anymore. I was content to carry the Mixed Tag Team Championships until they had to rename the damned division after me, but that wasn’t what the people wanted. I had the opportunity. I had to take it. And since I am that fucking good, I won. Because it’s what I do. Both Caleb Storms and David Shepherd have learned that recently because apparently SCW at large needed a refresher on exactly who the fuck I am.

He shrugs his shoulders, his eyes locked on the lens of the camera.

So who am I? Who is Kris Ryans?

He drops his arms down and his hands clap against his sides.

I’m the only guy in this match that absolutely has to win. There is no other option for me. I don’t get the benefit of the doubt from the fans, from the owners, or from anyone else on the roster. My spot is always up for grabs, no matter what it is that I do. There is nothing undisputed about my place in this company, and I guess that is absolutely fine with me. If it’s malleable, that means that there’s no height that I can’t rise to. If I have to step out and prove that every single time out in the ring, that is only going to make me more dangerous to whoever is standing out there opposite me. It means that no matter what I do, my back is always going to be against the wall. I can’t sit back and rest. I can’t kick back and say that a match will sell itself. If I do that, I’m lazy. If I do that, people think that maybe I won’t show up. If I want to be considered the best in this company, I have to go out there and beat the only guy that I haven’t ever been given a real chance to go out there and beat. When I win this match, I take back control of my legacy. Try and convince anyone that doesn’t make me more motivated than someone just out here to collect a big check.

Sure, Kris had said that he was in the match for the money as well, but things had changed since then. The closer it got, the more people had started to count him out of the match before the event had even begun. That wasn’t something that he could take lightly. Everyone had inadvertently given him the motivation that until recently he didn’t even notice that he was lacking. This was going to be his one and only chance to set things right for forever. He wasn’t letting that slip through his fingers.

J2H3 has had it easy. He hasn’t had to go out there and actually earn anything in a very long time. Despite all I have done, I haven’t had the same luxury. I have had to stay ready. I have had to keep adapting and learning. I have had to prove myself over and over and over again every night. So when I walk into this match at High Stakes, it is just business as usual for me. It’s not going to feel any different than any other night. I’m not going to let this Hall of Fame business blind me to the real moment at hand either. Regardless of getting a flashy ring, or getting inducted into a very small club, my legacy is going to hinge on what happens inside those ropes just like it always has. And I am going to go out and do the thing that nobody says that I can… like I always do.

Nothing about his approach would change for this match, but that didn’t mean that the stakes were much higher than they had been for a long time. Even losing his championship to Jack earlier in the year had largely been swept under the rug because of their first three meetings. There was not going to be another shot at this match. Not against J2H. Not at High Stakes. This was it, and Kris was fine with that.

My legacy is not as secure as James’ is, and maybe it never will be.

He shrugs his shoulders, finally letting go of the things that he can’t control.

...but after High Stakes, my name is going to be in the conversation for the rest of human history. I am taking this win. I am proving to everyone that I am the rightful top of the food chain in this company. There is nothing that anyone on the roster, anyone in management, or the guy standing across the ring from me can do about that.

The signature smirk that had gotten him into so much trouble in his career comes back to his face. The confidence that had been buried beneath all the negativity he had unloaded was finally starting to shine through. He points directly at the lens of the camera with a wink.

You’re all going to learn to start minding your manners when you bring my name up.

The smirk grows into a full smile, and he holds his arms out to his sides.

...because there is no one like me.

With that, he looks up at the ceiling, and the lights above him click off. There is a laugh that cuts through the darkness just before the feed cuts off.

See you soon….


5
Climax Control Archives / What I Do
« on: October 22, 2021, 11:56:45 PM »
==========================================================


Returns
Mikah’s House - Hawaii
21 October 2021
OFF-Camera




The last six weeks had flown by in a blur. One second Kris was tweeting about High Stakes coming up, as more of a subtle reminder of what he and J2H had been planning. He wasn’t even sure that it was actually going to happen back then. Days later he was on a plane to Hawaii, and his life outside the ring flipped upside down. He started splitting time up and down the coast, and sleeping on the jet more often than he had previously thought possible. Then he added his return to the ring, and all of the aches and pains that came with it. It was everything he had been missing, and also all of the pain that he had pushed out of his mind in the months he spent glorifying his return in his mind. As if it all wasn’t too much to handle, Mark and Christian dropped the bomb on him that after a few years of disappointment, he was finally going into the Hall of Fame. Kris still wasn’t sure that all of it was just an elaborate dream. Maybe in reality he had died, and this was the afterlife. It was the strangest thing. After all of these years, he got everything that he wanted, but all at the same time. He felt like so much of the joy of each individual moment was lost just via sensory overload. It was hard enough just to tell which way was up. Every morning, waking up started with trying to figure out where he had gone to sleep, and the same question.

Kris: Is this still real life?

Mikah’s eyes flicker over to him and cracks a half smile.

Mikah: Maybe? I mean, it could be a fever dream...

At least now he wasn’t confused about where he was waking up. By the time he finds his glasses and puts them on his face, he has already started to put together how he got back to Hawaii. It was just a small stopover before the both of them would be heading to Climax Control together.

Kris: If it is, it’s the best and longest one I have ever been a part of. At this point, I’m not even complaining. I’m just going to ride it out. No more asking questions or waiting for the other shoe to drop. Maybe sometimes shit is just supposed to work out.

She pushes her blonde locks out of her face for a moment as she leans against the headboard of her bed. She has her tablet in her lap, leaned up against her knees as she looks through her emails.

Mikah: It’s not a dream, or at least if it is I’m definitely not aware of it. But is it possible for the both of us to be in the same dream and be hyper aware?

She raises her eyebrows for a second before furrowing them together and then looking over at him.He is still fighting with his eyes to get them to actually focus. Life had become a game of fighting off perpetual jetlag. When he finally looks over to her, the sight of her brings a legitimate smile to his face.

Kris: I want to say yes… but no. If it was, I think that you would be having just as good of a time as I am. Instead you have Dani knee-deep in your shit. Here I am going into the Hall of Fame and finally getting the gigantic match I’ve been planning for years...and I get to wake up with you. You’re saddled with me, and being called out. Sounds like a nightmare.

The smile never leaves his face. In truth, he was actually enjoying the fact that Dani was trying so hard to get Mikah’s attention. It was exactly the type of thing that he would do if he were in the Bombshell division. If the best of the best isn’t around, convince them to be around. Kris had done it himself. It usually worked.

Mikah: Dani? She’s not bothering me that much. I think it’s bothering her more that I haven’t answered her challenge yet, which I find more and more entertaining each day. And saddled with you? You’re saying that like it’s a bad thing. There’s nobody else I’d rather be with.

She scrunches her nose up at him before looking at him and smiling a little bit. She lets the tablet rest against her legs for the time being to focus her attention on him.

Kris: Nobody believes that you’d willingly spend all of your time with me. It’s only a matter of time before Dani convinces you to come back by offering time to get away from me. Not that I would hate that. All of this plane travel would be a lot more fun if you were going back and forth with me.

He obviously wouldn’t expect her to make the stops in San Diego while he was at Jet City South, but something was going to be better than nothing. She looks at him and gives him a small smile.

Mikah: You could have asked me to go with you, you know. I would have gone with you. It doesn’t bother me to fly and travel. I’m actually more at peace with traveling than you are. I knew traveling was going to have to be a thing when I made the move to Hawaii permanent. And even if I do accept her challenge, it wouldn’t make me want to get away from you at all.

It was comforting to know that asking her along was an option even if her match at High Stakes wasn’t going to be a reality. That really wasn’t what he was holding out hope for, but he really wasn’t in any position to hope for anything better than all of the recent gifts life had given him.

Kris: Hey now! I haven’t even decided if I am sticking around after all this High Stakes stuff. I wanted this match. I wanted the Hall of Fame for so long that it may have been driving me a little crazy. After that though… what’s left? There’s only a couple of things that I would even really want to do, and I can’t do one of them without you.

She raises an eyebrow at him.

Mikah: And what is that one thing that you can’t do without me? I must know this...

She looks at him, her eyebrows raised with interest as she looks at him before she sets her tablet on the bed next to her.

Kris: There was this undefeated mixed tag team that killed it for a while last year. I was thinking about trying to beat all of their records.

The smile grows wider across his face.

Kris: Well… our... records. You know, wipe the whole Coby addendum off of the record books. I never really wanted to challenge for the big one again. I was content when we were just doing our thing. That was fun, and at this point, that’s one of the biggest things that I care about. Although, if you’re not down I have other boxes that need checking off. That is just the one that I can’t do all on my own.

She looks at him, thinking about what he was saying.

Mikah: I don’t have anything going on. Think we can convince them to come to Hawaii though? I’m not sure how many shows they could get out here….

She winks at him before pushing the blanket off of her legs a little bit.

Kris: I doubt it. They rarely go anywhere fun.

Other than the Summer XXXtreme show, Kris hadn’t been a fan of any tour that he had been on with the company, even quitting during the international tours on two different occasions. It was no wonder that half of the people backstage couldn’t stand him. He should count himself lucky that Christian had been objectifying him for years.

Mikah: You’ve got that right; they didn’t even go to NYC when I was there ninety-five percent of the time. But choose to have an east coast tour after I’m no longer a member of their active roster. But you could maybe pull some strings.

She winks at him, playfully before poking his cheek.

Kris: Not without feeling dirty about it afterwards. That’s how I end up at Summer XXXtreme competing in see-thru clothes. I’d rather not be that person anymore. It was an easy way to get the thing that I wanted, but you can’t shower that kind of thing off, you know?

It had taken him a long time to come around to the fact that the whole thing had rubbed him the wrong way. It wasn’t even like he reaped any real benefit from it either. His rise to the top was still miraculous, and far from easy. He would have thought with how much he had degraded himself that it would have greased some wheels. Instead it was just more negativity to look back on.

Mikah: I’m kidding. I wouldn’t want to objectify myself to get something I want, so I wouldn’t want you to do it either. But you can do it for me.

She scrunches her nose up at him before stopping for a moment to listen to see if either of her children were awake but then relaxes a little when she hears nothing.

Kris: Plus, I’m not even sure if it is going to be something that sticks. Aside from us being a team again, there’s really only one or two dream matches that I have left. Getting in the ring against Ben and Evie would involve you, but would sell itself. Stepping into the ring with Fenris again would be dope. I could win the Internet Championship and be a two-time Grand Slam Winner… are there any of those?

He would have to remind himself to have someone ask Mercedes about it. She was always able to rattle off obscure things like that. It was the reason that Kris stopped messing with her. From the way that she talked in the ring, she knew everything about everyone. He wasn’t about to make himself a target now that he was happy with how things were going. There were definitely some gnarly losses that she could refresh everyone’s memory on.

Mikah: Facing Ben and Evie would be fun. But the only problem there is that I actually like Evie. And I don’t even know my own record in SCW to be honest, let alone yours or anybody else’s. I didn’t even really care to be a Grand Slam Champion, if you remember correctly.

She shrugs her shoulders before scooting to the edge of the bed to stand up. Once she’s on her feet, she stretches before looking at him again.

Kris: It just feels like I have already done everything else… you know? I still have the urge to go out there and be in the ring. I still like being in front of the crowd, and I definitely don’t want to go sign anywhere else. There’s just… not much left on the bucket list.

He realized that in a way he was asking for trouble. He should feel good about the fact that nobody insane was after him. Nobody was trying to maim him, or kidnap loved ones. There were no stakes. It was safe.

Mikah: Beat J2H first and then decide how you feel after that. I think I’m going to let Dani sweat a little bit longer. I was never one to answer things on Twitter anyways. There are a few Bombshells that I haven’t faced yet, but I’m not sure that I need to face them either.

She shrugs her shoulders a little bit.

Kris: That’s kind of how I’ve been looking at it. I was looking into Fenris’ partner, and honestly haven’t been impressed by anyone on his hit list. I miss the days when just about everyone was a superstar. I’m not going to be excited about going back full time just to be beating Bill Barnhart as much as I did last year.

Despite how much he wanted all of the big matches, at this point in his career, the slow grind that he would need in order to make it all happen was almost too much to sign up for. Maybe Mikah was right. Hell, maybe J2H was right. That guy pops in whenever, and does whatever he wants. That wouldn’t be such a bad gig.

Mikah: I’d be okay with a match every now and then with somebody that’s worth it. I don’t want to be facing Crystal all the time like I was a few years back. And yeah, I’m no help on that end because before recently, I wasn’t even aware that person was in SCW. I’m not even sure that Dani is worth it yet, I’m still thinking about it. I have a few days to make sure she is; let her sweat it a little longer. At least your match with J2H will draw big crowds, who’s to say my potential match with Dani will?

She raises an eyebrow and shrugs her shoulders at him.

Kris: You should just come with me to this next show. You know she’ll be there running her mouth. If you feel inclined to take her up on it, you’re already in the building. Otherwise, it is just an excuse to spend a little extra time with me. And I’ll even promise not to make any big decisions about anything until after High Stakes.

It was his best pitch to avoid another few days of travel blur.

Mikah: I think...I will come with you to Boston. And then instead of having to come back to Hawaii, we can go to NYC from Boston and be there? It’s just a suggestion. . .

She was sure that her house in NYC was still standing, she hadn’t heard otherwise.

Kris: I might have to go back to San Diego in between for a couple days, but that sounds much better than doing it all alone… but we still get a few days to ourselves before then...

It was totally unto themselves, but that hadn’t ever mattered to Kris. Together they had four little ones to be chasing after, though they had yet to have them all in the same room at the same time. He was used to sharing her attention with everyone else in the house, but he wasn’t going to waste anymore of their time worrying about what may or may not be meant to be for them in Sin City. At this point in his life, the ring wasn’t the thing that he was most focused on anymore. Sure, it was his dream. But he had already lived it.


==========================================================


>I would be lying if I said that I wasn't excited for this match. I mean, let's be honest, the Caleb Storms match was a tune up and everyone knew it. There wasn't going to be any real competition there if I was on top of my game. After that loss last time I came back though, Mark and Christian needed to see what they had. They needed to see what condition that I came back in. If it was the worst version of myself, there would have been no Hall of Fame, and of that I am absolutely certain. If I came back sloppily, there would be no marquee match with J2H3 at High Stakes. I had to prove that I was in it to win it when I came back. I get it. I have earned that weariness over the course of my career here. However, I more than proved that I am every bit the competitor that I say I am. I proved that I was as sharp as ever. I got the victory, and everything that has followed since has been a dream come true.

….but not this. This wasn't a dream match for me. This wasn't one of those boxes that I needed to check off before retiring and riding off into the sunset for good. Nah, I wanted this one for a different reason. I wanted this one for a more personal reason, and I don't mean that however the card writing intern might think. I couldn't possibly care less about his relationship with Fenris. I have very few friends in life, and those that I do I support with every single cell in my body. Fenris is in that group, so I support him in all of his endeavors. That's what friends do. They don't get bent out of shape about a manufactured and not at all realistic love triangle. This isn't a primetime sitcom. It's open combat.


And that is what excites me. Stepping into the ring with, and beating David. Why? Because of all the chirping from him that I have heard since the last time I was in the ring. The guy throws my name around more than any other person on my roster. What was it he said before that tag match at Summer XXXtreme?

“I’m teaming up with possibly the biggest prick on this boat, and I hear Kristopher Ryans is on the boat.”

Those were his words. Or something like that at least…. Shots fired I guess. I thought it was a little uncalled for that someone who hasn't really done anything worth bragging about was taking a free shot at a Grand Slam Champion that wasn't even scheduled to compete. Even worse, he was using my name to insult a close friend and hide his true feelings. I mean, we all saw what happened during that match. We know what has transpired since. Why bring my name into it at all? Why did I need to take some undeserved warning shots? When did "The Miracle" become a punchline? Last I checked, the kid's claim to fame was a short reign with the title that I put back on the map a few years ago. Even since then, he hasn't beaten anyone worth naming. He has done nothing in the ring to be worthy of getting mentioned in the same sentence as me. The single thing that we have in common is that we have slept with the same person. Congrats are in order for him. He's part of a pretty big group, because it is no secret that I have gotten around in my time here. For real, The Mean Girls are getting inducted into the Hall of Fame at the same time I am, and I knocked up at least one of them. It's not an accomplishment to share that kind of history with me, and most people would look at it as a negative. This guy doesn't know me. Hasn't really talked to me. But frequently talks about me. Now he gets to join another big group. The group of people that have fallen at my feet inside that Sin City ring.

...and I know that is going to chew him up inside...

“It would have to really gnaw at one’s craw to lose to Kristopher Ryans.  Possibly the biggest heathen in Saved City, and the most annoying to boot….”

...because he said it himself, even though he was saying it to Jack Washington. It’s only funny, because not only did I beat that guy, I took away his SCW World Heavyweight Championship for shits and giggles. That’s how good I am. Last year, I won a shot at any championship, any time. And I literally sat on it until I absolutely had to use it. And what happened? I went out and showed the world that I am one of the very best in the world when it comes to what happens between those ropes. I always have been. I always will be. Why? Because that is what I wanted out of life. I grew up watching it, and wanting to be the one on television doing all these larger than life things. I went out and became what I wanted to be in life. I conquered all of the obstacles put in my path. Granted, I was also the one that put a lot of them into my path to begin with, but that’s a story that’s already been told. There is one single person in this company’s history that can even begin to compare his resume against mine, and we are set to square up at High Stakes. That means everyone else is in a league beneath the two of us. The rest of the superstars not just signed right now, but in the entire history of the company, fail to measure up.

So why would anyone feel bad about dropping a match to me? Why would anyone hang their head in shame after going out to the ring to just take the L? So many people have gone out there and fallen short, and not all of them were awful. I’m just that much better than the average. That’s why they call me The Miracle. You wouldn’t look at me, or listen to me talk, and think that I am as good as I am in that ring, but I am. It defies explanation, but is backed up by year after year of facts. If there is an award worth winning, I’ve won it. If there’s a title worth holding, I’ve probably already had it twice. I have won more of them than anyone else in the company, and I am just one Internet Championship away from being a two-time Grand Slam Champion. I’ve beaten every single ‘face of the company’ put in front of me, whether it was when I was a Nobody, or after everyone realized they were watching something Miraculous.

David isn’t an idiot. Well, at least not that big of one. He was part of that weird cult for a while. Now he seems to think that some big sexual awakening somehow has something to do with how well he performs inside the ring, because that’s all we hear about. But still… he has to know that there is no shame in losing to me. At least not professionally….

….but personally?

Yeah, I could see that. See, it isn’t about what I do in the ring. He hasn’t had a single negative thing to say about my abilities in the past. He hasn’t ever doubted my record. He doesn’t set aside my accomplishments. He just thinks I am annoying. I bother him on a personal level. He doesn’t seem to like me very much, despite not knowing me at all.

….but why?

Again, I think he gave us the answer already.

“You can’t live a loss like that down because Kris is a social media kingpin.”

...and that’s what it boils down to for him. I’m a guy that cares about wins and losses. Sure, I might rub that loss in your face at the end of the night, but come the next day I’m not thinking about it anymore. I am already thinking about what I am going to do to get the next one. David doesn’t seem to be one of those people. He seems like the kind of person that is going to get all in his feelings about losing to me. The type of guy that would get all defensive every time it gets mentioned afterwards. It’s okay. He’s not alone in that group. O’Malley’s bitch ass will keep him company. But honestly, it would bother him to lose to me, because he doesn’t think he could handle having to stew about it afterwards while I laugh him off. It has nothing to do with business. There is not a single thing about it that is professional. This isn’t a job for him. This is just a gateway to me mocking him on social media. From everything he said about me all summer, that’s what he seems to be afraid of. I wish I could take that fear away from him. I wish that I could tell him that it probably wasn’t going to go down that way this time too. The problem is, I really am just that damn good at what I do.

If it’s not broke, don’t try to fix it, ya know?

I mean, being me is what got me into the Hall of Fame. Being Kristopher Ryans is what gained me entrance into The Battle of the Great Ones. I love every second of being me, and if that rubs people the wrong way, it’s just a perk that I never really counted on. But he shouldn’t think for a second that his opinion of me changes anything about what I am going to do in that ring. I go out there to win, and I do that better than just about everyone that’s ever stepped through the curtain in Sin City. After this match is over, he won’t have to reach so far for a reason to not like me. I’mma give him one.

Another shiny L for his record.

And another punchline for social media.

It’s what I do.


6
Climax Control Archives / Square One
« on: October 01, 2021, 08:35:39 PM »

>What I’m going to need everyone to remember, is that I wanted this…

Nobody ever begged me to come to Sin City Wrestling. Nobody wanted me to become one of the best to ever compete in this company. I didn’t have anyone really standing in my corner and forcing me forward down this path. The only person that ever motivated me, was me. The only thing that ever drove me were my goals.

You can’t get too hung up on what everyone wants in this business. That was really hard for me to wrap my head around last time I showed up and shook Sin City to its core. I came back expecting some level of respect. Maybe I thought that I had earned a little more than everybody thought I did. A lot of people said that I didn’t have it anymore, and that my prime fighting days were behind me. Well, the greatest Mixed Tag Team Championship run in the history of the company, another solid win streak for my record, and a second World Heavyweight Championship reign later… I had proved my point.

I didn’t make it very many matches into the year before I realized that my mark had been made. There was nothing left to do. I was back in the same boat that I had been in before taking time off in the years before that. I decided that what I needed was a little bit of time off to recharge the old batteries. Behold though! The same people that had a problem with my sudden reappearance and subsequent takeover of Climax Control for the better part of a year were pissed all over again that I was gone.

Damned if you do. Damned if you don’t.

You know?

...but none of it really mattered. At least not to me. I was honest about what I was coming back to prove from the very beginning. I wanted to prove everyone wrong. I wanted to win the championships of a division that I felt had been made specifically for me and Mikah. I wanted to get back to the top just to prove that I could. Once I checked off all those boxes, the only one left was this match that we may or may not have brewing for High Stakes in just a few short weeks. There was nothing that I could do about that for months though, and the only thing that competing against scrubs every week was going to get me was some unforeseen injury.

I wasn’t going to let that happen.

I wasn’t going to let something like that ruin a match that has been built up for longer than any other match in the history of this company. This has been years in the making. Two of the best are finally going to step in the ring with one another for the first time….

...if it actually happens.

Right now, all of you all at home have as good of a guess as I do. Last time I asked, the only thing I got in response was some half-hearted attempt to make it seem like I wouldn’t show up. If there is anything that I have proven over the record-setting amount of titles that I have won in this company, it’s that I show up, and when I do, I win.

I’ll be showing in Atlanta to do it all over again.

…and I’ve added a few more boxes to that checklist for this time around.





==========================================================



Tricking The Past Again
Hawaii
13 September 2021
OFF-Camera



Kris hadn’t been sold on going to Hawaii. It had never been part of the plan of coming back. It was just an opportunity that presented itself at first. The two of them had joked about it on a couple of occasions, but this offer had seemed legit. Last he and Mikah were in Sin City together, they had been keeping their distance from one another. Once upon a time though, they had been unstoppable. If his path was leading back to SCW, it only made sense to check up on the one person that he had been flawless alongside in the ring. It wasn’t just that though. The two of them had history, even if it was messy. There was a good chance that he could convince her to help with the professional stuff, but it was really the sliver of a chance at something else. That was what spurred him to jump onto a plane and make the trip, without knowing exactly what to expect. The Miracle had done what he could to occupy his mind and stop himself from dwelling on those thoughts during the flight. Unfortunately, no second rate monster flick was going to be able to totally distract him. The possibilities were the only things on his mind, even when he was walking through the terminal in Hawaii. They were weighing on his mind as he walked out of the security gate to find her sitting on a bench and looking down at her phone.

Kris: “Long time no see…”

He figured that her reaction to such a simple greeting would tell him enough about where they currently stood with one another. When she stands up and adjusts her short shorts before walking over to him with a smile, the worst of his fears ease.

Mikah: "It’s nice to see that you’re not dead. And that the plane didn’t crash into the ocean.”

With a smile, he shrugged his shoulders. It was Mikah-speak for being happy to see him, and he hadn’t expected anything else.

Kris: "You know I'm not going out in a plane crash. It'll be me that kills me eventually…."

He wasn’t going to waste any time dwelling on that thought though, and quickly shifted the focus back to her.

Kris: "Why Hawaii though? It's like a big ass volcano surrounded by the most dangerous ocean things. I feel like this is a death trap. Flying here was basically hell."

As he questioned her, the two made their way out of the airport and to her rental car. Even though she had bought the house and started to settle in, she hadn’t gone as far as actually buying a car. She fumbled for the foreign feeling set of keys as they walked.

Mikah: "Why not Hawaii? No snow here. And I don't get stuck on the mainland with all the people I don't like."

She flashed him a grin before popping the trunk for him to put his things into it.

Mikah: "...I'm just tired of people. And I think living on the beach is going to be my best decision yet."

Kris pulled the bag from his shoulder and tossed it into the trunk without regard for anything in it. He quickly removed his face mask, hat and glasses and tossed them all in on top of it. As soon as they were off he seemed to loosen up a bit.

Kris: "There are perfectly good beaches not surrounded by fire and sea monsters…"

He spun around on his heels, trying to orient himself to his new surroundings. He then pointed off in the opposite direction from the airport behind them.

Kris: "They're just a few thousand miles that way!"

He turned back to her and closed the trunk with a smile on his face.

Kris: "You're lucky we're friends. I wouldn't have come all the way out here for anyone else."

She raised an eyebrow at him, but pressed her lips together and bit her tongue for a moment. He caught the reaction, and felt a tinge of excitement about it. If she reacted that negatively to simply being called a friend, maybe that sliver of hope he had wouldn’t be for nothing.

Mikah: "Florida is too humid and California is overpopulated and still brings up bad memories."

Kris: “You couldn’t pay me enough to set foot in fucking Florida anyways. The whole place sucks. Never had an experience that wasn’t awful.”

She waved it off as they got into the car. She was familiar enough with a few of the islands that she didn’t even bother setting the GPS anymore.

Mikah: "You're worried about a little volcano? And what kind of sea monsters? I'm assuming you mean sharks..."

She asked him as if he was being ridiculous. She raised an eyebrow at him as she started to drive to Kaneohe, Hawaii a mere twenty-five minutes from Honolulu.

Mikah: "...but Cali has them too..."

He shook his head back and forth quickly. He had put a lot of thought into it on the plane, and would likely be thinking about it every time he tried to sleep for months.

Kris: "Nah, the water is deep out here. California is just a coast. This place is just lava rock floating where all the scary stuff lives. You all even have beaches with haunted sand and shit….."

He tried to shake the thoughts away, but had trouble.

Kris: "I've been terrified of this place since I was a kid. You know they have a whole language nobody speaks anymore? How does that happen? Everyone forget? Sounds like bad juju."

She couldn't help but chuckle at him as she drove.

Mikah: "This is amusing to me… but look… I'm sure you know how to swim, Kristopher. It's not like you to go into the water, you know."

He tried to force as much contempt into his facial expression as possible, but could barely keep the smirk off of his face.

Kris: "I'm glad you find my fear funny. You know, I quit SCW once because I didn't like flying over the ocean. This shouldn't be a surprise."

He backtracked off of that point immediately though.

Kris: "Then again… part of that was not wanting to be on a different continent from all the dealers I knew…."

It looked as if he tried to argue the conflicting theories out in his head, but stopped to offer her a little reassurance.

Kris: "Not that I have that problem anymore. I wouldn't have brought those kinds of problems down here to you. Going on like ten months without. Haven't gone a whole year in a long time. Maybe it'll happen."

She knew about his struggle with sobriety and she halfway understood. She couldn't remember what she had told him of her own struggles, but only because it wasn’t a topic that she let come up in conversation.

Mikah: "I'm sure you can make it a year. Only two months more to go, right?"

She thought about adding another little joke in there but she thought better of it.

Mikah: "...and it's paradise. There's a lot of other things to do and places to explore. You won't have time to even think about that stuff."

He looked around as she spoke, taking in the view. She wasn't wrong. Every inch of what they passed was as pretty as it had been sold to him his whole life.

Kris: "Paradise is nice to visit every now and again, but doesn't it get old?"

Almost as soon as the words left his mouth, he knew her answer.

Kris: "Nah, you haven't been here long enough to find out yet I bet. Then again, San Diego is still amazing to me thirty something years later. Maybe this is just where you belong. Bikini weather year round, and all the open air in the world."

As he spoke, he almost seemed to be coming around to it.

Kris: "Still out in the middle of the ocean though… What happens if some big storm hits? Nobody would even know! We could all just be gone. Who would tell the world?"

She laughed again, having gotten used to this over the years. He was always going to stress himself out about things that weren’t going to happen. There was still a weird charm about it though. The smile stayed on her face even after she stopped laughing, but she kept her eyes on the road.

Mikah: "Definitely seems like a problem for Future Mikah."

She turned quickly and winked at Kris as she drove, seeing the smaller town of Kaneohe come into view.

Mikah: "I'm not sure why you're not more open to small town life. Or even island life. If I remember correctly, you liked to be left alone… What could be more alone than this?”

He shrugged his shoulders. For all of its beauty, it didn’t seem a whole lot different from home.

Kris: "This place is just  like San Diego for richer people it seems like. Maybe it's not so bad. I mean other than the evil sand thing. Let's not go to those beaches."

She frowned at him, but was ready for yet another wacky theory of his.

Mikah: "Evil sand? I'm not sure I follow you."

She gave him a look, not sure what kind of sand he was talking about. The multi-million dollar house she bought was on the beach and she had instant access to the ocean, but there wasn’t anything that felt evil about it.

Kris: "There's some beach with sand you're not supposed to mess with. Lots of people have stories about smuggling some home and bad things happened until they returned it. It's like black sand. Powdery lava stuff. Bad karma. And this place is apparently full of it."

He paused for just a second.

Kris: "Feels like I mess up everything easily enough on my own. Don't need that kind of help with it…."

He lingered on that thought for a second before something in his head clicked together. He turns to her, almost looking offended.

Kris: "...and it’s not that I like being alone. I don’t. That’s just extra time with me, and that guy is only good in small doses. It’s people that I don't like. At least not real people. Maybe three total that aren't family. Probably less than that within the family. If you're not a nameless, faceless fan screaming in the crowd, I don't care. And even if you are, I'd still rather you not breathe on me. It’s a personal space thing."

It was harsh, but the last year and a half had really drilled that into him.

Kris: "There's only three people in Hawaii I care to talk to and all of them live in one house."

She raised an eyebrow at him as she maneuvers the car through the streets of the smaller town.

Mikah: "Okay, so maybe I should have phrased that better."

She chuckled a little bit as she slowed down even more, seemingly knowing where the speed limit got slower. He didn’t hold it against her though. Not really. No matter where he went it always seemed like there was someone looking over his shoulder, waiting for him to slip up. Being on edge about society in general was just a side effect of that.

Kris: "Don’t worry about it."

It wasn't something that they needed to dwell on. They would have plenty of time for that on this trip. He just got here. It was time to keep things light and happy.

Kris: "...and you've done plenty of good things in your life, and at least one awesome thing."

His eyes widened when he finally saw the house they're headed towards.

Kris: "...who did you have to murder to pay for this?"

She gave him a disappointed look before pressing the button to open the gate to the place.

Mikah: "You really underestimated my financial situation. I've never claimed to not have money."

She winked at him as she drove the car up the long driveway and into the garage. She parked it and turned it off before moving to get out of the vehicle.

Kris: "All I'm saying is, you've been on vacation off and on for like two years. I own a gym and probably couldn't buy half of this house…."

As he exited the car, he looked around dumbfounded by what he saw.

Kris: "Life is unfair sometimes. How do you get more free time than me and nicer stuff? And you got to be better looking!"

She blushed just a little at his words.

Mikah: "I've always had money. I am a trust fund baby and all this money sat in an account since I was in the womb, I guess. And wealthy parents. And all that."

She waved it off as if it wasn't a big deal. She was never worried about money. That is where the two were different though. Mikah never competed just because it paid well, she did it because she loved the sport. Kris was more free-falling his way through life ass-first anyways, and collecting a paycheck for it made things all that much easier.

Mikah: "And I try not to flaunt the money too much. But I just figured you knew. We stayed in top tier hotels when we were sneaking around years ago..."

She laughed, as she led him inside.

Kris: "I thought you were billing Christian for all of that. I always did…"

He chuckled at the thought of the amount of Sin City money he had blown during his times with the company. Sometimes he had made ridiculous requests just to see what he could get away with.

Kris: "Several of the hotel rooms we destroyed in the process of… well… totally got billed to Christian or Mark…. Came as a cost of doing business with me."

They hadn't exactly been sneaky about any of it either. Their affair had been the worst kept secret in SCW history.

Kris: "Still baffles me that they didn't know. Even more that they didn't realize we were going to be the best team they ever had because of everything happening off camera."

She chuckled and shrugged her shoulders at him. She placed her keys up in their spot before leaning against the kitchen counter.

Mikah: "Look. We have plenty of time for all of that. I know you’re going back. I know that at some point you’re going to ask me about doing the same. Let’s just not get into it now. You just got here. We have missed a lot of time. Let’s catch up on that part first, and then we can work out the rest."

She gestured to the house around them, and his attention was pulled to the back windows, and the beautiful view of the beach.

Mikah: "I moved out here to get away from all that for a little bit, so just enjoy this for a day or two first, okay?"

She smiled before pushing herself off of the counter. Kris didn’t need very much convincing to let the subject go either. She was right. They could get to that at some other point in time. For the most part, he was just relieved that she wasn’t shooting the plan down outright. Even better, that meant that there were other parts of their relationship she wanted to hash out. Maybe that sliver of hope shouldn’t have ever been just a sliver. He wasn’t going to get his hopes up that high yet though. 

Kris: "You’re right… there’s no way that I’m leaving here for fucking Florida. We have at least another week. What can we fill it with?"



==========================================================

>We were eight days into the year last time I beat Caleb Storms…

We have come an awful long way to end up in the exact same place, haven’t we, Caleb?

I mean, we were the headliners for the first Climax Control of the year! I was walking into the arena as a dual-champion for the second time in my career. I had dominated the Mixed Tag Division. I had given the world a reprieve from the weird championship obsessions of Jack Washington. I climbed all the way to the very top of this company one win and a time while everyone screamed at me that it couldn’t be done. I proved every single one of those people wrong, and walked into the main event of Climax Control to fight the Internet Champion….

I guess I shouldn’t really say that you are in the same place now that you were then Caleb. That would be selling you unnecessarily short. Right now you are the legitimate Sin City Wrestling Internet Champion. Back then you were just a guy that was handed a championship as a joke. You hadn’t earned anything, and that rubbed me the wrong way at the time. Of course, you lost that match to me, and then dropped that sham title not too long after that. It was probably the best thing that you could have done for yourself. How did it feel to win that championship for real? Twice! Had to be better than when it got handed to you, right? What about now that you’re the only person in this company to have ever held it three times? At this point, you’ve been more successful with that championship than I have ever been. That is a long way to have come from a championship you didn’t deserve.

...so even though you’ve upped your game, Caleb, we find ourselves slipping down the card a little bit this time around. We managed to kick off the year with a hell of a main event last time, but this time we’re hovering around the upper middle. I can’t say that I blame you for it. We’ve been over that. You’ve made things happen for yourself in my absence. I wouldn’t dream of being anything but complimentary about that fact because first and foremost, I’m honest. The reason we are sliding down the card is because nobody really knows what to expect out of me. Am I going to show up as the Kris Ryans that was the face of the company? Is this the Third Coming of The Miracle?

No….

At the same time, am I going to be walking down to the ring with the blind confidence that I had before Bill Barnhart beat me in my first match back last time around?

Absolutely not.

There’s no way that I am going to lose focus like that ever again. I learned my lesson. I may be one of the best to ever come through this company, but that doesn’t mean that everyone on the roster is some kind of cakewalk. Everyone can beat anyone if the time is right. Nothing is guaranteed. That was something that I apparently needed to learn the hard way, and it only took that one match to pull my head out of my ass. I don’t just show up and expect to be great. I put the work in because I know that I’m great already. I don’t have to go out and prove that. I don’t have to walk around reminding people of it. The only thing that I need to do is go out and do exactly what has gotten me to the top of this company on more than one occasion.

...and at this point, there is absolutely nothing miraculous about it. Nobody is surprised when I go out there and win. Nobody is surprised to see that I can still do amazing things in the ring that nobody else is dumb enough to even try. It is just who I am, and what I do. But that’s not exactly chaos that you can put at the top of the card without giving it an eye test first, is it? That’s not the type of person that you would allow to have one of the biggest matches in the history of High Stakes, is it? So no matter who I am, or what I’ve done… I have to come back home. I have to come back to Climax Control. I have to remind Mark and Christian exactly who I am apparently.

So in a way, I’m back to square one. Yet still standing across the ring from Caleb Storms.

The beginning of the next chapter of my career here is going to be written with the exact same words as the start of my 2021.

Kris Ryans defeats Caleb Storms.

Nothing more. Nothing less.

However, it is not because he is unworthy. It is not because he is untalented. He has proven all of those words wrong in the short time that I have been away. He has turned himself into a real contender. He is a champion in this company, and Mark and Christian will always see their champions as the real measuring sticks. They want to see how I stack up against Caleb now that he has some momentum on his side. I’m sure they haven’t forgotten how, last time around, I laid him out with Godspeed and he still somehow found the willpower to kick out and keep a main event crowd glued to the edge of their seats.

That’s the kind of thing that is always going to make people want to see two stars go for a second round. No doubt it would have happened already had I not taken a vacation for half the year.


Maybe they know that no matter the result, this is going to be one of the can’t miss matches on the card just because our styles are so captivating.

Maybe it’s all of the above, or even more.

 Personally, it doesn’t matter to me what reason anyone needs to watch it, as long as they are paying attention when my music hits. I’m not coming back to mess around. There are things that I want. A match at High Stakes is just the tip of the iceberg.

...and this match will eventually just get lost in a highlight reel in a few months time.






7
Climax Control Archives / Number One
« on: May 05, 2021, 02:15:14 AM »

>

The shaky video feed comes to life with “The Miracle” front and center in the frame. As he moves through the hallways, surrounded by stacked up crates and other random equipment, the fans quickly deduce that he must have been recording from backstage during Climax Control. The booming sounds of fans from inside the arena where the show was still wrapping up support the realization, as well as the fact that Kris was still dressed as he was during his brief run-in with Scott Oliver. Since then, his world had been full of surprises. He hadn’t even considered stepping back inside the ring anytime soon, but that had all changed. In stopping by to talk to Mark and Christian, Kris learned that a challenge was going to be thrown out. He had then watched J2H take the screen to call him out. Only moments before pulling his phone from his pocket to start his recording, he had watched O’Malley win the Internet Championship, making him the one Kris would be tagging with should he accept the challenge. From the look on Kris’ face, there was no doubt he had already made a decision about it.

I just want to make sure that we’re all on the same page here...

His tone was a lot more serious than most anticipated. Everything else about his demeanor led viewers to believe that he was excited about the opportunity. Although, anybody with any knowledge of his working relationship with O’Malley had to understand his hesitance.

...I had no intention of stepping back into the ring ahead of what I had planned to be my last match at High Stakes closer to the end of the year...

It was a much more formal retirement announcement than he had previously put out. Although most already assumed as much. Kris was no longer under contract. He was splitting time between the two Jet City gyms, and attempting to be an actual parent. Sin City just wasn’t on his radar, aside from a handful of the people in it. Kris wasn’t going to bullshit the fans by avoiding the subject though.

J2H3 and I have been planning that one for a while. It’s been plenty public that we were putting that one together. If you look at the history books of this company, there are only two names that stick out as contenders for the best ever, and they’ve never even really been in the ring together. Of course we were going to make that match happen. It would be an injustice to anyone that has ever been a fan of this company to leave that match on the table.

Given his tone, the fans knew that Kris was just fluffing them up for the catch.

....I came to Climax Control to see some friends. Give some advice to the students out of Jet City, and thank Mark and Christian for the opportunities that they have given me along the way. Absolutely nothing more, and absolutely nothing less. So all of this has caught me kind of off-guard.

He shrugs...

Then again, how many people can say that they got J2H3 to show up in the building to call them out in person? And yeah, he may not have expected O’Malley to pull out the victory, but he knew that either way he was pairing me up against someone I’ve been in the ring with that may not like me all that much. On top of that, he gets to handpick his own partner, another guy that doesn’t necessarily like me. I guess it didn’t sit well that Mikah and I beat him in that swamp shit match. So it’s really me stepping in the ring with three people with a reason to maim me regardless of who was holding the Internet Championship.

When he said it that way, it kind of sounded like the whole thing was an obvious set up. Kris made it sound like J2H3 was baiting him into a trap. Then again, that might have just made it that much more exciting to The Miracle.

It was the first decent pitch that anyone in this company has made to me since I dropped the World Heavyweight Championship. I mean, I was here for a year and only lost twice. I thought that maybe someone would want to call out a guy that was that successful. I was a champion for the majority of my time here last year, and every single day that I was under contract this year. I was unstoppable. Yet, there didn’t seem to be any interesting opportunities left. It was all so incredibly…. boring.

A smirk starts to break in the right corner of his mouth.

A tag team match? J2H3 wants to challenge me in a tag match? He may have been the longest reigning World Heavyweight Champion but I have dominated both of the tag divisions in this company. My record as a member of a team is outrageous. And he wants to pick a guy that I really wished I had gotten to have a real defense against to be his tag partner? Even better.

There was only one piece of the equation left, and clearly that was the part that Kris was being hesitant about.

...and then there’s O’Malley.

He shakes his head. It is almost like Kris knows that there is almost no way that the two manage to make it through the match as a functioning team.

How about this, you old Irish asshole…. I will never…. Ever… not even once… step into the ring with you again if you somehow fuck this up for me intentionally. I realize there is a good chance that we lose just because some of your in ring decisions are just as stupid as your face, and that’s fine. I can live with that. But if you want to turn this into a three-on-one situation or leave me hanging out there, rest assured that you will never get the match with me that you so desperately want. Understood?

The smirk turns into a full on smile as Kris tries to hold back a laugh at O’Malley’s expense.

I’ll see the three of you in the ring next week. It should be a blast.

With a wink, he kills the feed and the screen goes black.

==========================================================



Jet City Reunion
Jet City Sports Lab - SEATTLE
4 MAY 2021
OFF-Camera



It had been a long time since Kris had seen the Jet City Sports Lab in person. He and his half brother had managed to spin their successful tag team into a successful brand name, and finally into a gym that was starting to boom with all of the recent success of its students. The state of the art sports lab in Seattle was much more appealing to the eye than Jet City South. Jason had an eye for that kind of thing, whereas Kris was really only concerned with what went on inside the gym. Jason’s attitude had always been geared towards professionalism. Kris was trying to show students like himself the path he took to the top, and there hadn’t been anything glamorous about it. In Kris’ mind, the vision that Jason was selling was a lie, but a pretty one. He had learned to appreciate it for what it was, instead of hating it for not being his own vision. As Kris strolled through the double front doors like he owned the place, several staff workers caught a glimpse of him and had turned the opposite direction. Parker Wayde, a long term trainer at the gym and Jason’s right hand man pointed Kris in the direction he was looking for without a single word. Kris’ brother had his back to the door, so had no advanced warning of Kris’ arrival.

Kris: It’s awfully good to be home...

Jason had been mid-conversation with his assistant when his brother’s words stopped him and caused him to spin around to face the terrorist.

Jason: Absolutely not! No. Maddie, put the sign up...

Jason pointed to a digital display along the wall that ran on a loop around the entire facility. Almost instantly bold and blinking red letters spelled out “KRIS DOES NOT WORK HERE! PLEASE IGNORE ANY OF HIS REQUESTS!” Kris read the words as they started to trail along the wall all the way to the other side of the gym and back.

Kris: For real? You don’t think that is a little excessive?

Jason shook his head without any kind of hesitancy.

Jason: Have you forgotten that I am plagued with remembering every stupid thing that you’ve done for the last… let’s say… 32 years.

It was more hurtful than Kris was expecting right from the start.

Kris: Rude… you’re really not happy to see me?

Jason finally finishes up whatever it was that needed his attention and turns back to his half-brother already exhausted by their conversation.

Jason: Why are you here? You have your own gym. There is no reason to come all the way up the coast to terrorize the people that chose to stay at JCSL. You can do that at Jet City South. I’m sure Court and Ruby would be happy to keep you occupied.

That was the entirety of Kris’ problem. If he was down at Jet City South, he would be the one with the assistant breathing down his neck every second of the day. Even if he managed to give her the slip, one of his students would need some kind of help preparing for an upcoming match. In short, there was no way that he could do anything to get ready for his own battle if he stayed in San Diego. Jason would bust him if he tried to lie his way through a reason that sounded better, so Kris was willing to take a stab at honesty.

Kris: They’re actually the reason that I came up here. They both have the big Bombshell Championship matches coming u---

The older of the two brother’s still wasn’t impressed and his patience was dwindling so he attempted to speed things up.

Jason: Yeah, and they could end up squaring off against each other even though they’re still in the cute honeymoon stage of their relationship. Again, not my problem.

Kris was dumbfounded to find out that his brother was actually following along. Maybe he did really care.

Kris: You know, for a guy that doesn’t want to be involved you sound awfully involved.

Jason shakes his head. If Kris was looking for a feel good answer, he came to the wrong place.

Jason: I keep tabs on you guys because your name is attached to mine. If your gym does well, mine looks good. If yours crashes and burns, my name becomes less valuable. It’s business, not pleasure. Then again, there isn’t very many things that I find pleasurable about playing games with you these days.

Kris wasn’t just going to take the verbal beating lying down.

Kris: That is because I am old enough to pick the games that we play now. I’m not just some puppet for you to pull the strings on anymore.

Jason sighs, giving up.

Jason: We’re going in circles here Kris. I’m going to need you to get to the point. I have a lot going on today.

Kris did the only thing he could, and just blurted out what he needed.

Kris: I need to win a fight against myself. You’re the only one that can help with that.

It was the first thing that drew Jason’s genuine interest.

Jason: ...J2H is finally stepping up….?

It was the hook that Kris had been hoping for. His brother knew what this match meant to him, especially on the kind of stage provided by it being Climax Control’s 300th show.

Kris: Actually he showed up randomly this past week to challenge me to a tag match. He picked Mac as his partner. I got stuck with whoever was lucky enough to walk out of the ring with the Internet Championship.

Jason could see the dominoes falling into place even before Kris told him. He could see it turning into a three-on-one beating quickly.

Jason: ...and let me guess… O:Malley won.

Kris blows that subject off entirely. That’s not what he was here for.

Kris: That’s not the point. I’m not worried about the two of them. I have seen Mac up close, and I think that I can run him down. O’Malley is going to want the bigger piece of him though. One of the two of us has to be able to counter James, and that isn’t going to be the Irish joke.

Jason: So you’re coming to me because James’ style is basically a little bit of yours and a little bit of mine. I can see why you’re scared

Kris wasn’t going to let the insult slide.

Kris: I never said I was scar--

Jason: [Interrupting] Well, you’re here. That says enough. You want to beat the guy so that you can try to claim that you’re the best of all time. You think because you beat me inside the SCW ring that I’ll be a good tune up for you. The problem is, it involves asking me a favor. You hate doing that. If there was any other way, you wouldn’t be here. So yeah… I think you’re scared. Even if you don’t want to admit it. If you fall on your face during this match, the one that you’ve been planning for High Stakes is irrelevant. You’ll be giving James all the ammo he needs to get into your head ahead of that one.

Kris mouth opens and closes wordlessly a few times. He hadn’t actually thought about it that way.

Kris: ...maybe that’s what he wants….

Jason cuts him off before he can spin a new conspiracy theory.

Jason: Look at you! Always trying to dig for some deeper meaning instead of just seeing things for what they are. James Huntington-Hawkes is the only one with the standing to challenge your place in Sin City history. You’d be a fool not to be scared about watching everything that you’ve worked for slip away.

It was reassuring in a strange way. Jason was scolding him, but at the same time acknowledging that the doubts Kris was feeding into were a waste of time. There was no need to be paranoid about what if scenarios. The match was coming. It was real. That is what he should be focused on.

Kris: ....so are you going to help me or did I come all this way just for a lecture?

Jason’s least favorite thing about dealing with his brother was his need to be spoon fed the answers that he wanted to hear. He surrenders with another sigh.

Jason: When have I not helped you out when you needed it?

Turning back to Maddie, Jason starts to empty all of his pockets onto the stack of papers they had been going over.

Jason: Cancel all of my appointments please...

Jason takes off his jacket and loosens his tie before the two start to head back towards the locker room, leaving Maddie holding a stack of items and looking more confused than ever.

Kris: You know… that sign might actually be helpful. I know it is meant as a way to make the staff ignore me, but maybe the students will take the hint and steer clear.

Jason laughs at how naive Kris still is despite years of rough lessons learned.

Jason: I doubt it...

He points up ahead along the path they are walking, only for Kris to spot Courtney Pierce, already changed and looking like she had been hitting the gym hard for a few hours. She caught sight of the two brothers and made her way over to them with a smile.

Court: So what did I miss? Don’t tell me that you two old timers haven’t even started yet….

The two founders of Jet City exchanged exasperated glances, knowing that their week of preparation had just gotten much longer.



==========================================================


>Can you believe there have been 205 episodes of Climax Control between this Sunday and the last time that J2H3 and I were in the ring together?

The scene opens with Kris in his office looking at the wall of championships displayed on the back wall. Each of the five championships he was eligible to win in SCW were hanging, with both the Roulette and World Heavyweight Championships stacked with their double.

Back then I didn’t have any of these...

Kris gestures at the wall with a laugh, and tries his best to recall his first run-in with James Huntington-Hawkes III.

...I wasn’t even a Nobody yet. No Miracles had happened. I hadn’t broken any Roulette records yet. I hadn’t formed Jet City or The Black Sheep to dominate the tag divisions yet. I hadn’t held a single championship on my way to the Grand Slam... yet. We were far from the people that we would eventually become in the history of this business. All of our collective greatness played out after a weird chance meeting. Back then he was only just figuring out that his long ass name was too much, and I hadn’t found out that my name was a lie. He was a guy that nobody took very seriously, and I was an unknown. James just seemed like a spoiled rich kid that was too used to getting what he wanted and I was a burnout going nowhere. The version of him that came to Climax Control to call me out didn’t even exist yet. The Miracle that he wants to step in the ring with hadn’t happened. Yet, both of those things were actually born while we shared the ring, albeit not under the best circumstance for me.

It wasn’t the best of memories, but Kris looks proud of himself for remembering a time forgotten about by just about all of the present SCW locker room. The night he crossed paths with J2H3 had been a launch pad for them both.

I was fighting Equinox, thumbtacks were flying. People were getting hurt. Then this clown Ringo comes down, and starts to get beaten up. Then J2H3 comes out with a whole new attitude, all tatted up, and suddenly the guy can actually wrestle worth a damn. That match still hasn’t ended, to this day. They came down, eventually laid out Equinox, and left. No bells. No nothing. It’s a draw on my record only because there was never an official decision, and that was the singular time that I can remember two of SCW’s biggest future stars crossing paths. J2H3 went on to break records with the World Heavyweight Championship, and even hold multiple championships at the same time. The inconsequential guy whose championship match he ruined later became The Miracle standing before you now. Our origin stories overlap even though they are entirely separate from one another.

....but that’s the point, isn’t it? That’s what makes what we plan to do at High Stakes so enticing to everyone. That is why it is the match so good that it was booked nearly a year in advance. Everyone should consider themselves lucky to get this early preview, but we didn’t need to do this to sell tickets to High Stakes. They’re going to sell out the moment that they go on sale. Why? Because since Climax Control 95 when we were in the same ring, we have both done absolutely everything that this company has to offer, and we did it without ever crossing paths. It almost feels cheap for one of the two of us to claim to be the best before we have really even gotten the chance to prove it to the other man inside the ring. The same list that put J2H3 up on top of the world didn’t have my name on it at all. He wouldn’t have showed up to call me out by name if he didn’t think that was a mistake. He wouldn’t be wasting time on me if he didn’t think that I was worth his attention. The fact that he called this shot shows that I belong among the very best that have ever stepped into our six sided ring.

His excitement had taken him a little off topic, so he tried to bring himself back around to the match at hand. Everyone was going to have to wait a few more months for the other.

So when I was asked if I wanted to be part of the historic 300th installment of Climax Control, I already wanted to say yes. When they said that J2H3 wanted to be the one standing across from me, it was a no doubt situation. Everything else since then has just been a bonus. Getting to face Mac in a legitimate match is probably the biggest of those.

Kris had gotten so focused on the dream match that he had nearly overlooked J2H3’s partner for this preview.

Had Mac and Amber gotten a real shot on the Halloween show, there is no telling if Mikah and I would have remained champions long enough for me to hand the championship off to Coby. And that isn’t sarcasm. That’s not me blowing smoke up the guy’s ass either. He’s good. He wouldn’t have been recruited to this match if he wasn’t. More importantly, he sounds like a guy that wants to do things the right way. The way that J2H3 and I did. I didn’t have to look much further back than his comments to Fenris to see that. He offered to have his opponent’s back, despite the fact that it would have been in his best interest to let outside interference chew Fenris up and spit him back out for an easy win. He didn’t do that though. He did the respectful thing. He did the right thing. I can respect that.

...and that’s not to say that he is some kind of slouch in the ring either. There is a reason that Christian thinks that the guy could be a successful World Heavyweight Champion here. He has proven himself on a nightly basis since his debut. I know that there have been a few setbacks along the way, but that doesn’t change the fact that the guy is trending upwards. He’s even got a shot to get his hands on the Internet Championship. I know a little something about that. It was the first one that I won in this company. And he’s going to have to take it from O’Malley if he wants it. I know a little bit about beating that guy down as well.

Although, that can’t be what Kris wants to see happen in this next match. For the first time, O’Malley suffering a crippling defeat would negatively impact the Grand Slam Champion. Usually he would be watching his rival lose with a smile on his face. Their opponents had made sure that wouldn’t be the case this time around. Kris had been lured out of his semi-retirement to team with one of the two people in his life that there was no hope for co-existing with. More painful than that, it put Kris in the position to have to say something positive about his foe-turned-partner.

On that subject, I’m hoping that O’Malley is able to prove some of the things that I’ve said about him wrong….

The Miracle looked like even attempting to be complimentary was going to make him sick. There was no way that he could fake his way through enough pleasantries to convince anyone he was sincere either. Kris decided against even trying to play nice.

...but I’m not honestly expecting too much. Why? Because he is the same guy that he has always been. He is about fifty percent edgy tough guy, and fifty percent sob redemption story. He says that he wants to be better, and do better. Then he keeps up with the same tired excuses to explain away his failures. Maybe he would have been more successful if he hadn’t tried to come up at the same time that J2H3 and I were. Maybe he holds that against me. To be honest, I don’t know how this whole thing started, and at this point I don’t care enough about it to call him out to end it. It means much more to him than it does to me. That is why he was online crying about this match while I was busy rising to the challenge.

A wave of relief washes over the former champion. He was always more at peace when he wasn’t trying to mask what he really wanted to say. Plus, there was no need to fake some kind of truce. Kris was already carrying an ace up his sleeve.

I’m willing to look past that though. I’m willing to work with this reject for the duration of this match, if only because it is in my best interests to do so. I know that he is probably better than I will ever give him credit for. The problem with that is, it has still never been enough to beat me. That means it’s not going to be enough to beat J2H3 at his own game. The best thing that I can hope for is O’Malley keeping Mac busy long enough for me to prove to the world that I am the best that has ever walked through the doors of this company.

Of course, his plan relied on O’Malley being co-operative.

I am willing to do all of the heavy lifting needed in this match to pull off the victory. I am willing to put aside any misgivings between me, O’Malley, Jet City and the GO Gym for one night. I am extending my hand in an attempt to put on a match that should have been the main event of the biggest supercard, let alone Climax Control 300. J2H3 said that booking this match gave the show the star power that it needed and I agree with him on that. I don’t want something petty to get in the way of that. So if O’Malley can hold up his end of the deal and keep that temper of his in check, maybe I will be inclined to grant him his one final wish before my match at High Stakes. I know that stepping into the ring with me one-on-one is what he really wants in this company, and I’m willing to set aside my boredom with the idea to give him a shot…

I am willing to bet that offer will be enough to motivate O’Malley to do the right thing and give his best effort. As if dropping a match to the number one contender to his championship wasn’t enough pressure. I just want to make sure that he knows what is actually at stake for him at Climax Control. If we can somehow work together, we can take this thing. Hopefully O’Malley has enough incentive because with the right motivation we could be unstoppable.

He pauses for just a moment, as if a totally new thought struck him just as he had finished speaking.

Motivation...

He says it slowly, and he tilts his head slightly to the side. Fans can tell that he is still working through the epiphany, but he doesn’t leave them hanging for very long.

It’s a funny thing really… Mac jumped at the opportunity to take on the Internet Champion ahead of his scheduled defense. And why wouldn’t he? It will be the perfect test run before putting the actual prize on the line. He should be competing to get as much of an edge as possible...

With Mac down, he moves back to O’Malley.

We know what the dumb Irishman is fighting for at this point. It’s almost sad that his attention is going to be more focused on me than the guy threatening to take his championship though. He’s either going to crack under the pressure, which I will enjoy having a front row seat for, or rise to the occasion, which will benefit me immensely. Either way I win. Although I’d like to see the guy prove me wrong for once.

He taps himself on the chest.

Me? I think all of you watching have figured that one out for yourselves, but I don’t mind saying it out loud. When people say some other guy is the best there has ever been, you can’t help but want to see how you measure up. There’s only one way to step out of a shadow. This is one that has been clouding my view for far too long.

That left just one person.

...but what about you James? I was listening, but I didn’t exactly hear a reason that you’re putting all of this together. You’ve told us all that you don’t need to be here. You’ve let us know that you’re more happy with life and the wife at home. You don’t need Sin City. You over it. So why? What is it that you’re fighting for? Money? That’s sad if that’s all it takes to get your attention. Shits and giggles? That isn’t going to carry you through this one. Respect? You’ll have a chance to earn it. You’re stepping in the ring with three highly motivated people, and if you’re not careful you’re going to be collateral damage when it’s all said and done.

He shrugs. Nobody knows the answer other than the longest running SCW World Heavyweight Champion.

You’re used to coming in and doing these little one-offs before running away to recover for a while. You’re used to taking on people like Teddy and embarrassing them. That’s not going to be the way that this match goes, and if you think it is, you’re about to get reality checked.


8


>It had been a week since the trio of main event stars had released their thoughts on the upcoming match. Kris had not only watched, but studied them. He had the audio of both Jack Washington and O’Malley playing in his ears as he trained for the last week. Their words were the first thing that he woke up to, and the last thing he listened to before falling asleep. In a way, he had spent the week with the two men that he would share the ring with on Sunday. Both men had given him a lot to think about. Not all of it was as bad as he thought it would be. Jack had said all of the things that Kris assumed he would hear from him, but O’Malley’s tune had been surprising… at least in spurts.

I wish O’Malley would pick a lane.

One second the guy says that he is trying to redeem himself. The next second he is pretending like I am incapable of wanting to do the same thing. I mean, he’s attempting to turn himself around, but is willing to vilify me for having done the same thing in the last few months. It’s not just that he thinks I’m full of shit either. The guy plainly disregards the fact that I have grown as a person, and changed for the better, all while asking people to believe that he can do the same thing. He talks about wanting to rise up and the champion of this company in order to make up for all the times that he has messed up, but wants to talk about all of the chances that I’ve blown in my years here. He wants to bring up the mistakes that I have made. He isn’t interested in the fact that I am World Heavyweight Champion right now. He doesn’t care about how I have walked out the winner of my last fifteen matches with this company. Instead, he wants to talk about the person that I was when I first came to Sin City.

Fine, let’s do that, because he got some things wrong.

I came into this company as a Nobody. I lost way more often than I won. In fact, those first couple years were so bad that it took me more than half of my Roulette Championship reign to have my win/loss record break even. I wasn’t a winner. I was barely a curtain jerker and a more shadow of the person that I am today. I walked around doing anything that I could just to get a camera to linger on me for more than thirty seconds. A handful of us banded together to see how much stuff we could destroy before someone would take notice of us. Turns out you can go all the way to the Internet Championship before anyone really pays attention to you, because that’s what happened. I was just some inexperienced kid that used his brother’s name in order to get my first contract. Nobody knew my name, and nobody cared to learn it. I was basically a ghost in this company, and that lasted until I dominated Goth in a main event upset that nobody saw coming. After that, I wasn’t a nobody anymore. Not really. I had to give that up.

See, at that point it was all really more of an Accident. That played on a few levels too. I botched a lot of things during matches, because I was taking risks for the sole purpose of taking them. I was missing shows. I was showing up in no condition to compete. Yet, somehow I still managed to find myself skating by. I was falling ass-backwards through life, but somehow managing to come out on top more often than not. There was no other way to explain it than accidental. I certainly wasn’t focused on the things that I should have been. I wasn’t putting in any of the work that I do now. I was happy to just be a name on the roster. People can go back and watch it. It’s public record. There is no defending the person that I was then. There aren’t any excuses that I can make to make it okay. I was awful, in a lot of ways. I got labeled as a troublemaker, and that became my reputation… still is. I can’t explain it away, because I did it all on purpose. Was it the right way? No, but back then I didn’t care. I thought being on the roster was enough, and anything else happened purely by chance…

...and then something Pure did happen. I think O’Malley may have forgotten that one when he was trying to run down the list of prior nicknames. I finally cleaned myself up. Sobriety did wonders for me. I didn’t need to cheat or cut corners anymore because I was able to see things a lot more clearly. I started working on my craft. I stopped being so sloppy in the ring. It didn’t change the fact that I was intolerable though. I admit that freely. My entire game plan was to make people so angry that they made mistakes that I could capitalize on. I wasn’t beating people as much as I was letting people beat themselves. Was I a good person? No. Did I take cheap shots at people that didn’t deserve it? Absolutely. It was good enough to carry me through my record-setting Roulette Championship reign. It spawned everyone’s favorite tag team, Jet City. Things were moving in the right direction at least. It’s not unlike what Jack Washington is currently going through, and what O’Malley is finally trying to climb away from. There was a point where all of the shortcuts that I took were paying off. There was a point where I wanted all of the attention, and needed everything in SCW to be about me. All that rage. It all came crashing down on me. A group of people banded together, and paid me back for everything I had done. I lost it all, and it was my fault.

...and then The Miracle happened.

I returned from injury earlier than anyone expected. I signed my new one-day contract with Mark and Christian while Calvin Harris and Tommy Crimson shit on the reputation of the entire company during the Full Circle main event. And then I walked down the ramp and made things right… not for me, for everyone. I put aside the things that I wanted. I put aside my fears. For the first time, I refused to let all the pressure get to me. I didn’t think about what would happen if I failed. I didn’t care if people didn’t think I was the right one for the job. The only thing that I was thinking about was doing the right thing for all of the people that invested so much time and money into letting us do the thing we all enjoy most in the world. I thought about all of the hard work that everyone has put in here over the years. I didn’t want this place to close on that note. Everyone deserved better. So, for once, I put everyone else ahead of myself. I looked at what needed to be done, and went out and did. I made the right choice, for the first time.

O’Malley looks at that history and tries to compare me to Crystal with a straight face. These weren’t personalities that I was switching back and forth between without rhyme or reason. This wasn’t just some act to put for laughs. What people have seen in this company is my growth from a cocky kid that didn’t care, into the man that is World Heavyweight Champion. If we could somehow put me in a room with the kid that first walked through SCW’s doors six years ago, we wouldn’t have anything in common. The fact that O’Malley can laugh off the progress I have made in this company while trying to sell us a redemption story for himself is the single most laughable thing that I have seen since my return. People have witnessed the changes that I have made week after week and year after year. O’Malley just wants to say a few apologies and have everyone take his word for it. Pardon me for not buying what he’s selling. I don’t think that any of you should either. The reason that O’Malley needs all of you to just take his word for it, is because that is all he has. If he were to run down his history in this company as I just did, he would have to list more losses than wins. He doesn’t have more than a Grand Slam number of qualifications that he can rattle off like I could. The only thing that he has is his word, and a history of showing everyone that his word isn’t worth a roll of toilet paper. He hasn’t ever really amounted to anything in this company despite facing the same people that I have had to deal with over the years. We have been on the same rosters. We have passed each other in the hallways on a weekly basis. If he was better than me, he could have done everything that I have accomplished and more. He hasn’t, because he isn’t. Period.

...and O’Malley wants to ask exactly what I have done or who I have beaten in the past year to get to the place that I’m in… Let’s start with Senior Vinnie, Jack Washington and Agostino. I know it’s not the most impressive list of names, but what’s his record against them? Haven’t they all beaten him in the time since I lost my last match in this company? Where does he get off trying to dismantle every victory that I have come up with in this company, when he couldn’t even beat the same group of individuals? How is he going to question my history, when his past is just as checkered? That’s why his ‘holier than thou’ shit isn’t going to fly here. I am not perfect. Far from it. I have lost my fair share of matches here. I have had my ass kicked inside the six-sided ring, and in several different parking lots and backstage areas over the years. I have had my face beaten in. I’ve had half my ear cut off while defending the World Heavyweight Championship before. I put the work in before I tried to insert myself into the main event picture, and then succeeded when and where I stepped up. I learned from my mistakes. I grew. I changed for the better. When I step through the curtain at Inception, O’Malley and Jack are going to be surrounded by cheering fans that know how much I have changed. O’Malley is going to hear the proof of it, and if that’s not enough I’m going to beat it into him the whole time we share the ring together.

O’Malley, it’s things like this that make me feel dirty that I put in the word to add you to this match. You said it yourself, you were ‘awarded’ this opportunity. You didn’t earn it. You had to be added because we couldn’t trust you to have the common decency to stay out of it otherwise. It’s only a slight step up from the way you got your Underground Championship opportunity. And this is what I get for throwing you a lifeline? I should have expected as much from someone with a face as big and stupid as yours. And yeah, I know that bothers you, but they’re childish insults for a childish individual. I wouldn’t say it if you didn’t let it get you all bent out of shape. You act like you are so big and bad, but something so silly gets under your skin so deeply. A normal person would have just shrugged it off. A competitor would have made sure that he gave me a reason never to say anything like that again. All you have done about it is cry… for months. You wanted a test to see if you are ready to be the top champion in this company? That was it. You failed it.

O’Malley talks about redemption out of one side of his mouth, and then tells Jack that one of the two of them need to win this match out the other side. He gets mad that nobody thinks that he is the one that should be leading this company, but then goes out of his way to show everyone that they are right about him. O’Malley asked if I was tired, and I am. Tired of having to point out all of his shortcomings just for him to do nothing to address them. Tired of hearing the same recycled excuses from him week-after-week. Tired of him having to explain why he is better than his record. Tired of him inserting himself into things he isn’t ready for yet.

Tired of him being on my radar at all.

Inception is the end of that.





==========================================================



Tragedy Strikes
Jet City South - San Diego
27 January 2021
OFF-Camera




Kris hadn’t expected to come back until much closer to Inception. He had told his son that he would be staying until the weekend, but circumstances had made a liar out of him once again. It was the type of setback that Kris hadn’t put any thought into before today. He was doing his all to be the best version of himself, but he was stretched too thin. When he was on top of everything at Jet City South, his family fell through the cracks. When he left the running of the gym to Coby… well, bad things happened. Kris hadn’t even heard about it until he saw Coby competing in the ring on television. Nobody had bothered to mention anything to him, but he could tell that something was wrong. Coby was bruised nearly from head to toe. He had walked into a match injured, but the two of them hadn’t competed in a match in SCW or SCU in over a week. As Kris came storming into the Jet City South offices, he wanted answers. The door to their shared office was already ajar, but the shove Kris gives it would have caused the latch to give way anyways.

Kris: I can’t even get away for a few days….

Coby was laying back in his office chair with his feet up on his desk. He didn’t look like he was in any condition to be running a gym, let alone defending a championship in a few days. Kris’ mouth fell open. In person, Coby looked much worse than he had during his latest outing.

Coby: I want to lie to you, but it feels exactly as bad as it looks.

Coby’s voice was low, and he sounded defeated. He wasn’t the type to sulk after a loss, so Kris knew that couldn’t have been the reason. The list of possibilities for his injuries were narrowing by the second. At this rate, Kris wouldn’t even really need Coby to say the words out loud. Kris closes the door to the office and spins the lock closed before turning back to his friend. He didn’t want this conversation to be overheard by anyone on the outside let alone interrupted by a needy student.

Kris: You know, I thought that Blyss, Parker and Jason trained you better than this. How are you going to get your ass kicked the moment I am out of the picture?

Coby didn’t take any of it personally. If anything, it was a relief that Kris was able to see that he was well enough to take his assholish demeanor in stride. If Kris was pitying him, or god forbid being nice, Coby would probably be more worried about the way he looked. Coby suppress a chuckle, knowing that it would have hurt to let it come out, and tries to reposition himself in the chair to get more comfortable.

Coby: Yeah, well… there was like ten of them… or at least it looked that way.

Kris looks at the floor and shakes his head. He was starting to get a clearer picture, but there were more details that he needed.

Kris: ...and nobody was here with you?

Coby sighs. That was the part that he really didn’t want to talk about. He had debated whether or not to throw Court under the bus, and hadn’t been able to decide one way or the other. On one hand it all fit together a little too well if Court was the missing piece of the puzzle. On the other, Coby didn’t think that she actually had it in her to set him up like that. Until he knew for sure, he wasn’t willing to let Kris rip her to shreds.

Coby: No… I had just finished filming for Sin City. I thought that the place was all locked up. I was literally shutting everything down and walking out the door. Looks like they pried open the front door. Once I killed all the lights I was basically a sitting duck.

Kris moves across the room as Coby talks and sits down in the chair opposite his friend. He sighs, running his fingers through his hair. He tries to imagine Coby’s path through the gym. If the intruders came through the front, they wouldn’t have been able to see him coming. Coby filmed his promo in the back alleyway, so the only way they would have been able to track him as he came back through the building was by the sections of lights he was turning off. Slowly the picture comes together in Kris’ mind of how they would have surrounded his friend by the time he made it to the reception area. Coby was right. There was no way out. He was lucky nothing worse happened.

Kris: How do you know how many there were?

The words had to slip out between Coby’s gritted teeth because their taunting still made his blood boil.

Coby: They lit up their masks….

Kris looks up at his friend. If the masks were lit up, that means that they had a list of people that now needed taken care of in GRIME. It wasn’t much, but it was a start.

Kris: Which ones?

Coby laughs.

Coby: Just one. All of them.

Kris’ eyes widen knowingly. He almost had to give props to the guy. He had to have known that Kris and Coby would simply hunt down whichever masks actually showed up. Having them all wear one color was ingenious. Any of them could have been in the room with Coby. On the flip side, maybe it was the leader’s way of taking all of the credit for himself. In that case, there was only one mask that it could have been.

Kris: Cyan.

Coby nods, but even that hurt to do.

Coby: Yeah, that guy really doesn’t like me, or you.

It didn’t make a lot of sense at face value but, given the fears that Coby had shared with Kris after his last Television Championship match, a clear picture was starting to emerge for Kris.

Kris: So he is one of ours. We have spent the last few months thinking that all the GRIME people chasing you around was random, but really it was all part of the plan.

Coby pulls his legs off of the desk, but winces in pain as he tries to sit himself up in his chair. He had been given a couple of days to think through everything Kris was trying to piece together, and going all the way down that rabbit hole didn’t help. They couldn’t change their past actions. There was no going back now. They needed to look forward and prepare for what was next.

Coby: My guess is that all of the attacks on me were just a way for him to rise up the ranks. Then he got himself a little group of helpers. Then he got a championship so that everyone thinks he is important. He waited for you to be out of town and made his big move.

Kris shrugs his shoulders, still not able to wrap his head around exactly why now was the best time.

Kris: What does any of it accomplish though? He did all this just to send us a message?

Coby rolls his chair a little closer to the desk so that he can brace himself on it in order to take some of the pressure off of his midsection. It probably hadn’t been the best idea to compete in his current state, but there was no way that he was going to skip on commitments as long as he could stand. Granted, now that the adrenaline had worn off, he was quickly regretting his stubbornness.

Coby: I assume he wanted to ruin a Jet City South debut in front of the world. Maybe make it harder for The Black Sheep to retain the championships this weekend.

The news kept getting worse and worse. Kris had been holding out hope that maybe this was all just some personal grudge. The more Coby talked, the more it seemed like a lot more than that. It seemed thought out. It felt like a trap had been laid for them, and they walked into it blindly.

Kris: It’s not just us. It’s all of it, isn’t it? Jet City. Our legacy. Our future.

Coby nods. He was happy that Kris had finally been able to catch himself up. These conversations were a little easier now that Kris wasn’t so hostile and condescending with every word that came out of his mouth.

Coby: I think this is all of our selfish decisions coming back to bite us in the ass.

Kris looks back up from his lap confused about his friend’s meaning. Everyone in Jet City’s entire gym was considered family. What had started as two brothers wanting to build a gym for themselves had turned into a wrestling school that was turning out champions year after year. Of course there were those that came and went rather quickly. That was always going to be the case at a gym, because it was a business. There was nothing selfish or unfair about that in Kris’ eyes.

Kris: Selfish?

Coby doesn’t answer the question, at least not directly.

Coby: Think about the last few years. You set up here with your brother. You moved everything to Seattle. You moved it all back down here on another whim. Sometimes you’re the best teacher, sometimes you’re the worst. Sometimes we act like everyone matters… and sometimes the ones that aren’t actually family fall through the cracks...

Kris’ eyes dart back and forth as Coby speaks, wanting to argue against Coby’s version of history. They may have sounded terrible when he said them all in a line like that, but there was so much more to the story.

Kris: But---

Coby shakes his head. He knew what Kris’ defense was going to be, but it wasn’t good enough. Coby had been trying to sell himself the same lie for days, and he still wasn’t buying it.

Coby: No. There are people that we took in that we said we were going to look out for. People like Courtney. People like Zaylee Flynn. The ones that came to us because nobody else was going to help them. And then we promised those people that we were going to always have their back. How many of them got bailed on when we went to Seattle, huh? How many got stuck in Seattle when we came back here? How many of them spent all of their money here for you to blow off actually training them because you were busy finding rock bottom?

Coby was starting to get heated, so Kris threw up his hand in front of his chest, with his palms extended out to Coby.

Kris: Stop! Okay. I get it.

Coby didn’t believe him though, not really. This was the ugly part about having to take responsibility for your actions, and Coby wasn’t going to let Kris skip forward to the end.

Coby: What if we gave him back hope that things could be better, just to rip it out from under him? What happens when something that we break puts itself back together, huh? Because it sounds like this is what we deserve for being too busy to follow through on what we promised.

Maybe some of it was their responsibility, but Kris wasn’t letting the real culprits off the hook so easily. There were better ways to fight out any problems that the Jet City students had with one another. A gang attack in a dark gym was too far.

Kris: I get what you’re trying to say, but there is no way this is our fault. They made a decision to come here. They did this to you, just like they’ve been chasing you around for months.

None of the words sway Coby.

Coby: If you would have asked me a couple of weeks ago if Cyan was the bad guy in all of this, I would have had a real quick answer for you. Now I’m not so sure. I can see where he’s coming from. If I were him, I’d be frustrated too.

After all, Coby didn’t really have much to complain about. He had always been looked at as the shining star of the gym. He had been the first student. He had become one of the best trainers. Now he was representing the gym as a champion once again. Not only that, Coby was family now. It wasn’t an advantage that he had from the beginning, but he had made his way into the inner circle. He wasn’t too blind to see how people on the outside of that circle would feel though. Kris couldn’t see that, because he had never been on the outside.

Kris: ...this isn’t “frustrated”. This is over the line. We settle things like this inside a ring. This isn’t what we trained people to do.

Yet, Coby knew that if Kris was honest with himself, it was exactly what he had trained people to do. It was the exact kind of thing that he would have used as a lesson about gaining an advantage over an opponent. Kris’ problem was that someone was employing all of his worst tactics against him. Someone was turning everything that Kris was as a Nobody, or an Accident, or the Patron Saint of Discord, and using it to bring him down. They were Kris’ tools. He just never expected them to end up stabbing him in the back. Yet, from Coby’s perspective, they should have seen this coming a long time ago.

Coby: What choice did we give him?

Kris stands up from his chair. He wasn’t going to debate the merits of a gang attack on his best friend. There was no explanation that was going to make it okay, so Kris wasn’t going to sit around and try to future one out.

Kris: ....a better one than I’m about to...

Coby lets Kris storm out. That too had always been inevitable. At the very least, Coby hoped that he had been able to say enough to stop Kris from doing anything stupid. If he did manage to find their former student, hopefully it wouldn’t turn out as violently as Coby’s last meeting with him. The Mixed Tag Team Champion was going to keep his fingers crossed, but he wasn’t going to dare holding his breath.

Coby: Good luck...

==========================================================


>Jack, you have actually done something that I never got around to doing. I have never lost the SCW World Heavyweight Championship.

That’s right. See, back when I won it the first time, the company closed. I won it on what was supposed to be the last match of the last show that this company ever had. I lucked out when they came back and allowed me to return to carry the championship that I never thought that I would get the chance to defend. And I did. I fought Tommy Crimson in the single most violent match of my career. I lost half an ear, but I retained my championship. He kidnapped members of my family. He literally maimed me. He threw me through the windshield of a new car, and otherwise haunted me every time that I stepped into the backstage area of a Sin City event.

So you can trust me when I tell you that none of your talk about breaking me is getting under my skin. You can rest assured that talking about how good it is going to feel to make me suffer basically just rolls off of my shoulder. I wouldn’t be in this business if I was ill-prepared for what you bring to the ring. I wouldn’t have lasted very long if I couldn’t listen to someone ramble about making me bleed and breaking my bones. If I ran away from every person that made an attempt to intimidate me, I would still be at the very bottom of this roster. So if that is your only strategy for attempting to get me off of my game, I’m sorry to have to tell you that you’ve already failed.

I would have thought that you would have learned that lesson either of the two times that we were in the ring together. I mean, the first time you were talking about hoping that my family was going to be able to watch what you did to me. You wanted to use me as a stepping stone to get into the main event picture. You wanted to tear me apart just to prove a point. Then you failed to even secure a victory, let alone followthrough on your vision for the evening. You did it all over again ahead of our meeting in December, and still walked away empty-handed despite O’Malley giving you an assist. You can try all you want to make it seem like I stole your championship but at the end of that match it was me that he was distracting. It was you that tried to take advantage of his antics, and it was you that got your head nearly kicked off your shoulders. You didn’t break me. You didn’t maim me. You failed in your goal, and you would have failed in that goal even if you would have succeeded in the match.

At some point you are going to learn that making empty threats in this business is just going to get you laughed out the door. For all your rage, and all the contempt that you have for me, you haven’t been able to get it done in the ring against me. We have been over that. In our first match, and even before O’Malley interfered in the second, you were looking like a man that was overmatched and drowning. There’s no shame in that either. I have been doing this for a long time, and have beaten some of the best that have ever made their way down the aisle in this company. I’m not saying that you’re not talented. I have never said that you weren’t talented. I have always said that you weren’t ready. I’ve tried to tell you that you still have so much more to learn. You keep proving that you’re incapable of taking that criticism and raising your game. You’re intent on promising too much and delivering too little. That’s why you find yourself slipping back down the ranks. All the rage you have inside can only take you so far…

...but maybe that’s why you do it, my guy. Maybe you are smart enough to realize that you are always going to be carrying that fire into a match. The only thing that you can do is throw it at your opponents and see what sticks. I have been there. I have done that. I was able to carry the Roulette Championship to historic heights just by goading people into making mistakes. I said some of the worst things that I could ever imagine saying to another human being, and it was all just to make sure that they were blinded enough by anger for me to take advantage. I see that same plan playing out with you Jack. You can’t control your anger, or find a way to use it positively in a match, so you just try to drag your opponent down to your level. Instead of raising the game, you’re lowering it. And because of that, if you ever get your hands on this championship again, you aren’t going to be elevating it. You’re going to be dragging this company’s reputation down to your level. That’s why I stepped up when I did. I wasn’t willing to sit back any longer and let that happen.

Jack, you say you could have respected my win if not for O’Malley being involved, but we both know that is the biggest lie you told last week, don’t we? You were always going to kick and scream if that match didn’t go your way. You were always going to come after whoever took the championship from you. It didn’t matter how I won, there was going to be an excuse for it. There wasn’t going to be any respect from you. There wasn’t going to be an ounce of congratulations. You weren’t going to look at me as a champion no matter what happened on the last show of 2020. We were always going to end up right here if I won that match, and here we are. I’m getting the exact same thing I’ve gotten out of you the first two times I beat you. You haven’t learned a thing, and you don’t respect anything or anyone.

This championship has to stay away from people like you. Not because you’re not good enough, but because you’re not ready yet. If you were, you would still be champion right now. I understand that you’re not going to listen to anything that comes out of my mouth but as long as I say them, I’m going to be able to sleep better. I never listened to anyone that tried to give me advice back when I was in your position. I definitely wouldn’t have opened my ears to them ahead of a big match like this. I don’t expect any of it to really register today, but maybe in the next few weeks, or months, you can circle back to it with a clearer head. Right now, you’re hooked on the feeling that you felt when you raised the championship into the air. You’re looking for another hit of the way people looked at you when you represented this entire company. You think that because you cut the most direct path to the top and did it faster than most people could have ever dreamed of doing it, you’re better than everyone that came before you. You don’t think that you have to put in the work, because this all just came so easy to you, and you managed to get all the way to the top for a short time. You think that you deserve this. You think that this company owes it to you. I have no doubt that you are just as offended by O’Malley making a play for this championship as you are about me actually having it. In your eyes, you are the only one good enough. In your eyes, the World Heavyweight Championship exists as a crown that has always been yours and will always be yours, no matter what.

I’m sorry to have to tell you, but there is a lot more to being a champion than that. You can’t lead, because you don’t know how to be a leader. You don’t know what this championship means to the people on the roster or in the seats, because you’ve never stopped to think about anyone other than yourself and what you want. You don’t believe that anyone can stop you, because you spend all your time hyper focused on yourself and all of the excuses you need to make in order to preserve your delusion that you’re untouchable.  All you did was cash a winning lottery ticket but you have been pretending that you built a fortune breaking your back.

There is a reason that these things are supposed to take time. There is a reason that Mark and Christian don’t just throw newcomers into the championship picture. All they are trying to do is protect you from yourself. My advice is to try to see past your own reflection in the mirror. Try to look at a bigger picture.

….because if you try to come to Inception the same way you have stepped up to me on Climax Control, you’re going to have a bad night. Eventually, all of those excuses and conspiracy theories about people trying to hold you back are going to be all you have. You have a choice to make. Grow up, or watch yourself slide all the way back down the ladder. I hope you make the right decision. I hope you can pull your head out of your ass like I did, and put on the match that we all know that you are capable of on Sunday. I hope that instead of trying to drag everyone down to your level, you try to step up to ours. After all, a step up makes it a little easier to reach up for that brass ring that everyone wants. I know that you CAN, I just don’t think that you will.

If you really want to prove that you’re ready for all of this, come and try and prove me wrong.

I’ll be the one down in the ring holding the World Heavyweight Championship with a smile on my face.

See you there.



==========================================================



This Means War
Jet City South - San Diego
27 January 2021
OFF-Camera




Kris kicks open the back door of Jet City South without breaking stride and then quickly kicks over a stack of broken down cardboard boxes stacked near the dumpsters lining the outside wall of the gym. He thinks briefly about hitting the wall, and even balls up his fist, but drops back down to his side. Kris tries to get control of himself. He wasn’t even really sure who he was so angry at anymore. He wanted to find Cyan and choke the life out of him, but now Coby’s words were all that he could hear ringing in his ears. Maybe that is where the impulse to hit the wall came from. It was really himself that he wanted to punish more than anybody else.

Kris: Fuck...

The single word came out in a defeated sigh, nearly under his breath, but they had been heard. The slow claps that come from over Kris’ shoulder cause the World Heavyweight Champion to spin on his heel and raise both of his hands up to defend himself. His eyes find his assailant leaning against the wall just inches from where the kicked door had smacked the bricks. He pushed the door closed with a smile before flicking his cigarette down the alley.

Kyle: You know, this is how we first met too...

Kris takes two lightning fast steps towards Kyle, cutting the distance between them in half. His former student throws up both of his open hands though, causing Kris to stop.

Kyle: Whoa! Whoa! Whoa! Calm down. No need for violence.

It stops Kris in his tracks, at least for the moment. He scowls, but when he yells back at Kyle, his own words get mimicked right back to him simultaneously.

Kris: Don’t tell me to calm down!
Kyle: Don’t tell me to calm down!

Kris clenches his jaw and looks away. This is how their very first meeting had gone as well. It was scary how big of a fan Kyle had been. When they met outside of a fan event, Kyle had been able to shred apart Kris’ everyday generic answers to questions. He could mimic Kris’ cadence, and facial expressions. It made The Miracle feel like Kyle knew what he was going to say even before he said it. Even worse, there was always the lingering doubt that Kyle was actually forcing him into it. Only one other person had ever been able to get under Kris’ skin in such a way.

Kris: How could you?
Kyle: How could you?

Again, Kyle knew exactly what was going to come out of Kris’ mouth. It was not like his former student was guessing, or coming up with the phrase a word behind Kris. This was spot on, and Kris could feel his blood pressure skyrocketing. If he got violent, he would just be making Kyle’s point. Still, he couldn’t help it.

Kris: Stop doing that!
Kyle: Stop doing that!

The last one was just to prove a point. Kris sighs heavily and turns away, and Kyle takes that as a unanimous victory.

Kyle: See, I still know you better than you know yourself.

Since he was finally being given the opportunity to speak, Kris wasn’t going to waste it. He had been trying to be a better person, but it felt like the world intended to rip the nastiness out of him regardless of what he wanted. His voice raises, and the champion doesn’t hold anything back.

Kris: If you knew anything, you would have known better than to come into my gym and do what you did. You would know better than to hide your face under a mask for months. You wouldn’t have to resort to the lows that you do, because you wouldn’t need to. You think you know me? Well then why haven’t you risen through the ranks like I did? If you have all the answers, why aren’t you up in Sin City challenging me instead of waiting to attack my friends once I leave town? If you’re so big and bad, why not bring the fight to me?

In contrast, Kyle seems to get more calm by the moment. He doesn’t seem tense and ready to fight. When he speaks, his voice is cold, but low.

Kyle: I told you years ago that the only thing that I wanted was to be able to tell you that I told you so….

Kris flashes back to their first conversation. Kyle was a champion in another company back then. Honestly, Kris hadn’t even really heard of him. Kyle had caught him outside of a fan event before his Roulette Championship match with Crimson for a pep talk that he hadn’t seen coming. As a fan Kyle had seen Kris’ entire transformation. He had seen him before SCW, and throughout everything since. Kyle was the one that told Kris that he was The Miracle before he even knew it himself. Kyle had pushed him to become the person that won the World Heavyweight Championship. That was the piece of the puzzle that Kris had been missing until now. That was the reason that Kyle had finally launched his attack with his masked minions.

Kris: You weren’t around for it last time, so now that I’ve made it back to the top of the world you wanted to come rub it in, huh? You were right. I couldn’t make it as a nobody, or an accident. I had to become something else. You saw it first, and now you want the credit for that? Is that it?

Kyle sighs. Nobody asked him this many questions when he was wearing the Cyan mask over his face. It was a big part of the reason that he wasn’t in any rush to take it off on a permanent basis.

Kyle: I took off my mask today, because before anything else happens, I needed to make sure that you knew why.

Kris takes a breath, and then a step back.

Kris: Then tell me why, Kyle. Enough with all the other bullshit. Just spit it out. Nothing you’re going to say is going to change that you stepped over the line the moment you jumped Coby.

Something about Kris’ words finally set Kyle off. In an instant his calm demeanor is gone. His face curls up and he levels an index finger at Kris’ face.

Kyle: I was the one that showed up in your moment of need and told you that you were The Miracle. I helped you, because I knew who you really were. None of the bad shit mattered to me. None of the rules you broke made you irredeemable in my eyes. You want to be angry at what I did to Coby, but haven’t you done so much worse to people both inside the ring and out?

He pauses just long enough for Kris to cut him off.

Kris: I haven’t been that person in a lo---

Kyle doesn’t need to hear the rest of the line.

Kyle: Yeah...yeah… we all know that you’ve gotten it all turned around now. The problem is, I know that none of that was really you. When you tell your story, others blow it off and say you’re making excuses. I know the truth. I know everything you’ve done, and the reasons why you did it. Yet, I still threw in with you. I still bought into this fucking gym. When you said that you had my back, I believed you, because you ARE The Miracle….

Kyle loses his temper entirely. He kicks at the pile of boxes Kris knocked over, sending them flying in different directions in the alley. His face is blood red and all of the veins in his neck bulge as he screams at his former mentor.

Kyle: Where did any of that get me, huh?! I was an afterthought! I was discarded! I was forgotten about in my moment of need. See, that’s what you do. You use all the people around you until you don’t need them anymore. You find new toys to play with, because that is all that any of us are. You might be a shining light, but that light only shines on yourself, doesn’t it? You told all of us that all we had to do was follow you to the top, and then left us all behind. I was dumb enough to follow for way too long. I think you’ve wasted enough of my time though.

Kris reaches out for Kyle’s arm and stops him.

Kris: Wait!

Kyle spins out of Kris’ grip and tries to sweep the champion’s legs out from under him. Kris leaps over his student’s leg and catches him with a forearm strike that sends him falling backwards into one of the dumpsters along the wall. Instead of getting back up and fighting, Kyle laughs.

Kyle: The only thing that I didn’t realize was that everything around here is set up for you to succeed, and the rest of us be damned. You never cared about any of us. We were always just a means of testing and measuring yourself. The problem is, you didn’t even have the decency to take the rest of us along for the ride. You ruined us….

Kyle starts to pick himself up from the ground as Kris looks back confused.

Kris: Us?

Kyle shrugs.

Kyle: ...think hard. I can’t be the only one that you’ve fucked over. How many of your students have a reason to be angry to be on the path that you led them down? How many of them might want to see you taken down a peg or two? My guess is that there are more than you think...

Kyle straightens himself up and reaches into his jacket pocket before pulling another cigarette from his pack. He places it between his lips before starting to pat down his many pockets for a lighter.

Kris: You’re the only one willing to sink this low...

Kyle laughs, finally finding the lighter in his back pocket. He brings it up, and strikes it to light his cigarette. Taking a long drag from it, he smiles before exhaling all around Kris.

Kyle: The longer you keep thinking that, the easier this is going to be.

Kris wanted nothing more than to wipe the smug look off of his former student’s face. He knew that doing so would just lower him down to Kyle’s level though. There was not going to be any winning this today. If Kyle wanted to try and take down Jet City, that was fine. But it wasn’t going to happen in an alleyway.

Kris: So what do think all of this is going to accomp---

Before Kris could finish, his phone started blaring music from his pocket. He struggles, but is able to pull it free while it is still ringing. On the screen, Kris can see his son KJ running around Liz’s house on the other end. Kyle smiles, and uses the distraction to start to walk away from his teacher.

Kyle: I bet you have to get that… Always something more important to take care of, right?

Kris looks back at Kyle, but then back down at the phone. Instead of chasing Kyle down, he swipes to answer the call, and does his best to pretend that the last few minutes hadn’t happened. There was no need to put all of that on the plate of a child. Kyle was going to continue to be a problem with or without his Cyan mask, at least there was still some hope that the kid on the other end of the phone wouldn’t end up hating him. That hope was more important than some grudge.


==========================================================

>Kris sits inside the otherwise empty Jet City South gym. He is sitting on the apron and looking down at the ground. It looks like there are thoughts flying through his head at lightning speed, and though he opens his mouth several times to attempt to address the fans watching, he stops himself. It was always hard to find the right starting point. These days, it felt like his enemies had him surrounded. Kyle was leading some of Jet City against itself. More importantly at the moment, he had not one, but two men trying to take everything away from him in just a couple of days. In the past, he would have felt overwhelmed. Presently, it just felt like another challenge. Something new to overcome.

O’Malley wants the story of Inception to be The Tragedy of Kris Ryans. Jack wants to return to the short period of the time where everything in the company revolved around him… but what does the champion want?

What does The Miracle want out of Inception?

It seems like it should be an easy question. I mean, both of my opponents’ answers have been pretty clean cut. O’Malley wants to watch me fail. He has been around to witness my rise through this company and is tired of it. The guy hates me. He hates all of the opportunities that I have been given. He doesn’t care that I have succeeded in the face of overwhelming adversity. He doesn’t care that I am only trying to do the right thing for Sin City Wrestling. For him, all of this is personal. He wants to watch The Miracle unravel, and has suggested the next moniker for me to take up. Sure, he wants the championship. He has even hinted at the fact that he wants this match to be etched into the history books as one of the greatest the company has ever put on.

...but most importantly, he wants to watch me fail. That’s why he tried to help Jack Washington at the end of the match where I walked away with my second World Heavyweight Championship. He came down to the ring to watch me fail from ringside last time. This time that wasn’t going to be close enough. He wants to be the one to cause my downfall. His rise to the top is just a plump cherry to go on top.

In that way, he’s not unlike Jack. Jack thinks that I stole something from him back in November. He’s just another junkie that thinks that I made away with his stash. What does he want out of Inception? That’s easy. He wants everything to go back to being about him. Just listen to him talk and he’ll tell you himself. He needs the championship. We don’t understand what it means to him. It’s his, and we’ve stolen it so we all deserve to suffer until he gets what he wants. If he sounds like a petulant child, it’s because he is. If he sounds self-serving, it’s because he is. Jack doesn’t really care about anything other than himself. He wants the championship because he thinks it looks good around his waist. I’ve said it before, he wants the championship but he doesn’t want to be a real champion.

...and if O’Malley can just kick back and say with confidence that the winner of the match needs to be one of the two of them, then he’s just as bad as Jack. He can talk about his redemption all day, but his words are already showing us how it’s all bullshit. What are his actions at Inception going to say? Is he really willing to watch someone like Jack walk away as the face of this company just so that he can watch me fail? Is that what is really most important to him? I mean, if you read between the lines, O’Malley sounds like he is reaching out to Jack for help. Maybe he is trying to extend an olive branch. At the end of the day, I have what they want so it’s not hard to do the match… enemy of my enemy and all that…. Jack already said that any means justify the ending he wants. I wouldn’t be surprised to see the two of them try and take me out of the equation together.

…but what is it that I want?

To be the champion that this company deserves to have. Is that too generic of an answer?

You know, they say it is a lot harder to hang onto a championship than it is to win one. Contenders come in with all of that extra fire. They have worked their way through the ranks. They have something to prove to everyone. There is nothing quite like the adrenaline rush of competing for the thing that you have wanted all your life. There is nothing better than holding the top prize for any company. Winning the SCW World Heavyweight Championship not once, but twice, has been the high point of my life. When you’re first handed that championship, it feels like all of the hard work finally paying off. All of the struggle all of a sudden feels worth it. The days that you almost gave up fade away. The hard things seem like they were a little easier looking back at them from the finish line. That feeling is what both O’Malley and Jack Washington have propelling them into this match. That’s not what it’s like for the champion though.

As the champion you have to find something new to drive you. That initial high wears off and then being champion is just the day-to-day grind. That’s why you see so many people fizzle out quickly once they get to the top. That’s why you don’t see a lot of people get there multiple times. Carrying the World Heavyweight Championship is an honor, but also a responsibility. You represent the company. You represent the roster. You represent all the fans that buy tickets and merch. The belt itself only weighs about eight pounds, but the weight of the entire company on your back has crushed thousands of people in this business.

We’ve all seen it happen in the SCW ring. We all know it’s true.

It goes without saying that I want to win this match. It goes without saying that I am going to do everything in my power to stop either of these two men from being the one to represent the company that has helped me build a career. What I want is to be the guy that everyone is proud to see leading this company. I’ll settle for stopping two people that definitely aren’t qualified for that spot. I’ll settle for being the only one in this match that actually gives a damn about what it is that we are fighting for. I’ll settle for being the only one in this match doing it for the right reasons.

The road it took to get me here might not have been all that straight. I may have had to backtrack a few times. But that doesn’t change the fact that right here, right now, I’m THE guy. I am the World Heavyweight Champion. I’m the one that was able to rise above all the white noise and actually do something for the benefit of this company not once, but twice. Maybe I’m not the exact right guy for the job, but I’m willing to step up until that person can take it from me. Nobody thinks that I should have made it this far, but here I am. I am still here, and I am still on top after all these years. I’m not saying I’m the best. I’m not saying that I’m the most worthy of my position… but I busted my ass to get here, and if someone is going to take this spot from me, they’re going to have to put up a lot more than I have seen from my last two outings with Jack and O’Malley.

I want them to show up and try to prove me wrong.

Can it happen? Sure. Maybe something that I’m saying here will sink in and these two will show up and we can blow the roof off the place with the main event. I have already beaten the both of them twice, but Mark and Christian went ahead and put the both of them in a match where they could even the playing field in one match. Either of them could pin my shoulders to the mat twice and clear their record against me while taking the World Heavyweight Championship for themselves. I think it’s only fair that they should have to, considering that I had to beat the both of them twice to get to where I am today. Then again, the only way that any of us are walking out of this match without leaving unfinished business with one another is to make sure that we beat both of our opponents our way to victory. Of course, there is an easy way out, but that would really just be punching all of our tickets to do this again in a few weeks.

We have the chance to put all of this behind us after Inception. We have the opportunity to have a definitive champion crowned between the three of us. I say we take that opportunity. No shortcuts. No bullshit. Whoever walks out of Inception with the championship should leave no doubt, and there’s really only one way to do that. It’s up to my two challengers to rise to that occasion, but I hope they do.

You two want to beat The Miracle? Be the miracle.

Or come get this 3rd L.



==========================================================




9


>So we’re finally going to do this...

Kris Ryans is back on the beach. It appears to be slightly chillier today than it was before the match with Jack in December. The champion is wearing plain black pants and a dark red hooded sweatshirt with #TheMiracleReturns written across the front. Around his waist, covering the front pocket of the hoodie is the Sin City Wrestling World Heavyweight Championship. The smug smirk on his face will likely be a contrast to both of his upcoming opponents. Kris doesn’t appear stressed out or anxious about his future at all. If anything, finally being at the top once again seems to have brought back the confidence that he had been lacking. He was looking a lot more like his old self as opposed to the hollowed out shell that had been dragging itself around Sin City for most of last year.

I’ve said it a few times already, and I knew even before last week’s announcement, but there was no doing this match with Jack Washington without O’Malley’s big stupid face being involved.

Kris laughs. He had briefly pitched a match with O’Malley hanging above the ring in a cage, so that he couldn’t get involved. Deep down Kris knew that there were way too many ways that could have gone wrong. Any attempt to remove O’Malley from the title picture was destined to fail. This was the only way, and it was a long time coming.

I mean, I pissed this guy off like ten minutes after I came back last year, and his feelings have been hurt ever since. Everyone has seen the Twitter conversations that we have where he gets upset about things that I say about him. Everybody remembers him attacking me from behind after a match. I vaguely remember that I may have possibly, albeit probably accidentally, kinda caused him to lose a match once… but the details are sketchy. We were supposed to put this grudge behind us last year, but the match got cancelled because of one or both of us, but who’s to say?

Details on that one were actually scarce. SIn City had released a statement saying they had both gotten kicked out of the hotel. However, both men had pointed the finger at each other over social media (to the surprise of no one). The smart money placed the blame on Kris, but that wasn’t something that he was ever going to clear up.

The fact remains, we always knew that eventually we were going to settle this war of words with another match. All of the fans knew that we were destined to beat the hell out of each other at some point. It didn’t seem that either of us were in a rush to make it happen until recently. O’Malley was busy stumbling while chasing after a championship that he didn’t deserve, and I was Mixed Tag Team Champion. There was no need for our paths to cross, with the sole exception being an end to the childish sniping on social media. It wasn’t until I went and took the championship that he was after that he decided that he wanted to accelerate the time table on his third match with me.

Kris shoots a glance down at the championship around his waist. The smile on his face widens for just a moment before Kris is struck with an epiphany. It was as if the memories of the other times that he actually stepped in the ring with his social media nemesis were starting to come back to him.

If anyone forgets the details on the first two, I think I remember them clearly enough to help. The first time was a couple of years ago now. I was holding the same beautiful championship that I have now . O’Malley had a chance to step up to The Miracle at my best. I had everything that O’Malley wanted, and even better for him, Tommy Crimson was still running around and trying to ruin my matches. He even tried to distract me to save O’Malley at the end of that one, and I still won. My hand was the one that was raised. He had every advantage and so many opportunities to put me away in that match, and I was still better. Now, he says that he wasn’t in the right state of mind. He says he was focused on life more than the ring at that point. He makes excuses for being unable to rise to the occasion.

It was more laughable for Kris than he was willing to explain to those at home. Crimson had been his worst enemy. He attacked Kris’ family members. He cut off his ear. At the time of the first match with O’Malley, Crimson had attempted to stab Kris inside the six-sided SCW ring and was always a threat lurking in the background of whatever Kris was doing. To say Kris was actually focused on O’Malley was a lie. Yet, despite those circumstances he was able to get the job done. That’s what champions do.

...but that’s not the only time we were in the ring together. As mad as O’Malley might be about the fact that he had challenged Jack Washington long before I cashed in my opportunity and jumped him in line, he could have stopped it. I mean, had he not lost a match to Agostino, he would have gotten that chance before me anyways. That’s not what I’m talking about though. I’m talking about Climax Control 271 where I won the opportunity to challenge any champion before the end of 2020. I’m talking about the fact that O’Malley was in that same match. He could have stolen my opportunity away from me if only he could have won that match. Of course, just like the first time, he has excuses for it. He’ll tell all of you that I really beat Bill Barnhart. Technically he’s not wrong. I pinned Bill, not O’Malley or Griffin. The fact remains, I won the match. He didn’t. He could have stopped me from ever challenging Jack if only he had pulled out that victory. I won that match, and then I beat Jack Washington when and where I wanted to.

He pauses, and for a brief moment, the smile fades off of his face.

When and where…. But not how.

The champion shakes his head. There were a lot of things about his match with Jack that hadn’t gone according to plan. All of them involved O’Malley, but Kris couldn’t bring himself to be entirely disapproving of his opponent’s actions. It made him feel dirty to know that he had to give O’Malley as much of the credit as he did the blame.

O’Malley is to blame for that just as much as Jack. I realize that on one hand, I thanked him for getting involved. When Jack was going to get himself disqualified in order to escape with his championship, O’Malley made sure that didn’t happen, and he did it without getting me disqualified in the process. He’s made it painfully clear that he didn’t do it for me though. No, he was stopping Jack from cheating, not stopping me from losing my chance at the championship. It was more about respect for the championship, than helping me. As the person holding that championship now, I had to thank him for standing up for what it represents. At the very least, that shows me that this championship means the same thing to O’Malley as it does to me. That has to count for something, no matter how little. I would be a joke if I couldn’t admit at least that much.

It was the next part that was going to be hard to say.

On the other hand, his continued butting into the match… regardless of his intention to distract me... led to me eventually getting a clean shot to nearly kick Jack’s face off and win the SCW World Heavyweight Championship for the second… yes…. Just second…. time.

In the past Kris would have capitalized on someone’s miscounting of the times that he had risen to the top of the company. If someone was willing to grant him additional accolades, he would be happy to take credit for them. Something about it rubbed him the wrong way though. He had been correcting it for weeks. That wasn’t the point though, and he quickly circles back around to it.

O’Malley stole a clean victory away from me. I may have won, but I didn’t walk away feeling the way that a champion should feel. I didn’t feel like I really got the better of Jack. I walked away feeling like I made the best of how everything played out. Instead of a war between a champion and a challenger, O’Malley turned it into a game of total chance. I was the one that came out on top, but it could have very easily been the other way around. I am not deluded enough to think that I proved anything to anyone the night that I won the championship. I have had to shoulder that feeling for my first month as champion, but make no mistake, O’Malley is the one responsible for it.

Kris wasn’t going to allow himself to get weighed down by something that he couldn’t change. There was no fixing what happened during that match. The only thing that he could do was try to make sure it didn’t happen again.

So when it came to Inception, I had a choice to make. I could have kept my mouth shut and let O’Malley fall into the background. I could have ignored him like so many former champions around here have ignored me when I wasn’t their direct challenger. Mark and Christian made it painfully clear for the past few weeks that they didn’t think that O’Malley had done enough lately to be considered for this main event. He would have gotten lost down in the undercard if nobody tried to change the bosses minds.

He shoots a knowing glance at the camera. He doubted that O’Malley would even acknowledge Kris’ role in getting him into this match, let alone give him any credit.

I was faced with a choice. Personally, I can’t stand the guy. But I knew that there was no way that Jack and I were going to get a fair shot against one another with O’Malley floating around. Sure, he could have ended up in another match. Maybe he would have gotten beaten down badly enough not to get involved in the main event. That is a gamble though. We could have put Jack and I in a cage, or something similar, but there are ways around that. We have seen that proven time and time again over this company’s history. No, there was no way to eliminate O’Malley from the equation. The only choice was to add him to the match. So that is what I did my best to make happen. He stopped Jack from disrespecting this championship, so it is the very least that I could do. And it’s a win-win. Because there is no way that he can taint this victory for me or Jack this time around. That’s worth the risk of giving him the opportunity to walk away as champion. No matter what, the champion that walks out of Inception is going to be able to do so without any creeping doubts in the back of their mind.

Although, the champion didn’t appear that the champion was losing any sleep going into this match. The smile was already starting to come back to his face, and he was trying to let go of the bitterness.

If my past matches with O’Malley are any indication, I shouldn’t have a whole lot of trouble pulling this thing out. I’m hoping that no matter what happens, he won’t have any excuses to make this time around.

Honestly, he doubted it, and the wink he shot at the camera demonstrated that.

I know that I won’t.

He slaps the front plate of the title around his waist with a laugh.

I’ll bring the championship. He can bring that stupid face for me to kick off.

With a tip of his hat, the smirking champion starts to move out of the frame.

Godspeed.

Once he is gone, the feed cuts to black.



==========================================================



Getting Older
Jason’s House - Jet City
14 January 2021
OFF-Camera



It was a much more subdued birthday than the Jet City boys usually threw for one another. Kris’ birthdays while under contract with Sin City were usually a weekend long event, and had even been the focus of more than one Climax Control. However, with the virus still raging around the world, most of the festivities had been cancelled. A small gathering of friends and family that were already in their little bubble was about the extent of it. At this point, most of the partygoers had already made their way out. Some of the girls were still chatting up in the loft on the second floor, but everyone had filtered out of the main area except for the two responsible for bringing everyone together.

Kris: ...so do you feel old yet?

It had become a yearly question from both of them, and Jason’s answer was always the same. Kris was even able to silently mouth the words as his brother said them.

Jason: I have taken care of you for all thirty-five years I have been stuck on this rock, so that ship sailed a long time ago.

Kris shook his head, but wasn’t taking it personally.

Kris: Still blaming it all on me, huh?

With a sigh, Jason settles into the couch across from Kris. It was true that Kris had been a continued pain in his ass for most of his life, but it had never actually been enough to make him feel old. Dealing with Kris only ever happened in short spurts. It was his day-to-day life that was causing him to really start to slow down.

Jason: Maybe a little less these days. JT is the source of most of it now. I didn’t think that I would be this old and taking care of a toddler.

He looks up at the loft where he could hear the voices of his wife and both of Kris’ exes. If any of them heard either of the two men feeling old from taking care of the children, they were likely to get smothered, The three women made it easy for the two siblings.

Kris: Just think, you’ll be like fifty before he’s grown and out in the world. It’s only going to get worse from here on out.

Jason’s face scrunches up. He had gotten lost in his thoughts for a moment, but Kris’ jab brought him back down to the real world. It wasn’t a very nice thing to say either.

Jason: You know… I’m starting to remember why I almost didn’t invite you.

Kris simply shrugs off the insult, knowing the truth.

Kris: Shut up! You love me. Especially now that I am starting to put myself in order.

If they were going to change the subject, Jason was more than happy to jump on that one. It was one of his favorites, whereas getting old was a nightmare.

Jason: It certainly took you long enough. Most of us had given up on you.

Instead of deflecting, Kris has no problem actually taking responsibility. There was a reason that it was so easy for him to isolate himself for most of the last year.

Kris: Yeah, well count me as one of them.

It wasn’t anything that Jason didn’t already know. It was written all over Kris’ face and had been for nearly a year. It wasn’t until recently that he had really started to turn a corner.

Jason: That’s why I’m giving you some credit. It’s like when we talked at Christmas. You never expected to get this far. A few months ago, maybe you didn’t even think you would make it to where you are standing now. Something changed though. I can see it. I think everyone can. It’s like you’ve flipped a switch. You don’t look sunken in or miserable.

Kris knew the reason for that. All the pressure that he had felt just fell away the moment that he beat Jack.

Kris: Well, being the SCW World Heavyweight Champion looks good on me. What can I say?

Jason shakes his head. That was the easy answer, but he knew that there was more to it.

Jason: I don’t think it’s just that though. I’ve been watching. For most of the year you looked lost. It wasn’t the championship that turned you around. It was before then. It was even before the girls came down to talk to you. They could just tell. That’s why they let you come back.

Kris turns his attention up to the loft. The girls’ voices were getting more and more faint. Either they were talking about something they didn’t want the two downstairs to hear, or they were getting further away. Either way it meant that they were too distracted to be paying attention to him. He could speak openly.

Kris: I wish it felt like that for me. Honestly, most days I’m still just winging it. Obviously sobriety is a big part of it. I guess I am just softening up.

Jason sits up from the couch, struggling to see how Kris couldn’t see something that was incredibly clear to him.

Jason: I think you stopped being so angry... at the world… at yourself… at everyone that came across your path... It looks like a weight being lifted off your shoulders. You’re just having fun. It’s hard not to notice the change. You even thanked O’Malley for not letting Jack get disqualified intentionally. You wouldn’t have done that a few months ago.

That tweet had pained him, but it needed to be done. Although, Kris had his own theory for his changing attitude.

Kris: I think that is more about being around all the kids. They’re actually starting to be little people now. We’re getting into the years that they are gonna remember. I know that I’m not always present. It would be nice if they didn’t have to think the world saw me as a piece of shit.

It was a rare moment of self-awareness for the younger brother of Jet City. He made a career not caring what anyone thought, but now that he could hurt the kids it mattered. In a lot of ways, it made perfect sense given everything that they had been through. Granted, the one group of people he actually cared about was going to be the easiest to convince that he could be a better person. It was everyone else that Kris should be worried about.

Jason: I don’t think you’re going to have a problem with that around here. I think the SCW locker room and fans might take a while to come around though. They’ve seen you make a change before, only to lose your way. I bet you’ll get some pushback.

Kris shrugs.

Kris: I don’t care. Let them think what they want. I don’t deserve any more chances. If they want to boo me, let them. They are the ones paying money to come see the show. If I have to earn it back from them, so be it. I’m tired of having to be that guy.

Jason knew what Kris meant, but while his brother was opening up, he was doing his best to pull it all out of him.

Jason: That guy?

Kris rolls his eyes, almost like he was disgusted with himself.

Kris: The lovable fuck-up. The guy that everyone knows is talented, but will leave you alone if you leave him alone. I can feel how people just walk around me. It’s isolating. And for what? Some witty bullshit on Twitter a few times a week? I’m tired of making myself out to be horrible just to get a rise out of people. It’s an exhausting path to nowhere.

Jason laughs. Dozens of people had been trying to tell Kris that for years, and he had absolutely refused to listen or even consider their words. Yet, here he was finally accepting that he had been wrong.

Jason: That’s a path that you’ve been on for the last decade or so. You’ve been content just to scrape by with the bare minimum. You never really demanded anything of Mark or Christian. You show up, do your job, and leave. That wasn’t really your dream though, was it?

Kris shakes his head slowly. Clearly he had never actually thought about it that way.

Kris: No. It was always so much more than that.

Now that Jason had him on the hook, he wanted to see how far they could take this epiphany.

Jason: I assume that all of these changes that you’re making is you trying to make up the difference.

Kris nods. It wasn’t all of it, but that was a big part.

Kris: Something like that. I don’t want to be afraid of failing anymore. That is what caused me to hang onto my title opportunity for so long. I didn’t want to stand up to try and be the guy that everyone looks up to, just to fall on my face. I kept waiting for someone else to step up and do it. Eventually it just seemed like nobody was going to.

There was an easy answer. Jason had seen it a lot as a trainer. Kris’ personal experience had been different though. He had always been able to rise up when he needed to. When Kris threw himself into work, he could be the very best in Sin City. So of course he looked at it as something that anyone could do if they really wanted it. His opinion of himself was that low, but Jason knew better.

Jason: That’s because not everybody can. You see what a little bit of success can do to a guy. Look at Jack. Look at any of the guys that held that championship for a few days last year before losing it. Most people either become unbearable once they get to the top, or they choke. Not everyone can handle the pressure.

Kris still wasn’t seeing what Jason was trying to say.

Kris: What makes you think that I can?

Jason laughs.

Jason: You mean other than the fact that you have done it once already?

Kris waves that thought off without even considering it. What he had done two years ago wasn’t the same.

Kris: Hardly. I was just trying to protect the legacy of the company from a guy like Crimson. Hardly the same thing.

Jason didn’t see it that way. In his mind, they were exactly the same thing.

Jason: Isn’t it though? You already put the company’s well-being before your own once before. You already rose to the top and tried to lead. You got hurt. You didn’t fail. Then you spent the last few years doubting yourself and resorting to your old tricks. You’re better than that. You’ve already proven that to yourself once.

Kris still wasn’t sold.

Kris: There’s no telling if that would have lasted...

It was the usual Kris self-deprecation, but Jason was determined to break through it this time.

Jason: There’s nothing saying it wouldn’t have. That’s just you letting all that doubt creep back in. Block it out. Remember who you are. Remember what you’ve already done. If you want to go out and set an example, I think the only person that could ever really get in your way is you. Then again, that’s how it’s always been.

There is a long pause that hangs between the two. Jason was still sitting forward on the couch across from his brother. His eyes didn’t leave Kris as he worked through his older brother’s words. After a while he nods.

Kris: Yeah, well… not anymore.

Jason sits back, hoping that maybe something will actually sink in this time. The voices of the girls upstairs were gone. The room around them got quiet. The two would sit around talking for several more hours, but those were the words that would ring in Kris’ ears for the rest of his night. He wasn’t going to be that person anymore. He wasn’t going to get in his own way.



==========================================================


>”This is it, the big moment…”

The feed comes to life with Kris Ryans in the center of the frame. He is sitting in a beach chair with his back to the camera. He is looking out at the waves crashing on the beach in front of him as the camera starts to circle around him.

”Oh man, the fans are on their feet as I hit that vaunted Godspeed…”

Each word comes out more smug than the last. Something about them is familiar.

”I just gotta make that cover... One. Two. Three.”

The camera has circled around to be in front of Kris. There is a wide smile on his face and he pats the front plate of the championship around his waist twice. His eyes are closed as he does his best to remember.

”I’ve done it… I’m the world champion... Everyone is chanting my name... I make history... Two-times a damn double champion... Holy shit I am that damn good, my guy…”

His eyes open and the smile fades from his face. Most of them remembered the words once Kris got to the last two. There was a reason that every word came out in the smug tone that it did.

You remember those words, Jack? None of them are mine. They’re yours. That’s what you said would happen at the end of our match. You called it. The funny thing is, you said after that I would wake up. Well, I’ve been waiting to wake up for a month now. I don’t think it’s gonna take. You were half right though, it was all a dream. My dream, and I’m living it day-after-day as the champion that you could never actually be.

It’s a surprisingly different approach than he had taken against O’Malley. As much as Kris disliked both men, there was clearly one he respected at least a little, and one that he didn’t. Jack was the the latter.

...and I tried to warn you, my guy. You just couldn’t listen though, could you? Instead of a championship, now you have another long winded excuse story that ends with a loss by yet another cunt hair. And I have the one thing in this company that I never actually lost. In a way, I’ve been the rightful champion for a long time. All we’ve really done is set things right.

It was true. Kris was feeling like he was finally starting to pick up where he left off years ago. Maybe this was all he was going to need to break free of everything that had been holding him back.

But usually I would still feel bad for you. Nobody should have their title taken after some third party sticks their big stupid face into the match. No champion deserves that. However, you brought that on yourself by attempting to get caught cheating so that you run away with your championship reign intact. You were willing to lose, as long as it meant you got to keep the source of your high. I almost can’t hold it against you. That’s Junkie 101 after all, and you were really just going out of your way to prove everything that I said about you was right. You might think it is unfair that O’Malley got added to this match, but it was you that caused that.

It was strange, since Kris had already openly admitted that he had campaigned for O’Malley addition. However, that didn’t mean that he was taking responsibility for the decision.

This is a consequence of your actions, and your actions alone. If you would have played by the rules that idiot would have kept running his mouth on commentary. He didn’t want to actually get involved. I saw it. I know you had to have seen it as well. He had every opportunity to lay a finger on you or me. He could have decided the winner of that match for us if that was the plan. He clearly didn’t want to see me win, or he wouldn’t have given you one last chance to take me out at the end. Unfortunately for you both, a few seconds later you were seeing stars and I was raising another championship in victory.

It had all played out almost exactly how Jack laid out in the lead up to that match, and that is what Kris found most comical. He almost couldn’t understand why the former champion was all upset. Kris had just followed through on Jack’s vision for the future. Yet, Jack had still ranted all about it before his last match. At the very least, Kris knew what to expect this time around.

...but even before then you could tell that it wasn’t your night, couldn’t you? I mean, the moment I stepped through the curtain and headed down to the ring I knew I was winning. It was in the air. To be honest, I felt it that whole. I felt weightless. Ready. The match itself was just a formality for what I already knew was inevitable. I think that you could sense it too. Shit, maybe O’Malley could too, and he just couldn’t stand it. I saw it in your eyes when you slid out of the ring to get away from me and catch your breath. The fans saw it when you had to resort to bending the rules and using the ring posts and barricades to do the heavy lifting for you. You weren’t going to be able to beat me straight up so, like a rabid dog, you were fighting wildly. The whole thing reeked of someone that was in over their head and just trying to find a way out.

Sure, it was insulting, but it was also the truth. Kris had seen it play out not once, but twice now.

That wasn’t a new feeling for you though was it, Jack? You’d been there before. In our first match you couldn’t get much of anything going. Sure you can make the excuse that you were still getting back into the swing of things, or you just had an off night. That doesn’t change what happened though. You tried to run away on that night too, but there was no bonus in getting yourself disqualified back then. When it came to it, you chose to fight, and you came up short. I’m willing to guess that’s why you weren’t going to make that mistake the second time around. That’s why when you felt it starting to slip away, you just got more feral. You wanted to walk away with the championship no matter what it cost. The ends would have justified the means for you. That’s why you lost.

Kris stands up out of his chair and unstraps the championship from his waist. He holds it out to the camera, taunting Jack with it.

You may want to carry this championship, but you don’t have it in you to actually be a champion. You want to hang onto this championship because of what it does for you. That might be enough to get you to the top, but it’s not enough to keep you there for very long. To you, this championship is a decoration. To me, this is living a dream. This is being the face of a company. This is being the standard by which the world measures the talent in SCW. It’s not a trophy, it’s a responsibility. The reputation of this company lives and dies by the person holding the championship. If that person doesn’t give a shit about anything other than themselves, everyone suffers. Not just the people in the back, but the people that buy the tickets. I used to be like you Jack. I used to be one of the ones that just cared about what I wanted. I didn’t like where that path took me. I took a different one that brought me back to where I belong. The Miracle stepped up and put a stop to your sorry excuse for a championship reign.

Kris drapes the championship over his shoulder and starts to walk along the beach. The camera follows at his side, catching the disappointed look on the champ’s face.

...and what did you do with that loss? You came out talking about how everyone has to suffer now. You spouted off about the powers that be holding you back like there is some big conspiracy against you in Sin City.You think that Mark and Christian sent me to stop you? Do you not understand how insane that sounds? I didn’t sit on my championship match and spring it on you as some surprise. The moment that I won the opportunity to challenge any champion, I said I would be doing it on the last show of the year. You were just the sorry excuse for a champion holding what was mine at the time. Wrong place. Wrong time. There was no scheme. There was no grand plan. There was you. There was me. And you needing to have it proven to you once again that you’re not ready for this.

It wasn’t the words that were hurtful as much as it was the matter-of-fact tone that he said them in. Kris doesn’t stop the verbal onslaught there either.

The last match was supposed to be your big chance to prove how much you had grown in the past year. I would argue that you didn’t get any better in the time between our matches. If anything, your cockiness made you step slower. Your desperation made your decision making more questionable. In all honesty, our last match was less of a challenge than the first and the only person that you have to blame for it is yourself. You can point the finger at the owners, the roster, the fans, or me personally, but until you look at a mirror and realize the things that you’re doing wrong, you’re never going to get where you want to be. Nothing is ever going to be enough. You are going to end up broken, lonely, and without having accomplished nearly what you could if your head wasn’t so far up your ass...

He pauses after a slight chuckle. It was like he was running through all of the things that people had spent years telling him in countless promos. He hadn’t been ready to understand the words back then. He did now.

Sorry… it’s still a little weird to be on this side of this conversation sometimes. Historically I’ve been the idiot that people say all this too. I would be the one too stubborn to listen. I’d be convinced that I was doing everything to the best of my ability, and if nobody else saw it, they were just blind. Yet, it’s not a coincidence that when Jack runs his mouth about being railroaded, it falls on deaf ears. He’s the only one standing up and talking about how he was mistreated. He’s the only one making himself a victim of some injustice. Nobody else is buying it, and if that isn’t enough of a red flag for him, I guess I don’t mind trying to beat that lesson into him for a third time.

He shrugs.

...but it didn’t have to be like this Jack. Like you said though, respect is a two-way street. You have to earn it if you want it. We’ve had two matches against each other and if you open your mouth about them it’s just to tell some excuse about why you lost. You had one of the greatest matches of last year against Ben Jordan, and spent the year talking about how you just barely lost. You told me that the things that I have done in this company are irrelevant. You’ve said Hall of Famers of this business are laughable. You do not have one ounce of respect for anything. So why should any of us respect anything you have to say? Why would anyone look at you as a champion? What makes you think that you are ‘the guy’, my guy? You can’t even show respect to a business… or a company… or a championship, let alone a locker room full of people that you are supposed to be leading.

He stops, and the camera wheels around in front of him.

Jack, there is nothing about you that is unique or special. You think you are the first newcomer to SCW that skyrocketed to the top? At least the last guy that won the World Heavyweight Championship that quickly had the decency to conduct himself like a champion. And when Fenris left, people gave the guy an ovation that started in the arena and led the guy basically all the way out of town. Rest assured that nobody like that will ever line up for someone like you. You’re not looking to hand out any respect regardless of it is deserved, and that is why you will never amount to anything other than a footnote of this company. I’ll see to it personally if I have to. As long as there are people like you, I’m going to be the one to step up and make sure to steer the company in the right direction.

Kris sighs, willing to accept some degree of responsibility for letting things get this far gone before stepping up.

For most of last year I was afraid to be that person. I thought, who am I to be the one? I mean I was the Nobody. I was the Accident. I have done every single underhanded thing. I have cheated every way there is to do it. I have said every horrible thing there is to say about an opponent. I have tried to gain every advantage, and cut every corner. Who would care that Kris Ryans got himself turned around? That is what I thought at least. I allowed that thought to paralyze me for most of the year. I allowed the voice in the back of my head, and the Jack Washington’s of the business tell me that my time in the main event picture. I sat back and watched as Griffin Hawkins, Alex Jones and then Jack passed the championship around like a hot potato. Griffin couldn’t even look the fans in the eye anymore after dropping it in embarrassing fashion. Alex let it go to his head like he was a rookie winning a title for the first time. Then Jack came along to take everything to a new low. Jack showed us what the world would have been like had I allowed Tommy Crimson to run away with the championship two years ago. If anything, you proved that I did the right thing back then, and I did the right thing in December.

The two events would always seem so similar in Kris’ mind. Miraculous was the only way that he could explain it.

SCW needed The Miracle. I wasn’t going to ignore that call.

His features soften, and he holds his arms out to his sides.

So bring on the hate Jack. Bring on the vile words you have for me. Bring on the insults to my abilities, my friends, my accomplishments. Vent out all the frustration that you’re feeling right now. Don’t hold anything back. We have all seen who you are already, so none of it is going to be a surprise. You might say the meanest things, but when the bell rings at Inception, none of those words matter. You are going to be trapped in the ring with me for a third time, and for a third time, you are going to lose.

After a shrug, his free arm drops to his side while the other holds a firm grip on the World Heavyweight Championship.

You want to accuse people of trying to teach you a lesson, but even if that were the case you’re only proving that you didn’t learn a single goddamn thing. Maybe this time, it will stick in that thick head of yours.

He thinks about leaving it there, but goes a step further anyways.

...and maybe I’ll be able to beat that respect out of you.

He shakes his head, now looking more disgusted than disappointed.

...I know you’re looking to get your fix back, but you’re going to have to settle for a SmackShot.



==========================================================



Making Up Time
Liz Smalls’ House - Jet City
22 January 2021
OFF-Camera



Kris hadn’t felt this nervous about anything in years. As he walked up to the house of his most notorious ex with just a small bag strapped to his back, his heart felt like it dropped into his stomach. There was no telling what the mood in the house was going to be, and he had actively avoided having to show up like this for a long time. Usually when he had to see Liz, she was dropping off their son to him. This wasn’t a place that he often had to come. Someone had buzzed him through the gate at the edge of the property, and the front door was already ajar like someone had popped it open when they noticed he was coming. He poked his head inside, pushing the door slightly more open.

Kris: Anyone home?

A voice quickly responded from down the hallway from the door. Liz came around the corner to greet him, disbelief on her face.

Liz: Is that Kristopher Ryans at my door?

Sarcastically Kris patted at himself, and then turned his attention to the mirror on the wall to check his reflection. Once he was certain, he nodded.

Kris: Last I checked….

She closes the distance between them and raises a hand to his cheek. Her thumb moves along his cheekbone as she looks at his face.

Liz: Well it certainly looks like him. A little healthier. A little happier than I’ve seen in a long time. I think it’s you though.

He had to smile. By process of elimination, he knew that Liz had to be the one behind the push to bring him back to Seattle. She had always had a soft spot for him, no matter what. Their history with one another wasn’t great, but she had never given up on him like the others. He would be forever in her debt for that and so much more.

Kris: You know that’s partially your doing, right? I wouldn’t be allowed back around here without you convincing the girls that the kids needed me.

Liz shrugs, and does her best to look confused. It wasn’t something that she was ever going to admit to him because he would just hold it against her later. It was best to always play games with Kris to his face.

Liz: I don’t know what you’re talking about. I’m Liz Smalls, remember? I’m not nice like that.

Kris pushes the door closed before turning back to her.

Kris: Yeah, well that Liz Smalls wouldn’t have let me in her house. She would have looked down on street trash like me.

She isn’t able to keep the game up. There was only so far that she was willing to let Kris push things. Their relationship had totally changed her life.

Liz: AS IF! I think there is a tiny person around here that proves that’s a lie!

Kris frowns, not trying to hurt Liz’s feelings but jumping on the change of subject before Liz can start digging into him like she had in San Diego.

Kris: Speaking of, as much as I enjoyed our last little chat, that’s actually who I was here to see.

Her mouth falls open as she does her best to pretend to be both surprised and offended.

Liz: Oh, I see how it is. You weren’t just dropping in to paint my nails and have me tell you all the things you’re doing wrong in life?

As much as Kris wouldn’t mind the former, it was the latter that he was trying to avoid.

Kris: Not this time. Still working on what we talked about last time...

Liz seized on the opportunity to steer the conversation into more interesting territory.

Liz: ...and how is Kristjan?

Immediately Kris holds out his hand, his index finger extended out to her.

Kris: Hey now! None of that. There’s only one Kris and that’s me. He’s Fenris. Or Fen. Or Special K. Never Kris. Not when I’m around.

Liz laughs, and Kris realizes that maybe he had said too much.

Liz: Special K?

Luckily for Kris, he didn’t have to respond to her. He heard the tiny pounding footsteps moving throughout the house as the child was searching for them. With perfect timing, Kristopher Blade Smalls-Ryans comes around the corner in a tiny Jet City Sports Lab shirt. Although, the rule about multiple Kris’ applied to him as well. He would forever be KJ.

Kris: Oh look, there he is!

Triumphantly, KJ’s hands shoot up into the air, and excitement takes over his entire body.

KJ: DADDY!!!!

Kris does his best impersonation of his son, mimicking his every move.

Kris: CHILD!!!!

As KJ’s hands start to come down from his celebration, he balls up his fists and holds them out in front of his face. He ducks his head down behind them and starts moving to square up with his father.

KJ: Put ‘em up!

Kris smiles, before dropping down to his knees on the hardwood floors so that they were on even footing. He mimics his son’s every move with a laugh.

Kris: Oh, it’s like that?

KJ abandons his boxing stance and runs forward as fast as his legs will carry him. He wraps his arms around Kris’ torso and takes him down to the ground with a tackle. With Kris down, the child starts throwing very light playful punches down at his father who tries to cover up and protect himself, selling it like he is in a real fight.

Liz: You both know I don’t like all of this violence.

KJ gets up off of Kris, only to make his way over to the end of the couch. He climbs up onto it as Liz shakes her head.

Kris: He can’t help it! It’s genetic! He’s got it on both sides of the family. He’s destined to be the greatest of all time.

KJ jumps, and Kris catches him safely out of the air in a crossbody position, but falls backwards and allows his son to pin him to the ground.

KJ: The greatest of all times?

Stuck in a pinned position Kris uses his free hand to slap the floor three times and KJ stands up and starts to celebrate his big win. Liz steps closer to them and raises his hand like a referee would have after a legitimate match. Laughing, Kris sits up from the floor, so he can look his son in the eye.

Kris: Yeah. That’s what me and Uncle Jason were talking about. We’re getting old. You’re gonna have to take over for us.

Liz interjects to make sure that they keep their timelines realistic. She had cheated the system and gotten involved in wrestling early, but there was no way that she was going to let their son do the same thing.

Liz: ....but not for at least thirteen more years!

It was progress. At the very least, it wasn’t a no. Kris Ryans Jr could take over the wrestling world in a decade and a half.

Kris: Hear that? That sounds like she is on our side finally.

KJ didn’t looked excited about it though.

KJ: That’s a really long time.

Kris knew that the time would fly by way faster than his son thought, but there was no need to try and explain that to him. Kris wanted him to stay a kid for as long as possible.

Kris: It’s okay. We have a lot of training to do until then. One day you’ll be a champion just like me.

As soon as KJ heard the word, his eyes lit up. They had a tradition when his father was around, but KJ hadn’t seen him carry anything in.

KJ: ....wait… did you bring it?

Kris finally shrugs the straps to the small bag on his back, and swings it around so that KJ can see it. He pulls the top open, and reaches in to pull out the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. Without hesitation, he hands it to KJ who struggles, but manages to get it positioned on his shoulder.

Kris: I don’t have to leave until next Saturday night. It’s all yours until then.

KJ has to continuously hug it to his body to stop it from slipping. Clearly the title wasn’t meant for such small shoulders. He would grow into it though.

KJ: It’s so heavy…. How do you carry it with one hand?

Kris laughs.

Kris: That’s the easy part. Carrying the whole company on my back is much harder.

KJ’s eyes widen, clearly thinking about how his father could literally lift an entire company. It only made him seem more like a superhero in the child’s eyes.

KJ: That has to weigh a lot.

Kris nods. The kid wasn’t wrong. At least not really.

Kris: Yeah, that’s why I was really afraid to try until Christmas. Then I thought, if you’re going to do it one day, maybe I should give it a try so that I can show you how.

Liz, who had been silently watching the two, interrupts as any mother should.

Liz: You better be setting a good example.

Her eyes were glued to Kris, wanting a promise from him more than just an answer. He nods, knowing the deeper meaning behind her words.

Kris: Everyday. Or else I wouldn’t have told him I was going to.

With the two adults talking, KJ takes off with the championship belt. Kris starts to get up to his feet, but Liz takes a step closer to him. Her voice was low enough that it wasn’t going to travel for KJ’s little ears to pick up.

Liz: Don’t let him down, or you’re going to have a lot more of the old Liz Smalls to deal with, understood?

Kris nods, but a smirk forms in the corner of his mouth.

Kris: Don’t threaten me with a good time.

She laughs, and turns her back on him. She had more important things to do than go in circles with Kris Ryans for no reason. There was no prize at the end of that conversation, and for good reason.

Liz: Oh please, we both know you aren’t interested in playing for that team anymore.

Kris opens his mouth to correct her, but she is already gone. He shakes his head, and heads off to try and find out where their son had disappeared to.



==========================================================



>We lucky three….

Now that we’re past the hostilities, I wanted to take a second and step back from it all. I just kind of wanted to see the forest for the trees for once. You know, big picture.

O’Malley, Jack and I are main eventing the very first SuperCard of the year that is supposed to turn the whole world around. The world couldn’t wait to put 2020 behind them. The whole thing was awful. I can remember being all the way back in March and having people talk about wanting to just go ahead and skip ahead to next year. That year is now. This is the time that so many people were looking forward to while their lives were falling apart. 2021 was the deep sigh of relief that all of us needed. I mean, we spent half of last year competing in empty arenas just so that people could have a distraction from being trapped in their homes for a few hours a week. Now we have fans back in the arena with us, and those limits on capacities are just going to get more and more relaxed as we go. The world is turning a corner. This is a time to celebrate. Inception is going to be one of the first big events of the year, and the three of us are the headliners. No matter who wins or loses this match, just think about the amount of eyes that are going to be on us. Think about how many people are looking forward to this. Think about exactly how high the bar is going to be for us.

There is no mistake about it. The three of us are the ones putting the asses in the seats at Inception. We’re going on last because this is the match that everyone wants to see. I feel like sometimes people get lost in what it means personally to win and lose these matches, but just look around. We get to do the thing that we enjoy most in the world for the prize that everyone on this roster wants. We are in the spot that everyone in this business dreams of being in. So many people never make it to this point and too many people don’t pay attention to the moment while they’re in it.

I keep coming back to this company year after year, no matter what, because these are the moments that I live for. For as long as I can remember, this is what I wanted to do with my life. I took a lot of really awful detours along the way. I even did my absolute best to piss it away time-after-time. There have been very few occasions in my career where I have been able to take a step back like this and actually be able to enjoy where life has taken me. It’s fitting that it is going to be a SuperCard in January. It’s like we’re finally coming full circle from Full Circle. The first time I realized that this was everything I could have ever asked for was when I was raising the Roulette and World Heavyweight Championships for what I thought would be the last show in this company’s history. The fact that I got to start this year, the worldwide turnaround year, doing the very full thing has had a very… humbling… impact on me.

If people think that sounds too cheesy to be sincere, well I can’t blame them for not trusting me. I haven’t done much in the last six years that wasn’t sarcastic or shitty. I have yet earned the right to be given the benefit of the doubt by anyone. Don’t get me wrong, those that are already given it to me mean the world to me. I realize that I have a lot left to earn though. Nothing happens overnight, because there’s always more work to put in come sunrise. I know that people are going to eventually come around, because I know that I’m not going anywhere.

I walk into Inception IV as The Miracle, and the Sin City World Heavyweight Champion. As the champion I have the privilege of being able to take a look around. I know that the other two men in this match are going to be totally focused on the prize that I am bringing to the ring with me. I don’t see any alliances forming between any of the three of us, because it’s not like any of us care for one another. And it’s not like this one is going to end quickly.

The champion is usually at a disadvantage in these kinds of matches, because all your opponents have to do is pin each other and the championship is gone. A shady pin isn’t going to steal it this time around though. Mark and Christian made sure that the two losers in this one aren’t going to have anything to bitch about. If you want to win the prize, you have to be the first one to win twice. It might look like twice the work, but it feels like half the risk. If anyone tries to get themselves disqualified, they are just handing their opponent an advantage. If anyone wants to win, they are going to have to earn it.

Both my opponents might hate it, but I don’t think that it could possibly be more fair. The three of us have plenty that needs to get settled. Jack and O’Malley have been circling one another since before I took the championship from Jack last month. O’Malley’s big stupid face has been haunting me for the better part of a year, even though I keep trying to boot it off of his flat head. Then, of course, you have Jack’s inability to beat me, or give me any credit for beating him… twice. Come to think about it, Jack and O’Malley should at least be able to bond over that. Four losses between the two of them, and a whole fleet of excuses to explain them away.

For the most part, both of your actions have been pathetic. I guess what I am asking is that you both rise above yourselves and actually play this one by the rules. Do either of you really want to live the next couple of months trying to explain this one away? Do you really want to have to justify the shortcuts you take to win this one? O’Malley should have had enough of that by now, right? Underground Championship ringing any bells? Now that I think about it, they could also bond over their collective embarrassment at the hands of Ben Jordan. A man that I will remind all of you, has never beaten me. Although, I have also never beaten him. He’s the only one. Hell of a guy.

....that’s how you’re supposed to do that Jack, if you want to roll that back and watch it a few times until it sinks in...

Seriously though… I know that we have another week of this before we actually get to step in the ring with one another, so hopefully the two of you at least put some thought into it. I know what side of the line that I am going to be staying on. I’m willing to gamble that I'm good enough to beat both of you without the need to do anything that is going to ruin how great of a match this can be.

Need I remind the two of you that we will be taking the stage after ten different championship matches. We’re going on a couple of matches after a Chamber of Extreme match. There’s already a booked last man standing match, and that’s before we get any crazy Roulette Championship stipulations. This card is loaded with current and very near future Hall of Famers. Just take a look at the sheer amount of asses that will be kicked next Sunday, and then think about the fact that we are the headline of it all.

All of us want to be the champion. All of us want to win.

Why can’t we also want to do a lot more than that?

What’s so wrong about that?

==========================
=================
===========

10
Climax Control Archives / The Continued Evolution of Kris Ryans
« on: January 08, 2021, 10:18:35 PM »
Enough
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
24 December 2014
OFF-Camera


"I can't believe I didn't abort you when your father begged me to...."

Maybe it wouldn't have hurt so bad if that was the worst thing she had called to say. Honestly, I didn't even know she was out of prison. Her sentence wasn't up yet. She must have gotten off for good behavior or something. If she were calling from the inside I would have been able to deny her call without even hearing her voice. If she were calling from the inside her words wouldn't have been slurred from however many gin and tonics she had put down.

"You are the reason Lindsey died. It was your fault. It should have been you. Look what you have made of yourself. You're a no good drug addict living off his brother."

That one had crippled me. My shoulder still hurts from sliding down the wall down to a sitting position and hitting the windowsill on my way down. Soon that pain would fade from my mind though. I mean, she was right. What have I done with my life? Failed career. Failed relationships. Jason has to shell out money for me to live like I do. The fact that I have cleaned up doesn't change any of that. How could anyone love or care about me? I don't deserve that in this life.

"You know, your father didn't even drink before you. We were happy. He loved us. And then you came along and ruined all of it. You cry and bitch about the things he allegedly did to you and your brother. You brought it on yourself Kristopher. Even if it is just your wild drug addled imagination slandering a good man."

I thought I had killed off all of those memories. The nights he had come home after mom was gone and beaten the hell out of us, those were the good nights. I didn't even get the worst of it then. It was always Jason. He has always been the one to take the fall or penalty just so I can slide by. Hearing her accuse me of none of it ever happening brought it all back and reliving it all was too much to even try to push through. I thought time... drugs... therapy... would have dulled that pain.  She cried at that point, I think. I was already trying to slip the details.

"I wish you would just die already. You should have never been here and you have all stolen twenty-four happy Christmases from us. You shouldn't be allowed to see another. You’re garbage Kris. I'm glad I never wasted time loving you."

Maybe she was right. Maybe I don't deserve to make it to see another happy Christmas. Looking down at the needle on the desk, the several empty caps, a quickly drying spoon, I can't help but agree with her. There's really only one thing left to do before I pull the rubber band from my arm and forget any of this ever happened. I tap the home button on the back of the phone twice to light up the screen. His face was right there on the main screen. I tap it, typing the text message with one hand.


Mom was right. I'm so sorry Jason. I love you. I wish that I could have been a better brother.


I watch the circle spin until it stops. The message sent. I close my eyes, and feel tears start to roll down them. I pull the rubber band off. It won't be long now.



==========================================================



The Past Has Passed
Jason’s House - Seattle
25 December 2020
OFF-Camera



Just as he felt himself slipped away, a jolt surges through Kris’ body and shakes him awake. He sits up instantaneously, sweat falling down his face. He does what he can to slow down his heart rate before his chest explodes. As he turns to the edge of the bed and swings his feet down to the cold floor, the memory starts to recede into the back of his mind where it belongs. He was six years removed from that day, the worst of his life. Luckily for him, his brother had managed to scrape him off the floor all those years ago, and paramedics were able to breathe life back into him shortly after. It was the lowest point of Kris life, and this time of year, it always haunted him. He had hoped it would stop once he found success. When that hadn’t worked, he thought maybe the death of the dreadful woman that birthed him would be enough to put it in his rearview. However, it appeared that this yearly ritual would continue until the day that Kris was finally allowed to check out of this existence.

He had no interest in going back to sleep. There was a chance that he was going to see the woman every time he closed his eyes for days. So instead of forcing himself back down into bed, Kris rises, shooting a glance towards an analog clock hanging on the wall. It was still the middle of the night. There was a good chance that he was going to be the only person meandering around the house at this hour, which felt perfect. He found comfort in the silent solitude. He put on a pair of basketball shorts, and was in the process of pulling his red hooded sweatshirt over his head as he was walking out the door when he was startled.


Kris: Jesus fuck!

Kris had almost run directly into his brother as he came through the doorway of the guest room and into the hallway. The older and wiser half of Jet City didn’t seem surprised to see his little brother out roaming the halls. Had they not been under the same roof, his phone likely would have been ringing in the near future anyways. As much as Kris’ nightmarish memory had become a yearly tradition, so too had their conversations afterwards. Jason needed only to see the look on his brother’s face before realizing what had roused Kris from his sleep.

Jason: Sometimes you just wish she would stay dead, eh?

Kris wipes the sleep away from his eyes and tries to straighten himself up. Jason was always dissecting the little details in order to answer questions without having to actually ask them, so there was no reason for Kris to try and hide how he was feeling.

Kris: Is it that obvious?

Jason shrugs with a small smile coming across his lips.

Jason: It’s been on my mind too. It always is this time of year. It’s not everyday that you have to bring your brother back from the dead.

Possibly for the first time, Kris started to see his memory from his brother’s perspective. The text message had been enough to send Jason rushing to Kris’ aid. However, the sight of his younger brother face down on the floor and unresponsive wasn’t something that he was ever going to forget. Jason could still hear the EMT’s arguing about throwing in the towel when it looked like Kris wasn’t going to come back. Yet he had, at the last possible moment. The two of them had been through a lot together, but that was the scariest moment of all for Jason. Both of them had been helpless children when their sister had died. Jason had been able to let go of the guilt over that. Standing by as an adult while his brother checked out of his plane of existence early would have been the worst way for history to repeat itself. He wasn’t so sure that he could have overcome the guilt of being the last child standing.

Kris: I’m not sure if I’ve ever act---

Jason shakes his head and cuts the sentence off before Kris can get it out.

Jason: You do every year, and everyday in the hospital afterwards. You don’t have to apologize anymore. Come on...

Jason pats his brother on the shoulder as he moves past him in the hallway. Two doors down from Kris’ bedroom was Jason’s office, which is where it looked like the two men were headed. As soon as they stepped foot into the room, the low yellow lights flipped on overhead automatically. Kris hadn’t been inside the office in several years, but was shocked as he looked around. Not only were all of the various championships and accolades from Jason’s career, including pictures of the two of them winning the SCW World Tag Team Championships, but there was an entire section with headlines and pictures of Kris and his successes. The first one that caught Kris’ eye was a picture of him holding the SCW Internet Championship over his head.

Kris: I didn’t know that you had all of this...

As Kris’ eyes wander across the wall in front of him, a smile crosses his face. His brother had been paying attention to everything he had done in SCW for years. He even already had the headlines from the SCW World Heavyweight Championship match with Jack pinned just overtop of a picture of the two of them celebrating as Jet City.

Jason: Just because I didn’t go back doesn’t mean I’m not watching. You’re putting together a career to be proud of.

Kris’ eyes find an article that Jason had printed out of the announcement of Jet City South’s grand opening just a few months ago. He was surprised. Jason hadn’t been the most pleased with Kris splitting away from JCSL in Seattle when he went back to Sin City. Kris thought that maybe his sibling may have written him off the same way most everyone else had.

Kris: I’m not sure there’s anyone in the world proud of me.

Jason sits down at his desk with a heavy sigh, and leans back in his chair.

Jason: That’s just your head playing tricks on you. The girls wouldn’t have wanted you to come back and spend the holidays with the kids if they weren’t proud of how you’ve turned yourself around.

Kris wasn’t willing to bet that his brother hadn’t already heard the whole story. He had to know that Kris hadn’t really turned himself around. Two months ago he was still spiraling out of control. He was lucky that when he was given the chance to prove himself, he had been able to step up. Kris wasn’t going to give himself too much credit for that though. He hadn’t known the girls were coming. He was just in the right place at the right time.

Kris: A couple of months of sobriety isn’t much to brag about…. Six years and I still can’t prove mom wrong.

The two of them had this conversation yearly, so Jason knew where it was going. Kris couldn’t see that the woman that pushed them out into this world was wrong, despite how many times had proven it. He had a family that cared about him no matter how much he tried to push them away. He wasn’t creating messes that Jason needed to clean up. Even more importantly, not only was he running his own gym but the days of Kris living in his brother’s shadow were long over. Kris had miraculously risen from the dead and achieved everything he ever wanted. Yet, he was still hung up on a drunken conversation with a spiteful woman. Jason knew hammering that subject wasn’t going to work though. He needed to get Kris to look past it.

Jason: How many people in this world can say that they had a dream as a child, and are actually living it as an adult?

Kris turns away from the wall to look at his brother puzzled. After a couple moments of consideration, Kris played along.

Kris: Probably not a lot. Why?

Now that he had his brother’s attention Jason doesn’t break from his gaze. He was hoping that the reason that this yearly pep talk never worked was because they were always talking over a phone. If Kris had to look him in the eye, maybe things would finally start to sink in. He wasn’t going to waste the opportunity to try, and if he failed, he knew he would get another shot in 365 days.

Jason: Well you are. That’s what makes it so miraculous from my perspective. Since you were a little kid fighting for your life, the only thing you’ve ever wanted to be was a fighter. You do that in Sin City week after week. You get to live your dream in front of thousands of people… some that cheer for you no matter how horrible you are.

Kris shrugs. He loved his career, but looking back at everything it had cost him to get to where he is, he wasn’t sure that it was the best path. His desire to be inside the ring cost him his past relationships. Being on the road so much had always limited his ability to make and maintain friendships. He may have been living his dream, but he was doing it all alone. It almost didn’t seem worth it.

Kris: It’s just another addiction. I like the attention. I like not knowing if I am going to be able to win. Everything in the ring feels like being backed into a corner, and having to fight your way out. It’s...

He couldn’t find the right word, but Jason had it immediately.

Jason: Familiar.

It catches Kris off-guard, and he almost shakes his head to disagree with his brother. However, just before he does, the word really sinks in and stops him.

Jason: For someone that has been fighting for as long as they can remember, sitting still is hard. Believe me. I’ve been there. There’s no shame in that. You went back because it is where you feel that you belong, and that’s why you’re so good at it. People don’t understand that the six-sided ring is actually your comfort zone. It’s being out in the world that actually scares you. I have always thought that’s why you started doing drugs in your down time. It passes the time, and stops you from having to actually figure out why you’re not happy.

Kris steps away from the wall and moves to the opposite side of the desk that his brother sits behind. He wasn’t angry. He wasn’t going to take offense, or lash out at his brother for his honesty. Kris falls into the chair across from his brother and looks up at the ceiling.

Kris: I don’t even know where I would start...

This was progress. Jason sits forward in his chair, nearly dumbfounded that Kris was participating in the conversation without becoming combative.

Jason: Who is saying you haven’t already started?

Confused, Kris looks down from the ceiling and back to his brother without sitting up in his chair.

Kris: I’m not following.

Jason shrugs.

Jason: You cleaned yourself up without help this time. And without anyone having to beg you to do it. You did it on your own. You’re running a gym that is becoming just as successful as what we built up here. You’re carrying two championships in the company you love, and have apparently pulled your head out of your ass lately. You’re growing up, whether you see it or not.

Maybe Kris was too close to all of it to be able to see it as progress, but he was willing to take the compliment anyways. Usually these conversations involved being called a fuck up. He was enjoying the more positive spin this one was taking.

Kris: I thought we promised that we weren’t going to do that though?

The two laugh.

Jason: Never intentionally. It just has a way of sneaking up on you.



==========================================================





>There is one thing that everything that I have accomplished in this company has in common.

I earned it.

I earned every opportunity that I was given. I relied on my abilities to win the championships that I have in this company. Every award, victory, and championship reign cost blood, sweat, tears, and broken bones. I have been injured in the six-sided Sin City ring more times than I remember. I have broken walls backstage with my body. I have been beaten with every weapon that this roster can think of. I have suffered setbacks, and overcome all of them.

I never wanted a championship handed to me. I didn’t even want an opportunity to challenge for one that I didn’t earn. Look at how Mikah and I worked our way up the mixed tag team division before challenging for the championships. Look at how I waited until I had won more than ten consecutive matches before redeeming my opportunity to regain the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. I am not sitting here as a dual SCW champion for the second time in my career because I took shortcuts. I put the work in. I lost a lot of matches, and rose from the ashes to earn the championships that I have carried, and the awards that I have won. That is why there are people that buy tickets to the shows just because my name is on the card. 

That is not a status that Caleb Storms is going to rise to by being handed a championship by J2H3. Especially not when the only reason for Caleb getting the title was because he was the biggest joke on the roster. You see, people look at Caleb as a guy that has to be handed everything because he can’t do anything right on his own. I mean, I closed out the year with fourteen consecutive wins over some of the best that this company has to offer. On the other hand, Caleb made a lot of noise for someone that lost like eight straight at one point last year. The guy has his ass handed to him more often than he pulls out victories, and it has been like that since he made his way to Sin City. Nobody is surprised to see Caleb lose. They are surprised to see Mark and Christian allow him to hold a championship that he has no hope of successfully defending. Maybe it is a slightly better option than forcing it to be vacated, but not by much. Caleb is never going to better himself or his craft by being handed things.

As a champion, I am insulted by how this match is being sold to the public. This isn’t a champion versus champion situation. This is a champion taking on a pretender. It might be the main event of the night, but there won’t be any surprises for the audience. The SCW World Heavyweight Champion is going to begin the year doing what he does best, and Caleb Storms will be well on his way to another losing record in 2021. We couldn’t be any more different from one another, and that is never going to change until Caleb takes a hard look at himself. Only he can make the changes that he needs to in order to break out of that mediocre shell of his. I’m not saying it’s not possible. I’m not saying that he isn’t talented enough to do it. It’s not like everyone thought that I was going to make it to where I am. Think about it. I am referred to as The Miracle, because I should have never risen to the level that I am at. I started out my time in this company getting beaten regularly. I have grown, adapted, and evolved over the years in order to keep inching closer and closer to the top spot in this company. Nothing and nobody was going to stand in my way or prevent me from getting to where I wanted to be. All that hard work has paid off not once, but twice in my career. I am once again the face of this company, and it was just as miraculous this time as it was last time.

I am going to say something that most will laugh at me for: I believe that Caleb Storms could do everything that I have done in this company and more. I mean look at me! I did it, and I am not the biggest, or the strongest member of this roster. I am not the smartest, or the most well-trained. However, being at the top of a company like this was my dream since I was a child, and I never let it go. I wanted it bad enough that I refused to accept no for an answer. I fought, I clawed, and I eventually got to where I wanted to be. Over the years we have all seen those same flashes of brilliance but they are few and stuffed between some really bad losses. For every step forward he takes, there are several that move him backwards. He has been a talented member of this roster for years, and the only thing he has to show for it is being an easy target for a punchline. I feel bad for him, but I feel worse for the championship belt that he holds. Without the Internet Championship in his possession, Caleb Storms is just an athlete that hasn’t quite found his rhythm yet. With the championship, he is a disappointing waste of potential.

So Caleb, unfortunately I have to make an example out of you on Climax Control. I have been trying to be a better role model for this company. What you are doing with that championship is not something that I can let slide. The people in the locker room, and the fans in the crowd deserve something better than you have proven yourself capable of offering. You haven’t earned the right to be called a champion, and I refuse to treat you like one until you stand toe-to-toe with me and prove me wrong.

There is part of me that really, really hopes that you are able to rise to that occasion this Sunday. I think we all know that the chances of that happening are nearly zero though. If it’s any consolation, maybe this match and these words will wake up something inside of you that I really hope is there. Maybe this is your time to miraculously rise up and skyrocket to the top of this company like Jack Washington did in 2020. I don’t see it happening, but am inviting you, daring you even, to show up at Climax Control and make it happen.

Step up and become The Miracle...

...or shut up and take the L.




11
Climax Control Archives / Someone like Kris
« on: December 18, 2020, 10:59:53 PM »
The Real World
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
21 November 2020
OFF-Camera


The big one was right around the corner. Sure, he had to defend the Mixed Tag Team Championships at High Stakes in less than 24 hours, but he was already thinking past that. Time was running out on the control that he had of his own destiny. It was strange, he never actually thought that he would make it to the end of the year without being forced to put his opportunity on the line, or cash it in early to either win or reclaim the mixed tag team championships. Making it to the end of the year with his opportunity intact hadn’t seriously crossed his mind. Even worse, actually using his opportunity to ascend back to his rightful place atop of the SCW roster was overwhelming to think about. Back when Kris returned to Sin City, chasing after the World Heavyweight Championship was the last thing on his mind. It was Crystal that handed him the opportunity that he never asked for. All he did was go out to the ring and win it. That was hardly a challenge given that his competition was O’Malley, Barnhart and his former friend, Griffin Hawkins. Even then, he was able to put it in the back of his mind for the last few months. However, in the last few weeks, the idea of having one big match to close out the year was starting to feel real. The problem was, he wasn’t necessarily ready for it.

He wasn’t as sure of himself now as he was back in 2018. Kris spent the majority of the year hiding in the mixed tag division and doing what was easiest. Sure his record looked nice on paper, but he wasn’t challenging himself the way that he used to. He wasn’t even sure if he really even wanted to keep going. On top of that, stepping up to challenge for the top prize felt like more than he could handle. In preparation, he had quietly gone about cleaning himself up over the last three weeks. The plan was two months of sobriety by the time Christmas came around. Not just for Sin City and his big opportunity, but for himself. It didn’t seem like much of a goal, but it was a big step for Kris, especially on his own. Still, he didn’t think that it would be enough. He had started pushing the Jet City South students a little harder in order to sharpen his own skills. He still felt like he was playing catch-up though. He had been coasting for months, and trying to get back into the swing of things was more difficult with age and injuries. At least he could say that it was starting to pay off. He was getting there physically, but the stress of it all was running him down. Mentally, maybe pressure was just too much. He had a feeling that it was all of this was going to be too little, too late.

Those were the thoughts haunting him as he sat silently in the center of his room, in front of a blank canvas that he had been struggling to put color to for hours. The sudden rapid tapping of what sounded like a dozen people startled him and nearly knocked him off his chair. He didn’t have energy to spare in order to be mad at his intruders, but when he reached for the handle and pulled the door away from its attackers he didn’t know what to expect on the other side.


Kristopher Ryans: Why is everyone always so anno---

When his eyes found the three women in the hallway his mouth stopped moving. His breath became stuck in his lungs and his eyes fell down to the floor. On the bright side, he was glad that he hadn’t come to the door shouting in anger. That outburst only would’ve made things worse for him.

Liz Smalls: Oh lookies, he’s like speechless and stuffs. That’s new. I like it.

Liz was the last person that he thought would be at his door. She tended to stay as far away from wrestling shows as she could, especially with companies she used to be a part of. Her time with SCW was long over. She left the wrestling lifestyle behind years ago to focus on being a mother and a businesswoman. There were significantly less concussions in that line of work, even if it was Kris’ son she was raising. They were co-parents, but not so much friends. Let’s just say they got along better with distance between them. She wasn’t the problem though. Likely she was just along for the ride with the two other women.

Kali Fox-Cooper: He’s looking like shit too...

Kali, his former manager in SCW who became much more than that over the course of their time together. Without her, he probably would have never gotten to the World Heavyweight Championship reign that turned  him into The Miracle.

Heather Cooper: Yeah… well… it’s not like he has any supervision these days. You know he can’t take care of himself.

His now ex-wife was the reason that his eyes were focused on the floor. He hadn’t actually laid eyes on her since he left, but that was his fault. Heather was a recovering addict, just as he was but she managed to keep herself together because of the children they shared. That was supposed to be enough. It never was though. Kris always caved in, and all three of the women in front of him wouldn’t tolerate it anymore. That is how he ended up in San Diego in the first place.

Kris: ....I… uh…. can….

He was struggling to put together any series of words that wasn’t just going to dig the hole he was in deeper for himself. Luckily, Liz didn’t have the patience to wait for him to invite them in, so she cut him off by pushing past him and into the room.

Liz: Come on! If he’s really sad he’s deffs been painting.

Kali dips past him as well, and the two ladies go to work judging him for his living conditions. Heather pauses at the door, glaring at Kris even though he refuses to look up at her. He takes a step back and moves aside to allow her to pass into the room.

Liz: It’s so dark in here! How do you live like this?

She yanks open the black-out curtains covering several panels of large bay windows, brightening up the space immediately. Kris’ eyes have trouble focusing in the light, but help the three of them to quickly survey their surroundings.

Kristopher: It feels too big when it is all lit up...

Kali laughs at the excuse.

Kali: Coming from the guy who left Seattle so that he could compete in front of crowds again that is kind of funny...

Heather moves across the room and smacks Kali’s upper arm. The tension in the room was already making her nervous, and she could see from Kris' overall demeanor that he wasn’t exactly enjoying any of this either. There was no need to make this any worse than it was already.

Heather: You’ve been painting a lot...

It was just an observation, but it came off as more of an accusation. He knew what she meant. The more he painted, the more he was spending time alone, and if he was sealing himself off from the world, there was only one other thing he would be doing. To Heather, seeing the walls lined with canvases told her that he was not only on drugs, but had been for weeks, if not months. Even worse, hardly anything she could see was finished. Like he had no direction or inspiration. They all felt empty.

Kristopher: I have classes to teach at the gym. Sin City stuff to prepare for. I just do it to keep busy the rest of the time.

He was still talking to the floor, trying to lengthen the amount of time that they were spending on the pleasantries knowing that they didn’t really give a damn about his artwork.

Kali: I would have thought you filled most of that time nodding off in a corner somewhere...

Heather turned to Kali to defend Kris, but he was more than happy to stick up for himself on this one. There was no way that he was going to let himself come between them now that they had moved on in their relationship without him. It was the absolute least he could do.

Kristopher: I was. You’re right. I mean it’s not like I could hide it from any of you. I’m doing better now.

Heather relaxes slightly, but it wasn’t a good enough answer for either of the other two.

Liz: So does that just mean like… you’re not on anything right this second?

The really shocking thing was that Liz was able to cut into the conversation without being focused on them at all. Instead, she was working her way around the different paintings in the room. Five long years had been more than enough time to learn how to handle Kris better than most people could. Sidestepping his bullshit was almost second nature to her at this point.

Kristopher: Totally clean for over three weeks. I’m trying to pull myself back together. I have a big one coming up.

Kali: Defending your titles with Mikah?

That was not a subject that Kris was going to tackle with all of them right now, so he made sure to clarify his answer.

Kristopher: No, that will be a walk in the park. I’m talking about the match for the championship on the last show of the year. Not sure who it will be against yet.

Kali and Heather exchange a look with one another, as Liz finally finishes her lap around the room. The three women come together in front of him and have a short, nearly silent conversation that Kris doesn’t catch. He is finally able to meet Heather’s eyes, but only for her to immediately turn away. The three women appear to come to an agreement between themselves before Kali sighs heavily in his direction.

Kali: We want you to come back to Seattle with us after that match. We were really hoping that you would leave and come with us tomorrow, but if you have something else scheduled, we understand. But, you’ve been gone most of the year. The kids miss you. Quarantines have been lifting. It’s time to come back to the real world. We agreed that you could as long as you were leaving the drugs behind.

It wasn’t what he was expecting at all. He had assumed that this trip was going to be something negative. He had been bracing for the worst type of news, but what he was hearing was relief.

Kristopher: I mean, it’s still a few weeks away but there is a big break coming up anyways so---

Kali’s jaw clenches up and she looks over at Heather as if silently saying she told her it was going to go this way. The look of disappointment on Heather’s face was equally as telling. That was not the answer that any of them had wanted to hear.

Liz: Okies…. I’ll say it. Why are you so set on dying in the ring like my daddy did, huh? You come down here and get hurt all the time. Your whole family wants you to come home. You just want to sit down here, paint nothing at all, do your drugs, and sulk? No thank you.

Her sudden attack on him struck a nerve, and he couldn’t help but snap back at her.

Kristopher: I said I stopped. And you three were the ones that asked me to leave!

Heather finally steps up, raising her voice to stop Kris’ argument in its tracks.

Heather: We asked you to get help! We asked you to figure your shit out! We asked you to stop shutting us out, and let us help you work on whatever it is that has you fucked up after all these years! And for all we did, you ran away!

Kris shrugs, but his tone totally changes. Instead of puffing out his chest and getting louder, he shrinks back, wishing he wouldn’t have said anything at all.

Kali: You wanted to come down here to handle yourself, and make the Hall of Fame. Instead you spiraled out of control, and missed your opportunity. It’s time to cut your losses. You have a family to think about. Knock this off before you get yourself hurt again. I’m sorry you didn’t get what you wanted out of it.

He points at the rings on both Kali and Heather’s hands with another unapologetic shrug.

Kristopher: Looks like everyone is pretty fucking happy without me...

Heather shakes his head and opens her mouth to defend both herself and Kali, but Liz cuts her off.

Liz: First off Kristopher, LANGUAGE! We don’t need to talk like that to speak to each other! Shame on you! A secondly, these two can do whatever they want. They don’t have to sit around waiting on you to finally grow up. You should be happy for them! Just because you are dead set on being miserable doesn’t mean everyone else has to be!

Heather steps past Liz to be face-to-face with her ex-husband. He was still one of her best friends and she was not going to let him continue to throw himself away without at least giving it one last shot.

Heather: You are lucky that we are going to let you be a part of our kids lives. We definitely don’t have to be nice, but we knew what we were signing up for when we got involved with you. You are chaos that we chose, but it’s time to grow up. Come home.

Her words cuts him in half, but before Kris can answer, Liz interrupts the two of them with a challenge.

Liz: How’s about this? You win… like you can somehow... like... become the SCW Champion... You vacate your other title, and stay until you lose the big one. You might even make that Hall of Fame next time around. Maybe… like they’re not too busy inducting all of The Mean Girls as a group. Sorry not sorry. BUT…..If you lose, you have to come home at the end of the year and never look back. Okies?

Kris doesn’t immediately answer. Instead, his mouth opens and closes and few times wordlessly as he tries to find a way out of it without seeming cowardly. Kali laughs, drawing everyone’s attention to her.

Kali: He won’t take that bet. Look at him. He’s not Kristopher Ryans “The Miracle” anymore…. He’s not even a Nobody anymore. He’s a scared, sorry-ass shell of himself, and he knows it….he’s even too afraid to come home. This was a waste of time. There’s not enough left of him worth bringing back with us.

Again, he tries to put together the words to defend himself, but nothing comes out before more piles on him.

Heather: You’re right. Maybe this was a bad idea.

Clearly upset, Heather turns and leaves the room without giving Kris a chance to talk his way out of it. Kali shoots him another disappointing look before following Heather out to try and calm her down. Liz watches them go, but then focuses her attention back on Kris.

Liz: So many paintings, and not one of them mean a thing. Everything you used to do was always so inspired. Now you’re just going through the motions. Everyone can see it. That’s why they keep overlooking you, and that’s why you look lost. It was cute for a while, but now it’s kinda just like….sad.

Kris smiles, because despite the fact that everything she said was hurtful, she was still here. Despite everything that they had been through she was the only one to never write him off. It was the thing he found most intolerable about her.

Kristopher: Why does it sound like you’re the only one of the three of you not giving up on me?

She smiles, and reaches down into her purse. When her hand comes back out, she has an entire Nails by Liz kit in it. She tosses it to him excitedly and sits down, waving her fingernails at him.

Liz: ....I did come all this way….

Kris reluctantly pulls up a chair and sits down across from her. He hadn’t seen a kit like this one since the two of them were last in a relationship with one another. She was always a fan of his artistic ability, and used it for her own gain.

Kristopher: It’s been a long time since we’ve done this.

Liz shrugs with a smile.

Liz: You don’t talk a lot while you’re concentrating, and I have lots to say. Like, you can just listen because you’re in desperate need of being set straight…. Well, maybe that’s a bad choice of words.

Kris’ attention moves from her hands back up to her eyes, but it was the reaction that Liz expected from him.

Kristopher: Wh---

She shakes her head and puts her hands back in his, trying to drive his attention back to her nails.

Liz: More of that later, more nails now. And nothing sucky like those paintings! I have to be seen with these!

Kris starts to open up the kit, happy to have the distraction, even though it was going to come with a lecture. Plus, it was going to give him an excuse to avoid the crossfire that would happen if he chased after Heather and Kali. That was a problem to deal with at another time, and he wasn’t sure he was ever going to be able to fix those hurt feelings.


==========================================================




Long Day
Jet City South - San Diego
1 December 2020
OFF-Camera


Fenris: So, this is it.

The voice echoed off of the walls inside of Jet City South, the training facility that Kris opened with Coby Quik. Fenris was out of the country before Kris got the gym put together, so this was the first time that he was seeing it.

Kris: I know. It’s not the GO Gym. Still… I think I put together something decent this time around.

Kris searched Fenris’ face to see if he was going to attempt to hide how unimpressed he was with the gym. Fenris stood stubbornly silent on the matter, which was almost worse.

Kris: You know, there was a time where you had less of a grasp on the English language and I could let the silence go. Now that I know that you’re just being harsh, it’s a lot less pleasant.

Fenris gave him nothing but the blank stare of his icy blue eyes in response. He wasn’t sure why Kris had called him here. He had made it seem important, only to be stalling and for what, Fenris wasn’t sure. The only thing that he knew was that if he waited him out, Kris would stop beating around the bush.

Kris: So I realize that the two of us treat whatever this is as a joke most of the time, but you are pretty much the most straightforward person I know….

The words just kind of fall out of his mouth without Kris putting a whole lot of thought into them. He realized that in situations like this, he rarely helped himself by over-thinking. He just needed to let the words fall out as they came to mind. If Kris broke things down as they came to him, Fenris would tell him how to put the pieces together. There was no game between them. There was no manipulating one another. It was the kind of safety net that Kris needed at the moment.

Fenris: So there’s an actual reason that you asked me to come see your gym? A hidden agenda? Why am I not surprised?

Most of the time, Kris demonstrated the exact opposite of Fenris’ straightforward personality. Yet, they always seemed to click around one another. As friends. As more than. Everyone had heard the stories. Many had seen the video evidence that neither of them had been happy about the world getting  its hands on. However, during that scandal, Kris had been able to take the heat for both of them. He was able to be unapologetically open and honest about who he was. He took the lead on a subject that made Fenris want to curl up and hide, at least at the time. It was the one part of Kris that made stomaching the rest of him not so bad.

Kris: So all of the lady exes came to visit me before High Stakes. They want me to come home in a couple weeks after I cash in my opportunity against Jack.

It was not a turn that Fenris saw coming. In all of their time hanging out together, the subject of Kris’ family only came up rarely. Kris was more of an ‘in the moment’ type, which was probably the reason that most of his friendships and relationships fell apart. His impulsivity gets more and more toxic over time, and people give up on him.

Fenris: They think you’ll get beat badly enough to walk away?

It was meant as a joke, but the way that Kris took it told Fenris that he had successfully struck a nerve. Kris averted his eyes and started to chew on the inside of his mouth. He was agitated, and actually opening up was not something that he did well. Instead of taking the joke personally, he tried to push past it.

Kris: From the sounds of it…. yeah.

It was time for some of the tough truth that Fenris assumed that Kris had called him to provide. Kris just hadn’t accounted for the disappointment on his friend’s face.

Fenris: Oh, for good?

Kris shrinks a little. He had already started to turn away, but now his eyes fell to the floor. The ladies had every reason to try and create doubt in his mind. Fenris didn’t.

Kris: They said that when I lose I should come back home with them and worry about taking care of my kids. Put all of this behind me the same way that Liz did a few years back. They think a lot of my problems have to do with the fact that I need this business to make myself feel special, but it brings out the worst in me.

Even though Kris couldn’t see him, Fenris was mostly nodding in agreement with his former adversary. That was, until he got to the last part. There was a reason that Kris wasn’t himself, but it had nothing to do with Sin City itself.

Fenris: Blaming a company that signs your paychecks is dumb. The reason that you don’t feel like yourself is because you aren’t acting like yourself. You stopped being your own person months ago. If this is all you have to offer, maybe you should go home.

Kris had tried really hard not to take the attacks personally from the girls, but this was getting to be too much. He was having trouble not getting defensive. Part of him knew that what Fenris was saying was true, but it didn’t make it harder to hear.

Kris: Yeah, they said that too. They said I’m not The Miracle anymore. How could I expect to walk into Climax Control and act like I know it’s not true. Sure, I’ve only lost one match this year, but it’s not like I’ve had the stiffest competition.

Again, Fenris agreed with most of what he was saying, but felt like Kris wasn’t putting together the obvious answer.

Fenris: When you came back you looked happy... You looked like you wanted to be out in the ring competing.... You were whole. You had a hell of a match with Griffin…. You won the opportunity to get back the championship you couldn’t win from me... but then you froze…. and Mikah came along….

Kris couldn’t help but notice the change in tone for the last of Fenris’ words. Any attempt he was making to hold back his defensiveness went out the window the moment his partner got dragged into the conversation.

Kris: Mikah doesn’t have shit to do with shit.

Fenris holds up both of this hands in front of his chest innocently, but it is more sarcasm than anything else.

Fenris: I forgot, your tag team partner isn’t subject to criticism, even though she only agreed to come back once you had a guaranteed championship match.

Kris was starting to miss the days when this kind of communication between the two of them was impossible.

Kris: And I didn’t let her use me to get it! But I guess that doesn’t matter. I’m still somehow just doing what she wants in everyone’s eyes. I should have known this was a bad idea...

Not one to back down in the face of someone being aggressive, Fenris fired right back at him.

Fenris: You shouldn’t have asked for advice that you weren’t ready to hear. You’re only getting upset because you know I’m right. You changed when she came back. You have bent yourself to her will at every turn. You got your opportunity and it freaked you out, so you have been hiding under her thumb ever since. It’s not like I haven’t been watching, and you’re only mad because you know it’s true.

Kris shrugs his shoulders, finally giving up his defense.

Kris: What if it’s just easier doing what she wants instead of dealing with the consequences of being myself? She gives me cover. Everyone blames her for every little thing that we do, and it’s easier for me to let it be that way.

It was still baffling to Fenris that Kris couldn’t see how big of a problem that really was.

Fenris: And you wonder why everyone thinks that you are in over your head right now. You’ve been hiding for the last six months and now you’re out of time. It’s finally time to step up and all of your exes show up and give you the option to run away from everything all over again. You’re saying that your choices are be Mikah’s bitch, or run away. I think you’re better than either of those two choices, so make a better one.

Fenris gives him a chance to tell him that he is wrong, but Kris makes no attempt to defend himself.

Fenris: You can’t keep going the way things are going, but I don’t think that you should run away either. The girls might be half right, but they’re wrong about running away. Maybe stop trying so hard to be Mikah’s partner, and try being Kristopher Ryans for a while. Then face your fears instead of running away. You’re never going to know if you can make it to the top again unless you give it a shot. What do you have to lose?

Being Kristopher Ryans was exactly what felt so fucking terrifying to him. Taking that shot and letting everyone down was the whole reason that being part of a team had been more appealing. It had been months since he had to deal with anything close to real anxiety about losing. He had been able to sit back on auto-pilot while looking more and more impressive on paper. Though the more he thought about it, the more he realized that he had been moving in a different direction before The Black Sheep reemerged. That could be the explanation for feeling so lost, although Liz certainly had her own theory on that. Kris wasn’t sure now was the time to cross that bridge though.

Kris: I’m pretty sure nobody really gives a shit about Kris Ryans anymore.

Fenris shrugged.

Fenris: I’m a fan. There are others. I think we’re all just hoping to see the real Kris come back. The one that I really wanted to face for a championship after winning that Blast from the Past tournament.

The words brought a smile to Kris’ face, but he wasn’t even sure that he could explain why. The idea that the way he was feeling wasn’t his true self was sort of a relief. Maybe all he needed to do in order to feel better was correct the course he was on. Could it be that easy to shrug all of the negativity off of him.

Kris: I’m not even sure what that would look like.

Fenris shrugged, motioning towards the ring in front of the two of them. Jet City South was still set to be empty for a couple of hours, but the six sided ring in the center of the room was always lit up by the overhead lights.

Fenris: Well, we have a couple weeks…. let’s see if we can figure it out.

Fenris made a motion to pull his hooded sweatshirt over his head, not waiting for Kris to respond one way or the other. He knew what the answer was going to be, because he wasn’t going to be accepting anything other than yes. Luckily, Kris had no intention of turning him down.

Kris: You’re on!


==========================================================



>As the scene opens, we see the challenger to Jack Washington’s championship sitting in a plastic chair on a San Diego beach. He appears to be the only one out, with the beaches in the area still closed. Luckily for Kris, the house that Jet City built backed up directly to the water. The local government couldn’t kick him off of his own property. The Miracle had a red hoodie zipped up to his chin since the breeze coming in off the water was chilly. He wasn’t complaining though. This was his happy place. He had spent decades of his life sitting in this sand. It was comforting.

You know, Sin City didn’t have to let me come back.

His checkered past with the company was a never-ending cycle of coming and going for one reason or another. Sometimes it was the drugs. Other times it was injuries. There was always something taking his focus away. Kris was done living that life though.

Every time that I left I would think to myself that there is no way that they would let me back in. I felt like I had burned the bridge several too many times. Yet, there was always someone in the office that had my back. There was always someone willing to give me another chance to make good on all my promises. The Kris Ryans redemption story was apparently an easy pitch, because it must have worked five or six times by now.

He laughs, although he shouldn’t take any kind of enjoyment out of the problems that he has caused over the years.

I like to think that over time I have given Sin City a good return on their investment. For a time, I was the face of this company. I got to hold the SCW World Heavyweight Championship for a long time. To be honest, I kind of lucked into getting that shot as well. I went to Mark and Christian and appealed to them to let me give this company a better ending than the one that they were getting. I wanted to give something back to the fans, the competitors in the locker room, and the people behind the scenes that had given me every opportunity to succeed up to that point, only for me to piss it away. I couldn’t stomach to see Sin City close forever with Calvin Harris or Tommy Crimson being the last person to hold our top prize.

He smiles, but to this point refuses to look into the lens of the camera.

I think the reason that I have been thinking about that so much is because it was the one time that I managed to live up to all of the expectations that people had of me. I didn’t come back just to collect a check to get what I really wanted. I didn’t come back for personal success. I came back because I wanted to do something for this company, and its fans. I wanted to give them a feel-good moment before we went off the air forever, because the people deserved that for all of the time and energy that they had invested in us over the years. I wanted to do that because I used to be a little kid watching shows like the ones that we put on in Sin City and dreaming that I could be a part of it. I wanted to give that version of myself an ending that he deserved…. and that was when everything just kind of clicked for me.

His eyes aren’t focused on the waves anymore, and instead flick back and forth as Kris tries to remember the feeling he had raising both the Roulette and SCW Championships when Full Circle went off the air. His final moment was supposed to live forever. Years later, it just feels like the best dream he ever had. The company reopened. Now it’s just another moment lost in the vast history of Sin City.

Being the top champion of this company wasn’t something that I took lightly. People talk about the championship like it is something to add to your resume and rub in everyone else’s faces. It is a lot more than that though. Holding that championship might make you feel like you’re somebody, but I have always believed that the champion says more about the company than the championship itself says about the champion. When you hold that belt, you are the measuring stick by which all other companies judge us. You are the chosen leader of the roster. The things you say, and the things that you do, matter. It’s a responsibility as much as it is an accolade and I don’t think very many people in this business actually understand that. I know that our current champion doesn’t. I know that the last few seemed to have missed that memo as well.

He finally looks into the lens of the camera, not afraid to call out the lackluster transitional champions that have attempted to take over in the last six months or so.

There was a reason that I held onto my opportunity to challenge for the top belt for as long as I did. I didn’t think that I was ready to take on the responsibility. When I came back this last time, it wasn’t to do the right thing. It wasn’t to give everyone the champion or competitor that they deserved. It was selfish. I came back for myself, and have spent the last six months doing what I felt was best for me, not this company. I didn’t want the pressure or the spotlight, because I didn’t know if I was still capable of carrying an entire company on my back without making it all about me. I didn’t know if I could do what only Ben Jordan and Fenris were able to do during my two year absence. I wasn’t sure if I still had it in me to be The Miracle.

It was honesty from a man that had spent the better part of the last year using a whole lot of words to say nothing at all. It was starting to feel like maybe Kris was starting to shed the protective shell that he had built around himself.

This company deserves better. The people that watch it deserve better. I have been sitting back and watching this company fall into the mediocrity that I said that I was going to stop. I watched Griffin Hawkins, Alex Jones and now Jack Washington stake a claim to something that they are not capable of actually living up to. Maybe I am just now waking up to the fact that I have a responsibility to set things right in this company. Just like at Full Circle years ago, I have an obligation to step up and stop the horror show known as 2020 as it comes to a close.

The signature Kris smirk that has frustrated many opponents over his career appears across his face, and Kris stands up out of his chair.

People are going to ask; why me? Well my record speaks for itself. There’s not a single thing worth doing in this company that I haven’t already accomplished. So they’ll ask; why now? And to that I say, I think that I have wasted enough time sitting on the bench. In the last year I have proven that there still isn’t anyone in this company that is capable of taking me down, so why not take my place at the top of the ladder? Sin City deserves better than what Jack Washington is capable of providing. I think it’s long past time I do my best to give everyone what they actually deserve.

With that, he exits the frame, leaving the camera focused on his empty chair and the waves rolling in. After a brief moment, the camera fades to black.


==========================================================




Push
Jet City South - San Diego
18 December 2020
OFF-Camera


Kris was closing in on two full months of sobriety, but was also just forty-eight short hours from walking into Climax Control to challenge Jack Washington. A month ago he was terrified of the challenge that this weekend represented, but with each passing day he was more and more ready. His sense of excitement about the business was coming back. Getting the drugs out of his system once and for all had helped clear his mind. The harsh reality that Liz and the girls had slapped him with really shook him out of sleepwalking he had been doing for months. Plus, his conversation with Liz led him to Fenris, who had been the most helpful person to have around while preparing for a championship match. Kris was starting to feel like the man that walked into Full Circle and turned the world on its head. Not long ago, he wouldn’t have thought it was possible. However, now that he was back on the right path, he couldn’t shake the feeling that he had led someone else down the wrong one.

Kris: I was wondering when you were going to show up...

After taking a look at the security cameras in Jet City South, Kris knew where to find Court. Since she had started her losing streak, she was avoiding everyone. The more time Kris spent with Fenris though, the more he felt responsible for Court’s regression in the ring. He was supposed to be her mentor, and he hadn’t been taking that responsibility seriously.

Court: You just want to rub it in my face that you’re getting everything you want and apparently I suck?

Kris takes a deep breath and steps away from the ropes and into the center of Jet City’s ring as Court approaches. He didn’t want anything that he did to seem threatening, because there was no way she was going to trust that this wasn’t all some game.

Kris: I wanted to say I’m sorry for not being a better teacher.

Court steps between the middle and bottom ropes, joining him in the ring. As he suspected, there was no way that she believed him. Most likely, she thought he was mocking her in an attempt to hurt her feelings. He knew he didn’t deserve the benefit of the doubt, so couldn’t complain about not getting it.

Court: Are you fucking kidding me? You’ve never been a good teacher. For fuck’s sake you taunted me into breaking my hand which caused me to miss time in the first place. You cost me my chance at the Bombshell Championship! Then you pushed me way too hard over and over again until I missed years of my career. You have been the absolute worst to me since I first asked you and Mikah for help, and now you want to apologize?

Kris takes a step away from her as her voice raises and she advances on him. He tries to hold up his hands in innocence, but she slaps at them causing him to jump back away from her.

Kris: You’re right. I’m not even arguing with you.

Court clenches her jaw and looks away from him. Blood has already rushed to her face, and she has to take a deep breath in an attempt to keep herself from letting her emotions boil over. It takes her a few moments, but she is finally able to force out a few words almost under her breath.

Court: You don’t just get to apologize for being a shitty person for years.

Kris nods, still keeping his distance from her. He wasn’t dumb enough to think that he could take her down if she was determined enough to hurt him. Mikah had trained Court in all of the technical wrestling that Kris was too stubborn to ever pay too much attention to. He didn’t want it to come to that though. They were on the same team. They always had been, even if he never acted like it.

Kris: Look, from the moment you showed up and asked Mikah to train you, I have been hard on you. I thought that maybe I was just being as shitty to you as the world was to me, and that maybe you would learn to rise above it like I did.

Court shrugs her shoulders, so he was trying to demean her after all. She should have seen it coming.

Court: Sorry I wasn’t good enough to meet your expectations.

Kris shakes his head. He should have known that she would have taken his words as a jab instead of how he meant them. He had trained her to always assume the worst about every word that came out of someone’s mouth. In a way, he had nobody to blame but himself.

Kris: That’s my fault. I kept wanting you to do better without ever doing anything to actually help you. Breaking you down isn’t helpful. I was just doing to you what so many people were always doing to me. To be honest, I still haven’t been able to shrug a lot of that off. I am a broken work in progress, and I have turned you into the same thing. The problem is, you didn’t start broken. I made you that way. That’s why I wanted to apologize to you.

Court moves away from him and screams into the void of the empty gym. She throws several punches at the top turnbuckle of the nearest corner and yells out again in an attempt to vent at least some of the feelings racing through every cell in her body. She turns back at him still angry.

Court: ...what am I supposed to do with any of this? I get that you’re saying all this to make yourself feel better, but what am I supposed to do with? You need me to tell you that it is all alright? I can’t do that.

Kris shakes his head.

Kris: I don’t expect that at all. To be honest, if you don’t want anything to do with me, Jet City South, or The Black Sheep, I would get it. You have every right. I don’t know if I can ever make it up to you, but there was no way that I could sit back and watch you try to become some new version of me. That’s not a road you should have to go down. I’m sorry I was pushing you that direction.

Court laughs, still not quite able to wrap her head around the conversation that they were having.

Court: You know, as far as apologies go that’s actually pretty good, but coming from you it just makes me more angry.

Kris smiles, hoping that it was a start of of a positive turn in the conversation.

Kris: That sounds as positive as I could hope for. I realize that you have no reason to trust me, but I promise that things are going to be different if you decide to stick around.

She knew that she shouldn’t, but she trusted him. Maybe it was just because Fenris was back, and if she asked him to, he would definitely pull at least one of Kris’ limbs off for her. There wasn’t really any downside to giving him a chance to prove that he could live up to what she asked of him three years ago.

Court: So I take it you’ve cleaned yourself up?

He nods.

Kris: Yeah, and I appreciate you not telling anyone that you knew about it. I’m close to two months now. I’m starting to think a lot more clearly. Fenris is helping me get ready for the World Heavyweight Championship match.

Court assumed that there was a lot more to the story than he was giving her at the moment, but she could probably fill in most of those gaps on her own. Either that, or Fenris would under a little pressure.

Court: He’s one of the best. Maybe you have a chance after all.

From the shock on Kris’ face, she could tell that he hadn’t expected to have her support.

Kris: I think you’re the first person to actually say that I have a chance.

It was strange to think of someone with the public confidence that Kris displayed doubting himself. Being a champion was all that he talked about. It was the type of thing he filled his promo time speaking about. Anyone that had spent ten minutes with him had heard a list of his accomplishments. Before now, he would have never admitted to her that he had doubts about his abilities. It was a start.

Court: I mean, you’re The Miracle. SCW is Kris, right?

He hadn’t been either of those things for a very long time, but there was a twinge of something starting to come to life that had been lying dormant.

Kris: More like Kris is SCW. I never really cared for it the other way around. The company is so much bigger than me, or any other individual. It was fun to say and watch people get mad, but it has always been the other way around. They have never needed me, and I have always needed them. Being in this business was all that I ever wanted to do, and Sin City was the only place that ever treated me like I belonged. It’s my home. My real home.

It sounded to Court like Kris was still figuring some things out about himself, even as he was trying to explain it to her.

Court: Why does it sound like you were thinking about leaving?

He shrugs, but not to blow off the question like he had for years. For the first time, he was starting to treat her like an equal.

Kris: I was offered a free out. One of those ‘do the right thing’ deals. I am starting to realize that it would just be me running away from the challenges here. I belong in SCW. It’s been too long since I went out there and really showed the world that I could do. I have been playing it safe all year.

Court was taken aback by that as much as anything else.

Court: Kris Ryans has been holding back? Strange. I thought you were being a pretty huge dick.

He laughs, but shakes his head before trying to clarify.

Kris: That’s part of it. I’ve been trying to pack myself into a little box. Just kind of phoning it in, you know? I didn’t have to do much in order to be successful with Mikah in my corner and no real challengers in the Mixed Tag Division. It’s not enough though. When I was little, I didn’t dream about being in this line of work just to settle in the midcard. I wanted to be at the top. That was what The Miracle is. A kid from the bottom that made it to the top. I just happened to make it to the top on the night that the company was supposed to end. I swooped in at the very last second....

Instead of thinking back to Full Circle like Kris was, Court turns her attention to their immediate future.

Court: Kind of how you’re swooping in to end the shittiest year of all time with the most positive note it could end on?

Kris had been so busy looking backwards to see how history was moving to repeat itself.

Kris: I guess you’re right...

Court smiled.

Court: Well, I learned from some of the best… and also you.



==========================================================



>Make no mistake about it, Jack Washington is just another junkie.

Kristopher Ryans is standing in the office of his San Diego apartment. All of his various championships adorn the walls behind him, on display for anyone that doubted the amount of blood, sweat, and tears he has given to this company over the years.

That’s the one thing that sticks out to me about my guy Jack. At first, it was all about the money. He would get upset when he lost because it meant that he was going to have to suffer through taking the loser’s end of the purse. Then it was about the fame and the rush of it. He wanted to skyrocket to the top, because that meant more recognition, better marketing, and even more money. He couldn’t get enough of it. He bought a bunch of expensive bullshit to make himself feel better, and then shredded it once his eyes focused on the real gold. We saw it in the lead up to his big flop against Ben Jordan. He set his sights on the SCW World Heavyweight Championship, and hasn’t ever taken his eyes off of it. First he had a replica, which was kinda sad. Now it’s the real thing… and it’s only slightly less sad. I have to give him at least a little credit for getting to the top despite some crushing losses, but I’m not surprised. He has said himself: he needed his fix, and that championship was the only thing that was going to make the itch go away. Now he is willing to knock over and tear down everything around him just to protect the source of his euphoria. It doesn’t matter who he has to destroy. It doesn’t matter the things that he has to say, or the people that he has to hurt. The only thing that he is worried about is hanging onto the high.

Kris talks as someone with experience.

I’ve been there. I’ve done that. I’m not the person to shame Jack Washington for the way that he has been acting lately. I don’t think that anyone would be swayed by anything that I have to say, because I don’t really have a leg to stand on when it comes to people’s addictions. Mine have very nearly ruined my career here several times. For years I did the same thing that he is doing. Sure, my problems are with an actual substance, and Jack’s drug of choice is the power trip that he is drunk on, but the principle is the same. Just like Jack, I showed up here for years just for the money. I didn’t care about anything other than the check I was getting for doing something that I was good at. I didn’t care about putting on a worthwhile show. I didn’t care about being at the top level of competition. I just wanted to get paid. Everything else was just a bonus.

Half of the championships behind him wouldn’t be there had he not chosen a better course of action for himself.

The problem is, addiction corrupts. I mean, you can keep it at bay for a while, but the shit just gets worse and worse. The spiral always leads down to the bottom. Sure, I was a record breaking Roulette Champion. I held the Internet Championship with moderate success as well. Like Jack though, my singular focus on my addiction held me back. I didn’t break through the glass ceiling and become The Miracle until I gave it up.

That was where Kris’ path split away from Jack’s, and that fact was not lost on The Miracle.

Now I know people are saying; but Jack Washington is the SCW World Heavyweight Champion! And they’re right. Jack has managed to get further than I ever could without shrugging off his drug of choice, but how impressive is he really? I mean, the guy has only gone up against two people that were ever close to being unstoppable in this company. One of them was me. The other one was Ben Jordan. Jack will talk all day long about how he was so close to beating Ben, but we all know that in this line of business close doesn’t make him special. He lost. He came up short. It doesn’t matter that he passed out instead of getting pinned or tapping out. He stepped into the ring with one of the best in the history of this company and couldn’t get the job done. Period. He wasn’t good enough to beat Ben Jordan.  He wasn’t good enough to beat me. And I’m sure he’s going to have a lot of horrible things to say about me this week, but it doesn’t change the fact that when he got his first shot at that championship, he came up short. That is where the two of us are different. I won the opportunity when it was put in front of me. Jack failed against Ben, and he wasn’t good enough to beat me either.

Kris could almost hear the same repeated excuse from the weeks after Jack’s big loss.

....and we always hear the “I came within a cunt hair” story when Jack tries to explain away his loss to Ben, but we never hear him bring up the time he tried to step up to The Miracle. And I get it; it makes him look amazing that Ben Jordan wasn’t able to get him to give up during their match but the way that I dismantled him makes him look like a joke. That is why he stays quiet about it. That is why when he brings up my name, he refuses to acknowledge that it changed years ago. He thinks calling me by some old moniker gets under my skin, or makes it seem like he knows me. Like somehow his words and insults have some deeper meaning because of a name that I haven’t gone by in years. You know what that actually tells me? For all of Jack’s talk of people forgetting about me, he still remembers my name pretty vividly. After all these years, I must have made some kind of dent in the wrestling business if that name is still stuck in his head.

A smug smirk forms in the left corner of Kris’ mouth. He was enjoying this.

...and yeah… Jack is going to brag about being the champion. He is going to gloat about his meteoric rise to the top, but if you really look at it, the guy isn’t all that impressive. He didn’t get it done during the Blast from the Past tournament. He couldn’t get it done as the King of a Day. He had two opportunities, and he didn’t get the job done either time. He had to let the championship change hands a couple of times before coming out to the ring to bitch his way into another shot. For a guy with a couple of big losses on a short record, it seemed like a lot to ask for. Last I checked, this Jack-off was still a rookie who hasn’t really beaten anyone more formidable than the two disappointments of Wolfslair. I get that they used to be dominant, but that hasn’t been the case for the last few months. They choke about as often as they win, and seem to always come up short in the big spots. And other than those two, Jack has only taken on people like Agostino and O’Malley. I have been in the ring with both of them this year, but you don’t see me bragging about it. I don’t think victories like that alone would qualify me to challenge for the biggest prize in this company either.

Kris was tired of watching Sin City’s spoiled brat of a champion talk down to the roster like he had done something noteworthy. It was time for someone to put him in his place.

Jack’s best claim to fame is a match that he lost and his ability to be really mean to people in front of a camera. The fact that he holds that championship right now impresses me about as much as my past accomplishments impress him. The way he was able to skip to the top is never going to make him seem unstoppable. It’s not going to make him a good champion. Jack’s not a measuring stick. He’s an addict trying to keep hold of his stash. If he was honest with himself, Jack would see that this is the biggest match of his very short career. He wouldn’t see me as a pointless relic of the past, but as more of an opportunity to prove he is as good as he says that he is. I think he’s going to go a different route though. It’s disappointing, but it doesn’t matter what he thinks of me. My place in this company isn’t up for debate. My history is SCW history, because KRIS is SCW.

Jack’s problem with me was that I was walking around SCW like I was owed something. He said I was an insufferable prick that wanted rose petals thrown at his feet for the smallest accomplishments. He called me snap-finger famous. I mean, it’s just words meant to get a rise out of me ahead of a match he went on to lose. It shouldn’t have mattered. I got the last laugh by pinning him cleanly in the middle of the ring for everyone to see. He called me weak and raved that he was going to break me, only to be outclassed inside SCW’s six-sided ring. So, I thought I would be able to shake it off. But then he went on to beat Finn, Vinnie, Agostino, O’Malley, and Wolfslair, just like I did. He claimed to be the face of this company, like I was. He won the SCW World Heavyweight Championship that I had the opportunity to reach out and take at any moment. And it felt like he did it at the snap of a finger.

The hypocrisy was too much for Kris to ignore. He was used to people lashing out at him, but rarely would they immediately become the thing they were projecting onto others.

Jack’s addiction has turned him into all of the things that he said he hated about me a few months ago. I think it’s only right that I do him the favor of sobering him up. That’s what’s best for the people of Sin City. Maybe he can sit back and take some notes on what being a real champion looks like. I’ll be taking the SCW World Heavyweight Championship home with me from Climax Control. Don’t worry though Jack, I’ll bring you another consolation L to take home.


====================


12
==========================================================
==========================================================

>The scene opens up with Kristopher Ryans in the center of the frame. Like the old days, “The Miracle” is wearing his faded red hooded sweatshirt, and is walking away from the camera. The operator sprints after him, not wanting to miss any of his words.

Bill Barnhart is out here looking for a god damn birthday present….

The words fall out of his mouth dripping with disgust. Kris was no stranger to celebrating his birthday with the Sin City audience. He had made a birthday spectacle out of several Climax Controls in the past. Something about Bill’s recent words about his own birthday celebration seems to have rubbed the champion the wrong way.

He thinks that because he won a single match forever ago, that this match is going to be competitive. He’s going to throw away all of his other losses as failed battles in a war that he intends to win. The only problem with that is, he never planned on losing any of those battles either. Just like he doesn’t plan on losing this next one. Just like he doesn’t think that he is going to lose this so-called war between the two of us.

Kris stops, allowing the camera to not only catch up to him, but move around to his side so that the viewers can see the condescending smirk on his face.

There’s just one problem with that: this isn’t a war. These aren’t battles. You know what Bill Barnhart is to me? A mosquito. He’s always buzzing around doing his best to get one over on you. Most of the time he gets swatted down without a second thought, but occasionally he gets himself just deep enough under your skin to become an annoyance. But then what happens? What happens when Bill Barnhart successfully gets someone’s attention, huh? He falls on his face every single time.

The camera moves ahead of him, looking back towards “The Miracle” as he continues down the alley behind Jet City South.

It’s not a war if you lose every time something important is on the line, and that’s the rut that Bill is stuck in. The guy is just barely good enough to break through the middle of the pack, but once the heat is on, he folds under the lightest pressure. The guy doesn’t just come up short, he comes up so short that people have to wonder how the hell he rose through the ranks in the first place.

He tries to suppress another laugh at his opponents’ expense, but the snicker still manages to slip through to the audience.

This guy is closing in on 40 years old, and is still on everyone’s screen talking about parties and presents. He wonders why people don’t take him seriously. He wonders why he always watches his opportunities slip away at the last possible second. It’s because he doesn’t have the talent. Or rather, maybe he had it at some point, captured it again for just a moment in that first match with me, and lost it forever like sands through time’s hourglass. I don’t know what the reason is. The only person that could really give us an answer to that is Bill himself, but I’m not sure he even knows himself. Denial is one hell of a strong drug, and he looks to be hooked on it.

The Grand Slam Champion gets to the end of the alleyway and turns down the sidewalk leading around the building. There are unsurprisingly few passersby given the various restrictions in the area, but that just makes focusing on Kris that much easier.

I mean it kind of makes sense in a half-baked junkie type of way. The guy sees The Black Sheep’s Mixed Tag Team Championships, and wants them. He thinks they’re shiny. He thinks that it would be a good birthday gift. It is a trophy to keep on top of his mantle and look at when the depression of constantly losing comes back to haunt him. So Bill and Bea have been lumbering towards these championships that they have no hope of taking in the sloppiest of ways, for what reason? Do these two want to carry a division? No. Do they want to change the way that people look down on these championships? No. They want a shiny new present to celebrate a birthday that nobody has ever, or will ever, care about.

Kris looks up into the lens of the camera, stopping near the front door leading into the gym.

The Black Sheep are the champions that this division deserves. We’re a team that people look at and see a challenge. We’re not some flavor of the week duo thrown together at random, or some deluded newcomers that want to challenge the status quo just to have our names written down in the history books. We aren’t trying to launch anyone’s career. We aren’t using these championships as a stepping stone to bigger or better things. Plainly speaking, Mikah and I are in this position because this is exactly where we want to be. This is what the two of us came back to Sin City for. Defending these championships was the goal, and we have been doing that night after night.

He laughs, shaking his head simultaneously and pointing a finger angrily at the camera. His words start to run together as he gets more and more heated.

...and let’s not forget that Mikah and I, the villains of the tag team division, worked our way up through the ranks legitimately so that we were beyond reproach. We beat everyone. We succeeded during every challenge. We didn’t lose a single battle during the war we waged against the Mixed Tag Team ranks. We got to the top of the mountain, and then we challenged the best of the best. We answered the call. We put our money where our mouths are, and came out on top time and time again. There hasn’t been a single stumble in our ascent to the top of the mountain yet again, and the sky’s the limit for The Black Sheep.

Kris raises both arms up to cradle the back of his head and takes a deep breath in an attempt to calm down. The criticisms that his team faced on a day-to-day basis was clearly annoying him, but most would have thought he was used to that by now. After all, it has been a repeated trend in Sin City since his early days.

...but I do have a present for Bill. He can’t exactly have it at High Stakes, but he’s just going to have to get over that. See, the best that someone could give Bill is some pointers as to how to successfully navigate this business. He can be an asshole. That’s fine. I’m not innocent of that, and that label applies to the majority of the roster. He can say and do whatever he wants, but at the end of the day, people’s reputations start and end in the ring. Over the next month or so, I’m not only going to defend this Mixed Tag Team Championship, but I’m going to take on whoever is holding the SCW World Heavyweight Champion on the final Climax Control of 2020. And how did I make it happen? I showed up, I talked a lot of shit, and then at the end of the day I won and proved I was better than anyone that has come across my path. It’s that end part there that Bill needs to pay attention to. I would have thought that he would have gotten the memo one of the last couple times.

Kris pulls open the front door of the gym, but hesitates to step inside. He looks away, but then turns back to the camera, not able to stop himself.

In a couple days, this one-sided war Bill has been raging is going to be over. The Barnharts will decisively, and formally, be put in my rear view mirror. I have a lot more that I want to accomplish before this year is over, and I can’t waste anymore proving to Bill that the one win he already managed to steal is the only present that he is getting this year. He simply hasn’t been good enough to deserve anything more than that. In three days, this ends, and the last chapter of my 2020 begins. Personally, I can’t wait.

With that, “The Miracle” steps through the doorway. The camera watches as the door closes behind him and then fades to black.
==========================================================
==========================================================


13
==========================================================
==========================================================


>”The Miracle” Kristopher Ryans hadn’t had much to say since his match against O’Malley was canceled, and he was kicked off the last show. Despite that, the Mixed Tag Team Champion didn’t look upset in the least. In fact, with his feet up on his desk and his championship belt draped perfectly over his shoulder, he seemed to be the textbook definition of content. It was a contrast to his last few appearances.

There’s nothing quite like a sure thing, is there?

The champion leaned further back in his chair with a long sigh of content.

I mean, The Barnharts aren’t a walk in the park by any means. There is a long list of others that MIkah and I could put away a lot faster than we are going to beat Bill and Bea a week from Sunday. There are teams that put up a lot less of a challenge. There are teams that Mikah and I can dominate physically. The Barnharts are not a team that falls into that category. Mikah and I defending our championships is not going to be easy. I want to make that clear. I don’t want people to get what I am saying all knotted up. This match is going to get brutal. It is going to be a struggle. But it is also going to be a successful defense for The Black Sheep. Period.

Kris shrugs his shoulders unapologetically.

Some things are just true. These two shouldn’t be offended by that. They shouldn’t take it personally, and it is not meant as an insult to either of the two of them. Mikah and I have proven that we can beat these two. I have proven more than once that I am capable of beating Bill on my own as well. There is no questioning that Bea is nowhere close to being on Mikah’s level. So when I say that the result of this match is inevitable, I’m not trying to hurt anyone’s feelings. I am simply stating a fact, and no matter how hard they try, they can’t change a fact. It will only ever read one way. Just like this match was only ever going to go one way. Mikah and I are going to have our hands raised into the air at the end of this one, and The Black Sheep are going to live to fight another day.

He doesn’t let himself look that far into the future though. Undoubtedly, the fact that his days with a guaranteed championship opportunity were dwindling was on his mind. The Miracle had already stated his intent to cash in his chance on the last Climax Control of the year, but until that moment, the Mixed Tag Championships were the only thing that he cared about.

...and look, I know. We have done this whole thing a few times already. I have to give Bill credit for being the only person this year to beat me. He has been riding that wave since the moment the bell rang and sealed the biggest upset Climax Control has seen in a very long time. Nobody thought that he could pull it off that first time, and rightfully so. He has failed to do it a second time in a handful of attempts since. Hell, he even failed to do anything with all that momentum that the win over me got him. He has had opportunity after opportunity and always manages to come up just a little bit short.

Kris holds up his thumb and index finger just millimeters apart while shaking his head. The laughs that he lets out makes it feel like Bill’s misfortunes have been a source of entertainment for him.

...and we can’t just let the fact that Bill and Bea didn’t earn this match in the ring get brushed under the rug. They didn’t prove themselves against other formidable teams. They didn’t win their way through the ranks. Instead, they popped up backstage and ambushed us for reasons that I’m not even sure that I understand. One second Mikah was blabbering on about something I didn’t care about, and the next second I was on the ground. Apparently that is how championship matches get awarded these days.

There is clear disgust in his voice. Had he known it was that easy to get recognized, there was no way that he and Mikah would have wasted all of that time ascending to the top the right way.

...but that is why it is so easy to see how this match is going to go. On one hand, you have The Black Sheep. We dominated our way through the teams in this division. We accepted every challenge. We have fought every single group that has stepped up. We won these championships cleanly, and have defended them without trouble. Nobody questions that we are at the top of this division. Nobody thinks that we got lucky. Mikah and I back up our words every time we are in that ring, and there isn’t anyone on this roster that can prove us wrong. We are undefeated as a team in this company. Think about that. It’s not like we have run away from anyone. We even went as far as to challenge Ben and Evie. For all the chatter about the two of us being overrated, nobody seems to be able to beat us. Maybe that is because The Black Sheep are every bit as good as we say that we are. We are every bit as good as our records show that we are. Maybe we are both Grand Slam Champions for a good reason. It would be nice if a few people around here could wrap their heads around that. It would save me a lot of time.

Kris takes his feet off of the desk and sits forward in his chair. His carefree attitude is gone, like his own words struck a nerve.

Instead Mikah always have to come around and sound like assholes for putting everyone down. We get pigeonholed into this “villain” shtick because nobody is willing to accept a simple easy truth. The two of us are just better than the rest. We have proven it over-and-over again over the years. Our rise to greatness is painted all over the history of this company. It’s gotten to a point where people aren’t even surprised anymore when we steamroll whatever is in front of us.

He tries to shake off the negativity by standing up out of his chair and attempting to leave it all behind him.

The Barnharts were in our rear view. That is, until they up and attacked us from behind. Now, instead of going on to something bigger and better, we have to revisit some shit that we have already proven that we can do. For The Barnharts, this match is the best that they could have hoped for. This is their longshot hope to jump the line, because they have already demonstrated that they are incapable of ascending through the ranks. People are going to boo The Black Sheep at High Stakes, but who are the real villains of this situation?

Kris crosses the room over to where the camera sits and reaches out for it. He picks it up off of its stand and holds it out at arm’s length so that the Mixed Tag Team Championship belt stays inside the shot.

Everyone is so quick to point the finger at The Black Sheep when we do something wrong, but we are the victims here. We’re the ones being forced to take a step back and bulldoze a team beneath our level. We didn’t ask for any of this, The Barnharts sought it out. They begged for the beating that they are going to get at High Stakes.

He shrugs.

I feel like these are dice that they are going to regret rolling, but such is life in Sin City. Not everyone can be a winner.

A wide smile spreads across his face.

Unfortunately for Bill and Bea, The Black Sheep always win.

==========================================================
==========================================================


14
Climax Control Archives / A Real Challenge
« on: October 23, 2020, 10:43:58 PM »
JUMP
Jet City South - San Diego
23 October 2020
OFF-Camera



Kris was busy plowing through the paperwork from the day-to-day goings-on of Jet City South when he heard his friend’s trudging from down the hall. The door to the office was not only closed, but locked which was apparently the source of the fastest member of Jet City’s frustration. A loud bang on the door after the handle failed to give was obviously from Coby throwing a fist at it, not that it was going to help his situation. There was a long pause, while Kris assumed the man was searching for his keys, before the lock turned and the door flew open almost as if it had been kicked. Coby enters through the door carrying a box big enough to block most of his field of vision. He drops it on the floor, which makes a lot less noise than Kris expected, showing that it was more large and awkward to carry than it was heavy. Coby easily kicks it across the floor and it slides to a stop in front of Kris’ desk. Wordlessly, Coby motions in annoyance at his friend, but Kris merely shrugs his shoulders and returns his attention to his desk.

Kris: Who has your feathers all ruffled?

Kris tried to keep the amusement out of his voice, knowing it would likely only make matters worse. Coby rarely got this upset about anything. In fact, he was more proud of his level-headedness than he was his ability in the ring. If Kris could poke Coby into exploding over what Kris assumed was a box of halloween decorations they had ordered, it would be the high point of his day.

Coby: I’m not a bird. I don’t have feathers, and if I did they wouldn’t be ruffled at all. I’m good.

Coby dropped his gym bag onto his own desk, and moved across the room before tossing himself down on couch along the wall.

Kris: That both sounded and looked convincing....

The words came out of Kris’ mouth without any hint of the fun that he was having. He tried to make it seem like he was more focused on his computer screen than the conversation.

Coby: Why don’t you ever bother me about stepping up from Underground to SCW?

Kris’ attention was immediately pulled away from what he was pretending to do. He drops the uninterested act, almost dumbfounded by how pointed Coby’s question was. It made him uncomfortable when people were that direct, and it showed in the tone of his response.

Kris: I...didn’t know I was supposed to be?

It was not a turn in the conversation that Kris was prepared for. He and Coby had been partners for a little more than a year, and friends for five more, but he had never gotten the impression that Coby really valued his opinion. It was the same story as everyone else. He came to Jet City through extended family, and just happened to be better than most of the rest of them at being able to tolerate Kris. Kris had never given any thought to the idea that Coby might actually take him seriously though. He was blindsided.

Coby: Just seems to me like if you thought that I could step up I would be hearing about it constantly. You’re annoying about pushing others to do things that benefit you. Yet, you haven’t said anything about it.

Instead of trying to dig through what Coby was saying, Kris takes offense to the attack.

Kris: So let me see if I’m following you. Because I haven’t been bothering you, I don’t think that you can do it? Is that what you think?

Maybe it wasn’t that big of a stretch, but there was no way that Coby came to that conclusion on his own. Kris knew almost immediately that there had to be more to it than he was getting, but Coby shrugs off the question and gets more defensive.

Coby: I mean it’s hard not to see it that way.

This time Kris actually laughs out loud, but not at the words themselves. He had heard this type of thing before, just not coming out of Coby’s mouth. He was much more rational than this. Something wasn’t adding up.

Kris: Maybe for a crazy person!

Kris’ mind was already off to the races trying to put together the puzzle pieces that Coby had given him. He didn’t even notice that Coby didn’t take the insult in stride.

Coby: That’s insulting.

Kris shakes his head, still trying to wrap his head around what was happening. Instead of arguing with Coby, he tries to walk his friend through a different perspective.

Kris: When you came down to San Diego, which I didn’t make you do, you said you wanted to go to Underground so that I didn’t overshadow you. That was your plan, not mine. I was just letting you have your space. I don’t see how this is my fault.

Coby shrugs, not following Kris’ logic at all.

Coby: You rarely do.

It was a line of attack that Kris had been subjected to numerous times by more people than he could count. Most of the time whoever it had been had come to Kris with a legitimate gripe. It was a character flaw that he knew about. He wasn’t about to take credit for something that wasn’t actually his fault though.

Kris: Okay, usually you may have a point there, but I really feel like this is one that you are just piling on me to feel better about the fact that they aren’t doing a whole lot with you over there.

It wasn’t hard to push Coby away from verbal attacks and onto what was actually on his mind. He wasn’t nearly as petty and stubborn as Kris was.

Coby: It’s a lot of getting chased around by the masked people, and not a whole lot else these days.

Things had been pretty bleak as of late, but there was at least one silver lining that Kris felt inclined to point out.

Kris: You have that contender match coming up. If you take that, you’re back on track to where you want to be. Since when did you become so impatient?

Now they were circling back around to the fact that Kris knew that someone had put these delusions into Coby’s head. It had become his goal to figure out that person’s identity since the moment Coby had pointed the finger of blame at him. Kris had a knack for making sure that blame got placed appropriately, even if he had to do it himself.

Coby: You know what, just forget about it. I didn’t say anything.

Coby’s eyes widened, almost like he had put together what Kris’ endgame was. It was too late though.

Kris: Ah, so this wasn’t you, this was someone putting an idea in your head that you’re underappreciated.

Kris had already been mentally working his way through a short list of suspects. He only needed a few more clues to narrow it down.

Coby: Just let it go.

If Coby wasn’t going to volunteer any more information, Kris would just have to goad him into it by working through the problem aloud.

Kris: ...and you only really see a handful of people these days. I doubt it was a random person here. Chelsea wouldn’t have been that shitty to you….

Of course, Kris couldn’t know for sure. Saying her name and reading Coby’s reaction was the only way to eliminate Chelsea. Even though they were friends, she had a short temper and could really tear into people when she was upset.

Coby: It’s really not important.

Kris could safely rule out both Chelsea and anyone random, which was a lot more helpful than Coby could have imagined.

Kris: ...and since it wasn’t me, that really just leaves two people that you would come across on a daily basis that would have any chance of getting under your skin.

Knowing that arguing was pointless, Coby rolls his eyes.

Coby: You’re the single most insufferable person in the world...

There were only two options and one was a lot more likely than the other.

Kris: ...and since Mikah would have told me as much so that we could enjoy the fallout of it together, that really just leaves our dear friend Courtney.

Coby sarcastically claps his hands together too softly to produce any sound to celebrate Kris figuring it out. He knew that Court would probably have to pay a price for that, but that was between her and Kris.

Coby: I assume you have a point...

Kris had already shifted away from their actual conversation and onto Court though. She had put him through the ringer lately, and was now doing the same with Coby. It all gave him more questions than answers.

Kris: And I assume that she has one. She’s been poking around at everyone around here, and keeps tweeting things about starting to play some of the cards that she has been holding. She has some plan.

Coby took his opportunity to turn it back around on Kris now that he was given the opportunity.

Coby: You almost sound jealous.

Instead of trying to deflect, Kris tries to give a direct answer. It was the least he could do since Coby hadn’t made this conversation impossibly difficult to navigate.

Kris: I don’t like feeling like I’m being manipulated for something.

Coby laughs at how hypocritical those words were coming out of Kris’ mouth.

Coby: Now you know how everyone that has to deal with you feels.

Instead of returning fire with his own insult, Kris seemed to have pieced it together based on Coby’s words.

Kris: Maybe that’s the point….

Even Coby had to admit, Kris had a way of reading people that he really envied. Before Kris went about hunting down Court, Coby realized he needed to have a conversation with the Bombshell. He picks himself up from the couch, and shoots a smile Kris’ direction.

Coby: You know for someone that is really good at pretending to be stupid, you can actually be really helpful on accident sometimes.

Coby turns and walks out of the office as hastily as he had come in. Usually Kris was the one to storm out suddenly. It was weird to be on the opposite end of it for once.

Kris: Accident... nobody… story of my life.


==========================================================




>I have always loved the Sin City Halloween show. It’s usually my second favorite show of the year. It’s kind of fitting that I am holding a tag team championship this time of the year. One year Jet City debuted as a team before going on to win the SCW World Tag Team Championships. The next year we did the Jet City Water Balloon Fight backstage in between all of our matches. Something big happens every time I take part in this show, so I was excited to see the release of the card this past Sunday.

I think we are all in agreement that this is the kind of match that would usually be for the mixed tag team championships under any other circumstance. Mac Bane, though still new to the SCW scene, is more than formidable in the ring. Amber Ryan has been impressive in Sin City over the last six months or so. She’s been in this company roughly as long as I have been back, and is already one of the handful of bombshells on the roster worth paying attention to. A couple of weeks ago I stood here preparing for a match with two nobodies while begging for a pair of worthwhile contenders to step up. I’m not going to lie, I was referring to Ben and Evie, but these two will suffice.

Mac Bane is a guy that understands this business. He’s the type of guy that gets the fact that most champions don’t want to be fed easy matches to rack up defenses. That might be what some people in this company are after, but that is not the kind of thing that will get you far in this business. It is not how you earn respect. It’s not how you prove that you are the best. The only way to prove that you are worth being called a champion is to take out every single person or group that could even attempt to lay claim to what you have. It’s just how this business works. Mac and Amber know this, and that’s why they stepped up. Mikah and I get it, and that’s why we’re actually excited to walk into a match for once. Sure, we may have beaten the lesser half of Wolfslair. We may have taken the championships away from Sass n Bash while they were at the top of their game. We dominated both the Trenton Tigers, and The Barnharts, but everyone expected all of that to happen. The Black Sheep have been the heavy favorites to take over this division from the moment that we came together as a team. It happened when the Sweet Twins put together this group a few years ago, and it happened when Mikah and I brought it back. The Black Sheep and championship belts are made for each other, and always have been. There wasn’t anything to really celebrate about those victories though. Nobody is ever ecstatic about watching the favorite dominate their way to victory. They want to watch the underdog overcome, but that isn’t a group Mikah and I will ever be a part of. The best we can hope for is to walk into a fight on a level playing field. Most people won’t give their opponents the type of credit I’m about to, but since when do I ever follow those kinds of rules? Amber Ryan and Mac Bane are perfectly capable of beating me and Mikah.

While that thought might scare others, it’s motivating for people like us. Mikah and I have been at it in Sin City for so long that it’s hard to get that rush back sometimes. Sometimes you get on such a roll that you forget what a setback is like. Mikah and I are undefeated as a team, and we haven’t even been close to being in danger of that streak coming to an end until now. Everything has been so easy that the two of us have been coasting without even realizing it. Seeing a true contender pop onto the scene has a way of being so motivating that you push yourself that much further to make sure that you are on top of your game. The problem for most of this roster, is that Mikah and I were already so much better than they are. What are they going to do now that there is a new team on the block forcing us to be better, sharper, and more cohesive than we have ever needed to be before now. It’s exhilarating.

...and I understand that this is a lot of praise to heap onto two people that don’t look like they have done a lot in this company. Mac has only had a couple of matches, despite how impressive he may have looked in them. I mean, the guy is the current number one contender to the Roulette Championship. Clearly Mark and Christian see the same thing in him that I do. He’s not the guy making empty threats. He’s not the guy coming into this business just to make a name for himself elsewhere. He lives and breathes this business. He is a guy that has always wanted to be competing inside of a ring. That’s the kind of thing that I can respect. It’s the reason that I climb into the ring on a weekly basis. It is the reason that no matter how many times I leave, I always end up coming back. Being in the center of that ring is everything that I have ever wanted in life. It’s the best part of being me, and I get the feeling that Mac might feel the same way about it. It isn’t about past accolades. It isn’t about all the extras. It’s about what happens in between the bells. It’s getting more and more rare to find someone competing in this business for the right reasons, which is why I am so impressed with the guy.

It doesn’t hurt that he’s practically a giant either. He’s got the right attitude, and is freakishly big. That is how he was able to out-muscle Bill Barnhart. We all saw what happened when I tried to go at Bill head-on. Luckily, I have pulled my head out of my ass since then. I’m not going to win this match by throwing myself against the wall and seeing what sticks. Unlike most people his size, Mac’s perfectly able of keeping up with me for longer than most people. He’s got the reach and power on me to really hurt my feelings if I try to stand toe-to-toe with him and throw hands. His one glaring weakness is that his legs might not hold up under extended pressure, but in a match where he can tag out to a partner, it’s going to be hard to keep him in the ring long enough to wear him down. Unlike most people I come across, there is no simple answer as to how and why I am going to beat him. He’s not sloppy. He’s not going to lose his temper and make mistakes. He’s going to force me to be flawless, because he is more than good enough to capitalize on any mistakes I make. It’s going to take everything I have and a little bit of luck to come out on top this time around, and it’s not like Mikah has it any easier.

Sure, Amber has the typical victories over people like Jessie Salco and Maki. Neither one of those names is impressive by itself. And yeah, she has dropped a few matches since her debut, but when she’s taking Hall of Famers like Roxi Johnson to their limits and causing them to change the way they approach the ring, you have to give her credit no matter what the outcome. She’s been unstoppable on Climax Control, and had the confidence in herself to call out The Black Sheep before ever even competing in the mixed tag team division. Don’t get me wrong, Mikah is still the greatest bombshell in SCW history, and has beaten every single female worth competing against in her time with this company. I doubt that she is going to give Amber as much credit as I am, but I feel like it needed to be said.

If these two want a future in this division, I could see it happening. This match might not be for the Mixed Tag Team Championships, but win or lose, I wouldn’t mind putting them on the line when and if Amber and Mac are eligible to challenge for them. Obviously the Roulette Championship Mac is headed towards complicates that, but you never know what the future holds. If given the opportunity to defend against these two over the crop of challengers we already have, I would pick these two every time. I would rather be challenged than allowed to coast.

Unfortunately it looks as if these two are the only challenge we are going to get for the foreseeable future. The powers that be look to be feeding into The Barnhart’s delusions of grandeur. I can see the writing on the wall already. Ever since my return I have been trying to shrug off Bill Barnhart looking over my shoulder. It seems like no matter what I do, he is always going to be there hanging around. There isn’t going to be anything exciting about having to stand across from him at High Stakes, so I’m going to make the most out of this match on Climax Control. In my mind, this match has so much more on the line. Mikah and I will be leaving with the championships regardless, but we have the potential to launch the career of an impressive new team.

I am sure the two of them would have to admit that they are getting the royal treatment here. Amber called out The Black Sheep, and was given her opportunity immediately. I keep seeing all of these champions and former champions complaining about a lack of opportunity, but Amber went out and seized hers. Unlike other champions, I wasn’t too busy to pay attention. I wasn’t too afraid to push it along. I embraced the challenge, and the Halloween show was given a mixed tag team match that nobody is going to forget. Amber and Mac get the opportunity to step up and beat the champions their first night as a team. They get to jump to the front of the line. All they have to do is hold their own against two of the best competitors that Sin City has ever had on their roster. All they have to do is beat two Grand Slam Champions of this company. They have to rise up and succeed where every notable Sin City competitor has failed. If they live up to the hype, they make the jump from newcomers to true contenders in this company. If Mikah and I come out on top, we were able to fend off two people that are definitely on the rise in this company. Either way, both teams will be challenged more than we have been previously or will be in the near future. I see that as a win-win.

It’s nice to take a break from all the bullshit and just let what happens inside the ring speak for itself, but you have to have the right opponents to capture that kind of magic.

I think these two have potential.

I look forward to testing it.

Good luck you two, you’ll need at least a little of it to win this one.



15
Climax Control Archives / The Victory Lap
« on: October 09, 2020, 10:45:53 PM »



>What did I tell you?

Just a few hours removed from Violent Conduct, Kristopher Ryans looks overjoyed to rub his victory in the faces of all of those that had called him a relic of the past. He had a crew set up a camera, cleaned himself up, and now he sits in front of the camera in the new Black Sheep Villains shirt, with a wider smile on his face than fans had seen in a long time.

I think I told you that Sass n Bash had no chance against The Black Sheep tonight. I think I told you that it didn’t matter if they picked a stupid stipulation, spun the wheel, or took us on straight up, The Black Sheep were going to walk out of Violent Conduct with the Mixed Tag Team Championships. I told them that they were both good, but not good enough. People doubted. There were rumblings of people saying that Mikah and I wouldn’t be able to get the job done. I made a promise though, and I just wanted to prove to everyone that unlike so many people on this roster, I actually have followed through.

He raises the SCW Mixed Tag Team Championship belt up from outside the view of the camera and places it over his shoulder. The sigh he lets out as soon as it is positioned is one of satisfaction and relief.

You know, they said that they were going to get over the hump this time around. People were really ready to rally behind them too. After all, the SCW fans had seen that scenario play out before. Both Bella and Malachi needed do-over after do-over to get anything done as a team. They dropped matches to teams that Mikah and I rolled through on our way through the ranks. They even needed a second chance under their specific conditions to break through that championship glass ceiling. It seemed like every time they got a chance to correct a mistake, misstep, or setback they were able to rise to the occasion. It was a formula that got them all the way to a championship reign.

His eyes lower to the belt on his shoulder for just a second. The championship’s reflection sparkles in The Miracle’s eyes, and he loses the point he was making for just a moment. Once he does peel his eyes away from it to refocus on the camera, he continues almost like he hadn’t missed a beat at all.

Unfortunately for them, Mikah and I were not an obstacle for them to overcome the second time around. Our first win over Sass n Bash wasn’t a fluke. Mikah and I went out to the ring at Violent Conduct to prove that if we had wanted Malachi and Bella’s championship reign to end at 14 days we could have gotten the job done. Then, we set out to prove that we could give them every advantage that they could ask for, but that they would still come up short. The both of us said all of these things on our way into Violent Conduct, and now that the dust has settled, we were the ones proven right. The Black Sheep are not only SCW Mixed Tag Team Champions, but a team made up of Grand Slam Champions. I went from a Nobody, to a Miracle, to the guy that has won every single championship that this company has made available to a person of my gender. I am on the longest winning streak of anyone in this company right now. I have been nothing short of dominant since my return to the company, and Mikah and I went undefeated on our way to tag team championship gold. I said that the mixed tag team division was made for us, and then The Black Sheep backed that up with sheer dominance at Summer XXXtreme, Violent Conduct, and every Climax Control in between.

I don’t know what we are going to have to do in order to prove to you people that we are every bit as good as we say that we are. We have built two of the best careers of any competitor to ever join the SCW locker room. We have won every award worth winning. We have put on more highlight matches than most of the rest of this roster combined. Year after year we find ourselves near the top of the food chain in this company, but we are still looked down on. We show up week after week and beat whoever it is that Mark and Christian put in front of us, but that is not enough. We’re undefeated as a team, but according to our former champions we didn’t actually earn our way through the ranks. Now that we are the champions, I’m sure it is only a matter of time before people start to tell us why we shouldn’t be.

He shrugs his shoulders, resigned to the fact that he couldn’t stop idiots from having imperfect opinions.

....but that’s fine. The Black Sheep will take on all comers. I’m not sure what the future holds exactly, because it doesn’t look like Sass n Bash is going to want to go for round three right now, not that it would matter. The outcome wouldn’t change. It looks like Ben and Evie find themselves unburdened by their championships, so maybe they can be convinced to give Mikah and I a real challenge.

His eyes light up at the thought of taking on the only two people he saw as a real potential threat to himself and Mikah. He doesn’t let himself get off track with something that would probably never happen though. Instead, he shifted to murmurs he had heard backstage about a new team brewing.

Then again, there are rumors of some new team that has interest in the championships now that the champions are legitimate again. I wouldn’t mind seeing the handful of talented bombshells without plans for High Stakes partner up and make a run at Mikah and I. Hell, I wouldn’t even mind if one of the other sets of former mixed tag team champions wanted to come back and give us a run for our money.

One thing was clear, the new champion wasn’t going to be backing down from any challenge, no matter who it was that stepped up.

For the last couple of months, the only thing that was certain in this division was that Mikah and I were on our way to the top. Now that we are there, I guess things are wide open for whoever wants to try to walk the same path that we did. I’m not sure that there are any teams out there that can make it look as effortless as we did. I’m not sure that there is anyone on the roster capable of knocking us off of our thrones. It is a hell of a lot more fun to be challenged. Hopefully the powers that be at Sin City have something working that is worth the attention of two Grand Slam Champions.

The words came out like he strongly doubted that it would all shake out that way. It didn’t seem to matter much to The Miracle, he had already gotten what he wanted.

After all, villains are nothing without some misguided heroes trying to step up and challenge them. If the SCW roster wants to make The Black Sheep the bad guys, we are happy to take that role. Nobody should prepare for a short ending to the reign of the most dominant team this company has ever seen. We are on top to stay.I dare anyone to try and make a liar out of me. Consider it an open challenge.



==========================================================



What’s Owed.
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
1 OCTOBER 2020
OFF-Camera




The party hadn’t stopped for Kris once Violent Conduct was over. The toll that the battle for the championships took on him had started to catch up to him even before he left the arena, but he had an answer for it when it came. There was nobody around to stop his habits from taking the wheel from there. In the back of his mind he knew that days had probably gone by at this point, but he didn’t really care. There would be time to pick up the pieces before he was needed for anything, whether that be SCW or Jet City South. These days he had the lack of supervision to take a timeout from life, and justifying it to himself had become easier and easier over the last couple of months. Coby would take care of the gym. Mikah would be preoccupied with her children. Kris could vacation from life while tucked away in his room, uninterrupted, or so he thought. When the door handle jiggled, he knew that the lock on it would detract most of the people that would try to open it. When the noise continued, he turned over from his spot in the center of his bed so that he could see whoever it was that was determined to bother him. The determined intruder made short work of the simple lock, and pushed the door open. By the time Kris’ eyes met hers, he was anything but surprised.

Kris: Don’t you have some place that you live… you know… that’s not here….

The room didn’t smell pretty, and Court didn’t make any attempt to hide that fact in order to be pleasant. She waved a hand in front of her face and squinted into the darkness trying to find the outline of Kris in the room. The sound of his voice had narrowed her attention to one side of the room, but it took The Miracle actually sitting up in bed for her to actually see him.

Court: Great, it’s wonderful to see you too.

She chose to ignore the insult and attempt to sound cheery. She knew what to expect from the moment The Black Sheep won the Mixed Tag Team Championships. She had even gone as far as to circle today on her calendar as the perfect time for the conversation that she wanted to have whether Kris wanted to or not. He wasn’t exactly in the state to get away from her.

Kris: It’s not wonderful to see you. I didn’t invite you here. I don’t care how you got in. Go away.

She shrugs at him, and comes into the room, closing the door behind her. She could have left it unlocked, but she had a feeling she wouldn’t be making any kind of hasty retreat for the lock to make a difference. It was better that they weren’t disturbed by any curious party walking by. She turns back to him, the wide smile back on her face.

Court: Coby was on his way out as I was on my way in. He said he wasn’t sure you were here, but that I could wait. Said he hadn’t seen you in a few days….I knew better….

Court steps through the darkness and pulls back a curtain from the window splashing the room in the first bright light that Kris had seen in days.

Kris: What the fuck is wrong with you?

He raises both hands to cover his eyes and shield them from being blinded. Now that Court was getting a good look at him, it was clear that he hadn’t left the room since Sunday night. The master suite had a full bathroom, and from the look of the place, he had been living off of a well-stocked mini-fridge. His clothes looked like they were on day two or three, and his hair and beard were matted in all kinds of different directions. Kris didn’t look like a champion. He was barely a shell of that person.

Court: Oh, you’ve been hitting it a little hard, huh? Doing your fair share of partying in celebration of your big win?

She knew that throwing the fact that she knew his secret in his face meant nothing these days. The fact that he hadn’t tried to hide any of it once she pushed open the door said that much. What she wasn’t exactly prepared for was how much more blunt he would be in this state.

Kris: You can drop the condescending bullshit. It doesn’t work on me. It’s even easier for me since you knew what you were walking into and did it anyway like you were going to make some kind of point. I’m sorry to disappoint you. I don’t give enough of a shit about your opinion to care about what you have to say about any of this. You’re wasting your time.

Court had thought that Kris would be soft and vulnerable on the inside. The fact that he was this harsh meant that the soberish version of him that she had always dealt with was actually still filtering out some of how he really felt. Court didn’t know whether to be touched or offended.

Court: You’re awfully feisty today. Where has this been the last couple of weeks? It’s like you’ve been handling me with kid gloves since I decided I was coming back.

He lowers his arms with his eyes finally starting to adjust to the light in the room. It gives Court a clear shot of the eye roll that he words earned her.

Kris: There’s no point in hurting people’s feelings for no reason. It takes too much time out of my day to deal with the fallout.

With a laugh, she gestures to the shitastic state of the room around them.

Court: ....yeah because you have so much going on...

Kris sighs, disgusted with the fact that she wouldn’t just leave him alone. If she wasn’t going to leave of her own free will, there were ways that he could make her without having to actually leave the comfort of his bed.

Kris: Listen, I get that you stumbled across some big secret so now you think that you know me, but you don’t. Congrats. You figured something out that everyone in Seattle already knew. You were the thirtieth person to put the puzzle together. But now you feel like you’re a smart cookie. You feel like you have something to hang over my head. Sorry to disappoint you. I don’t care. Out me.

Court gasps and tries to seem shocked; as if the thought had never even occurred to her to out his relapse to the general public.

Court: That’s not something that I would ever think about doing. Your problem is your business.

She was hoping that he believed her, especially since she had already decided against it. Over the last few weeks she had been trying to figure out how to use the information to her advantage, so the thought had crossed her mind. She had come up with something way better though.

Kris: Then why won’t you just leave me alone?

She doesn’t hesitate to answer him as directly as possible.

Court: You have something that I want.

He still wasn’t impressed, and his patience for the conversation was gone.

Kris: I have lots of things that lots of people want. You can join the rest of them in their collective fucking off because I don’t care, and I don’t owe you anything.

Court tries to hold back, but something inside of her just snaps. Her voice raises, and she makes her way across the room towards him.

Court: Actually you owe me a hell of a lot, and you know it. That’s why you have walked away all sad from our last couple of conversations. You wouldn’t let me say the things that I do unless you felt guilty about costing me my big opportunity a few years ago. You are the one that sent me down the spiral that I went down. That was your fault, and you have to live with that, not just brush it off.

She is now standing at the edge of his bed, an index finger pointed in his face. Kris reaches out and pushes her hand away before shrugging his shoulders.

Kris: It’s so easy for you to blame everything on someone else...

He says the words under his breath, but Court calls him out immediately.

Court: What was that?

Kris: You have made the mistake of thinking that because I have had a little restraint towards you, that you’re entitled to something. You’re not.

Court: I---

He cuts her off, finally losing his composure.

Kris: No! You asked for this, so now you can get it. It’s easy for you to blame others because that is what your whole life has been. You’re a privileged chick from Long Beach. You had the money to chase whatever dream you wanted, and even a long list of setbacks weren’t enough to derail you. You’ve taken every advantage that you’ve been given, and acted as if you have gone through some terrible struggle. It’s bullshit. You were a wealthy kid that got trained by the best, but you have paper-thin skin physically and metaphorically and you’ve proven that you’re too fragile to handle this business. I think it is a joke that you’re still around. The fact that you have the option to linger after two years shows how easy you have it. Unfortunately, none of it entitles you to shit with me. Your struggle isn’t shit to me. Leave me alone.

She smiles. Court had wondered how long it would be before he finally stopped letting her win and actually snapped at her.

Court: I like when you lash out like that. Makes me think that maybe you’re not all dead inside like you look most of the time.

He rolls his eyes again.

Kris: Whatever you say, Court. Are we done now?

Now it was her turn to set him straight.

Court: No! What gave you that idea? You dump some sob story because you have had a real sad life and expect me to just walk off? I don’t care what you think any more than you care what I think. I have told you time after time that we aren’t friends. That’s not how this works. You can think whatever you want about me, but our arrangement stands, and I need something from you. When the time comes, you’re going to pick yourself up and play your part.

Not one to take orders, Kris shrugs.

Kris: ...and if I don’t?

Court: You will. No matter how you feel about me. You can think I’m entitled. I can think that you’re junkie trash. That doesn’t change who we are inside Sin City. It doesn’t change that we are both representing Jet City South now. When the time comes, I’m cashing in on what you owe me.

He shakes his head, hoping that she wasn’t so dumb as to think he would hand over something like his guaranteed championship opportunity.

Kris: They aren’t going to let me hand you my championship shot if that is what you are angling for. Not that I would let you have it anyways. I have plans for the last show of the year. I want to end things with a bang.

Court: Sometimes I wonder how you got so far while being so incredibly short-sighted.

The attempt at insulting him didn’t even look like it registered.

Kris: That’s what happens when your whole life is a struggle. People are constantly surprised to see that you’re still around. If they only knew the half of it, they would know how wrong they were.

He waves her away, and turns over on the bed, done with their conversation. She was killing his vacation time.

Court: ...you’ll have to let me in on at least that much at some point….

He doesn’t respond, but it doesn’t matter. Court makes her way out of the room not wanting to waste any more of his time talking to a brick wall.

==========================================================


>Now more than a week removed from Violent Conduct, The Miracle doesn’t seem to be in such a happy mood. He is standing in the window of his office looking down on Jet City South. The SCW Mixed Tag Team Championship sits on the desk behind him, with the center plate perfectly squared up to the camera so that it catches the viewer's attention right away. Kris didn’t want anyone forgetting that he had cashed in on all the promises that he and MIkah had made about Violent Conduct, even if the magic of it was starting to wear off.

Back when I was calling Sass n Bash disappointments, I didn’t think that the bar could be lowered any further. If I had a time machine, I would travel back a couple weeks and slap myself for being so naive. I’m a veteran of this business. I should know that the bar can always, and will always go lower. At least the team that I was heading into Violent Conduct to face was…. a team. They weren’t a particularly good team. We gave them a really hard time, and then proved that we were right on back-to-back occasions. It was awesome. But we were all there. We have all moved on. But what’s next on deck for The Black Sheep? Disappointment.

He sighs heavily and leans forward, placing his forehead against the glass. He rocks back and smacks his head on the glass a few times, trying to bottle up the disappointment he felt about his first set of challengers.

I get it. SCW is going to try and defend themselves by saying that random bookings like this are normal. Sure, there are even some weird examples to back it up. I see right through that shit though. It’s clear that all of the other teams currently on the roster are too afraid to stand up and challenge the new champions. That is why they have to throw a couple of randoms together and hope that lightning strikes. They know that Mikah and I are going to put on a hell of a show no matter who is standing across the ring from us. We have a knack for making people less-than-talented shine while they are sharing our spotlight. Where are the Trenton Tigers? Too busy imploding apparently. London Underground? Are they even still a thing? Wolfslair is apparently moving into the solo album portions of their careers. Sass n Bash failed twice. I guess they could have sent out the Barnharts, but me handing Bill his ass is getting old at this point. I think that The Good Shepherds spend most of their time in SCU these days too….

One after another, the list of teams falls apart. He was just now realizing why the powers that be would put together a Lethal Lottery team in the first place. He spins to the camera and away from the window now that he had figured it out.

The Black Sheep are the champions of a division without any actual competitors…..When you add everything up, I guess it makes sense that SCW has to throw the mediocre motorcyclist and glitter ditz at us while we are in the middle of our victory lap. We are at the bottom of the barrel, and this is just what we are left with. Maybe one of those other teams will find the courage to step up, so that we won’t have to be subjected to this kind of thing on a regular basis.

It was a harsh way to start in on the random challengers being hurled at himself and Mikah, but he wasn’t in the mood to pull punches.

I wish I could say something nice about either of these two. I have found that it comes off a lot more believable if you can commend your opponent for something before you put them in their place. The problem is, both of these two are so far beneath myself and Mikah that it is impossible to compare our two teams...if that is what we are calling them…. In any kind of positive way.

Usually Kris found some way to relate to his opponents, but this time it didn’t look like he was even trying. He thought that these two were too far beneath him for pleasantries.

Agostino hasn’t been impressive since stepping into Sin City. Jack Washington beat the hell out of him at Summer XXXtreme, and we all know I don’t think that guy is worth a shit as a competitor, let alone a champion. His only real notable win is over El Dark, a guy that flamed out of the company before most even noticed he was here. He talks more about bikes and how good he was in his past career than he does about the things that happen inside the SCW ring which makes me think he isn’t taking any of this all that seriously. Maybe that will get him a win here and there in this company, but it’s not going to cut it against The Black Sheep. It’s not going to cut it in a championship match. It’s not going to cut it as part of a team of two people who don’t even know each other.

He laughs, and tries to remember the exact words of the tweet that Candy had sent out. Had he felt any anxiety about defending the championships, her first comments would have silenced any doubt in his mind.

”Who is Agustus Romanov?” was the funniest shit that I read all week.... but that’s what we have all come to expect from Candy, the only that spent the last month talking about some Glitter Bomb Match that nobody actually understands. The one that makes PSA’s making herself look like an idiot, only I’m pretty sure even that is over her head. I guess at some point while I was gone she had a decent run with the Bombshell Roulette Championship, but if I remember right, Violet Amelia Holt was the run that ran that shit into the ground. That’s not an impressive name to have putting an end to your greatest achievement in Sin City. Almost makes me think that the whole reign must have been during a downturn in the Bombshell division. I look around at the current Bombshell roster, and neither of them look like people that I would peg as champions.

Kris hadn’t been shy about the fact that there were several bombshells on the roster that he knew could challenge The Black Sheep, so in case people were putting together a list, there were at least two more names that could be scratched away now.

So on one hand there is a lackluster bombshell, on the other is her partner that is apparently better on a motorcycle than he is inside a ring. I guess it is fitting to put two of the most positive, carefree, fun-loving individuals on the roster against the two people that everyone loves to vilify, but everyone has to realize that this is not a match fought on equal footing. This isn’t two superheroes taking on a couple of lowly henchmen. This is going to be two supervillains taking apart some well-intentioned civilians to send a message to the world. The Black Sheep aren’t holding anything back just because these two smile their way through life. They are stepping up to challenge us for the championships that we came back to this company to win. What hope could they have of prying them away from us?

He picks up the championship from the desk as he talks and holds it out towards the camera as he finishes almost as if he was offering his challengers to try and grab it through the screen.

I wouldn’t want to put any of my money on the two of them pulling out the upset. I am teamed up with the most dominant bombshell in SCW history. Not only is she one half of the Mixed Tag Team Champions right now, but she is the newest SCW Grand Slam Champion. She’s a Hall of Famer. She is undefeated when teaming with me inside the Sin City ring. Even back when Mikah and I were fighting all the time, we were still running through all of the teams that have tucked their tails and run away from this division now that we are at the top. Now that we are finding out footing as an actual team instead of just two individuals, we are unstoppable. That is why there aren’t any challengers left in this division. That is why we are left with these two. And that is why The Black Sheep are going to walk into and out of this match with our Mixed Tag Team Championships exactly where they belong.

Kris places the championship belt over his shoulder and wraps his arm around it to clutch it to his chest.

We aren’t scared. We aren’t intimidated. We aren’t worried. This is a match that we could win blindfolded and with both of our arms tied behind our backs. We know it. They know it. All of the fans that bought tickets know it. They aren’t in the ring to see Agostino and Candy compete for the championships. They are coming to watch The Black Sheep keep the winning streak rolling while we celebrate our first successful defense.

If anything, the new Mixed Tag Team Champion looked more confident than he ever has before.

These two are just showing up to a massacre. I’m glad they both like to keep things fun, because Mikah and I are going to have a blast ripping them apart.


16
Getting Things Done
Jet City South - San Diego
25 SEPTEMBER 2020
OFF-Camera



It was dark in Jet City South. Coby was usually the first one to come through the doors in the morning anyways, so it didn’t really bother him. To be honest, it was one of the best parts of his day. He made his way from the front door to the alarm system, shutting it off before flipping a large panel full of light switches. Jet City South came to life around him, but for now it was just his. Soon people would start to come through, but for just this moment every day, he got to enjoy the fruits of his labor without a dozen people asking him questions. He doesn’t linger, and makes his way through the halls and up the backstairs to the office overlooking the main floor. He flips on the lights in the room and tosses his bag down only to be startled by the rustling of someone on the loveseat behind him. Before he can spin to face the sound of the noise, his partner and friend identifies himself.

Kris: Why do you stick around after all these years?

Even with the split second warning, Coby still nearly leaps out of his shoes at the sound of Kris’ voice. He grabs a folder off of his desk and hurls it towards Kris out of some misplaced defense reflex, but just watches as the papers inside scatter in the air and fall to the ground well short of his would be attacker.

Coby: Jesus!

Coby shakes his head, and takes a deep breath, attempting to bring his blood pressure back down. Kris only smiles at first, definitely pleased with the reaction he got out of Coby. He was still sitting in the same clothes from the night before. After his chat with Court, he hadn’t left. He went up to the office, sat down, and got lost in what she said to him. He didn’t know how much time had passed, but the next thing he knew Coby was opening up the door. It was an amusing end to an annoying night. At least there was a silver lining though.

Kris: I don’t think he’s here. You can leave a message, but I doubt he checks them.

It wasn’t a topic that Coby was willing to engage Kris on. Instead, Coby tried to keep the conversation light.

Coby: Don’t make a habit of hanging out being sad in the dark. People will start to mistake you for your brother.

He should have been able to tell that Kris wasn’t going to just laugh at the bad joke and move on with his day. There was something off about the whole situation.

Kris: I’d have to be drinking for that….

Coby didn’t know who had broken Kris, but he had a feeling it wasn’t Jason. If it were, he would have gotten a much more negative response to bringing up the more successful brother’s name. Some days the hate that would earn Coby was rivaled only by talking about going home to Seattle, although he hadn’t quite put together as to why it was such a sore subject. He doubted that Kris wanted to let him in on it now either. If the current subject was Jason, then Coby would play along.

Coby: Yeah, well… everyone has problems. You should take it easy on him. Not sure what your alls problem is this week. Seems like you’re at each other’s throats sometimes and chill at others. I can’t keep up.

Kris didn’t flash any smugness or try to change the subject like normal. Instead, he asked his friend a question that he definitely should have already known the answer to.

Kris: You don’t have any siblings do you?

Coby shakes his head.

Coby: Thankfully, no. Just an annoying cousin that thinks herself a sister.

The other half of Team Quik, Keisha, had stayed part of Jet City in Seattle. Their partnership was the first casualty of setting up Jet City South, unless they were counting the founding brothers themselves. Although, Coby knew that the split was only ever going to be temporary. They always resolved their squabbles before.

Kris: I guess you wouldn’t get it then.

Kris shrugs and lets out a heavy sigh. He leans forward on the couch and runs his fingers of his left hand through his matted hair. He looked defeated, but he didn’t have any visible bruises. Whatever had happened had to have gotten under his skin though. Coby almost wasn’t brave enough to actually ask.

Coby: Man, somebody did a number on you. Usually you’re all smiles and arrogance. Did someone swing by and put you in your place?

He tried to make it sound as much like he was joking as possible. The last thing he wanted was for Kris to snap and dump all of his anger on him. Coby had been on the receiving end of that enough in the last few years. He was good at avoiding it these days. However, Kris must have been in a giving mood. He doesn’t even fight Coby over the information.

Kris: Court.

He scowl that formed on Kris’ face just from saying her name gave Coby more than Kris’ words. It wasn’t very often that someone got him twisted inside out like this.

Coby: Oof. Yeah, she has made a couple people cry since we have been open. You really have to blame yourself for that one though. Well, you and Mikah. You all ruined that girl.

He was still mostly joking, but Kris took his words to heart. He is quick to defend himself from the accusation.

Kris: She came to us all entitled and full of herself. All we did was show her how to handle herself in the ring.

Both men knew that wasn’t exactly true, and since Kris seemed too down to fight him on it, Coby took a stab at something a little closer to the truth.

Coby: No, you all crushed her spirit, and you literally goaded her into breaking her hand. You pushed her too hard, too fast several times and she snapped under the pressure. That girl has had more setbacks and injuries than either of us, and she is just getting started in this business. What do you expect?

It was the question that Kris had been sitting back and torturing himself over for the last few hours. Sure, Court had dug deep and took a few shots below the belt, but he only had himself to blame for it. He taught her how to size up and read her opponents. He taught her how to get under people’s skin. He shouldn’t be surprised to be turned into one of her targets to practice on. That wasn’t a conversation to have with Coby though, so he finally tried to shift away from the subject.

Kris: You know, she had some shit to say about you too...

Coby nods knowingly. It didn’t surprise him at all. Most of it was probably things that she says to his face on a daily basis. Court was anything but shy.

Coby: I bet her little ass did. I’m too naive to strike out on my own and give you guys the finger. She thinks of me like Jet City’s little brother. I don’t end up sitting alone in rooms sulking about it though and startling people.

It was a feeble attempt to circle back around to what was actually bothering Kris, and the Grand Slam Champion didn’t let Coby down.

Kris: She went too far this time.

Coby shrugs, not offering his friend a single ounce of pity.

Coby: Yeah, well you probably had it coming. You run around running your mouth long enough and someone is going to come along and close it from time to time.

He didn’t mean it as an insult, but the matter-of-fact tone that he says the words in rubs Kris the wrong way. He is immediately on defense again.

Kris: I expect it out in the ring. You know? Like, if Bella or Malachi had come at me like that I would have understood...

His disappointment with his opponents was a whole different source of frustration, but he would get into that later. This week was supposed to be an ascendance to greatness, but was ending up sucking a lot more than he planned for.

Coby: Really? Let me ask you a question...

Kris stands up, but doesn’t make any move for the door. Instead, he stretches his arms out to the side. His body had started to stiffen up from the hours of sitting in the dark.

Kris: ....you people all the time with your questions….

Coby: Just humor me for a second.

He realized that there was little to no chance that Kris would actually answer his question, but it was worth a shot.

Coby: When someone comes at you from the locker room, or because of some match, it doesn’t bother you. I mean I saw Crimson say and do things to you that nobody should ever be forgiven for, but you two are somehow cool now. Yet, Court comes in here and cuts you down to size a little bit and it has you all messed up. Why?

Kris locks eyes with his friend and business partner without trying to make excuses or bend the truth in his favor.

Kris: ...because she was right.

It was one of those things that Coby already knew, but he was still surprised to hear the words come out of Kris’ mouth. He didn’t want to leave his friend on the hook, and immediately tried to lighten the mood in the room with a joke at his own expense.

Coby: Ah, see now there’s the honesty and self-awareness that makes me stick around like a loyal puppy.

Kris straightens himself out and offers Coby a cheap half-smile.

Kris: I guess that’s a compliment.

Coby realized that it was Kris’ way of trying to dismiss the seriousness of the conversation, but Coby wasn’t quite ready to let Kris slip away. He took it a step further.

Coby: You’re not actually mad or upset with her. You’re upset with you. If there’s anything that I’ve learned about you over the years is that you are your least favorite person… regardless of what everyone else may think.

Kris leans forward, extending his arms out in an over-exaggerated bow like some kind of court jester.

Kris: Well someone has to be the villain, right?

Coby shakes his head, unconvinced.

Coby: Nah. That’s just you. Think about it. Everyone thinks that they are the hero of their story. Even if they are wrong. Even if they are horrible. Sometimes especially when they are horrible. They still think that they’re doing the right thing. That they’re making things better for some reason. Everyone wants to be a hero. You’re the only one painting themselves as a villain, and you already know why that is….

Kris thinks it over for a second, but only one answer comes to mind.

Kris: ...because I am...

Coby walks over and claps Kris on the shoulder with his right hand.

Coby: ...and you always will be with that kind of attitude.


==========================================================


>I used to wonder if the veterans of this business ever got tired of beating the uninspired….

Now I know the answer. Because usually I would be excited about heading into Violent Conduct. This isn’t going to be my first time on this show, and it isn’t even going to be the first time I am competing for a championship on it. As far as high profile championship matches go, I’ve been there and done that. Fenris and I put on one of the best Violent Conduct main events in the history of SCW. There is no topping that. There was tension there. Nobody knew who was going to come out on top. There was this up and coming rookie that had been on a tear since debuting and winning Blast from the Past, and then there was me. I was the guy that everyone said was SCW. There was o no mentioning the company without mentioning my name, and vice versa. I was carrying this company on my back, and Fenris came and took that torch from me and ran with it for most of the time that I was gone.

Now I am coming back around to Violent Conduct, and this year doesn’t feel like that year. This match doesn’t feel like that match. There is no tension in the air. I don’t feel unsettled, or nervous about what is going to happen. I feel…. nothing.Don’t get me wrong, it’s not that I am not looking forward to taking Sass n Bash’s Mixed Tag Team Championships. I couldn’t be more pumped about the idea of walking out of another SCW show with championship gold around my waist. It’s long past time that Mikah and I won the titles that were basically created for us to carry. That’s not my point though. My point is that it is just academic at this point. All we are doing is dotting the I’s and crossing the t’s. Everyone sees it. Everyone knows it. Malachi and Bella have proven time and time again that they don’t stack up against us. Not in the ring. Not outside the ring. Their little speeches are boring, and they don’t even seem like they have confidence in themselves. Their big opportunity to put The Black Sheep in their rear view mirrors blew up in their face weeks ago. We even told them that we would let them pick the stipulation for their defense just to hopefully give them a boost, but the energy is just not there.

Instead, sad boy Malachi treated us to a story of true love. How he went from intolerable jackwagon to married douche right before all of our eyes. Newsflash dude, everyone has family problems. You want to talk about fighting siblings? Look back at Jet City in SCW. I managed to fight with my brother while the two of us were running circles around the rest of the tag team division at the same time. You’re not special. But then what? You met a girl. Started dating. Formed a team. Won a title. Is this supposed to be an uplifting story? Is this your greatest success? You found the one person in the world that could tolerate you and then decided to team together. How special. Has that worked out well for The Barnharts? I didn’t think so. Being a couple in this business is overrated and played out. Mikah and I don’t need to be together in order to beat the two of you. We don’t even have to be getting along. The fact that we have beaten other teams on this roster without being on the same page speaks for itself. Now that we are finding our footing as a team and actually working together, what hope do these two have? I guess it is a good thing that Bella and Malachi have each other, because after this match that is all that they are going to have. Those Mixed Tag Team Championship won’t be their problem anymore.

...and I can say things like that without everyone rolling their eyes because most people in this company and the majority of the fans have seen it happen over and over again since the first time I stepped foot in this company. They have seen me step up and take whatever it is that I want to take, and do whatever it is that I want to do. I may talk a whole lot of shit, but when it comes time to back it up, I always come through. That’s why I can call you two Bitch n Moan and it gets under your skin. The two of you had to cry to get your one-on-one shot, because you couldn’t get the job done any other way. You have frequently needed do-overs to get the better of the other teams on this roster, and are barely winning as often as you lose. The two of you complain when things don’t go your way, and act like you’re the greatest team ever when you finally manage to take a step forward.

Mikah and I showed up, dominated our way through any teams brave enough to take us on, and earned our shot at the championships. I could have taken a shortcut and cashed in my guaranteed shot. I could have gone out to the ring and cried about my past success until Mark or Christian caved in and handed me what I wanted just to shut me up. There were several paths to this match, and none of them would have allowed a mediocre team like Sass n Bash to hold those titles for more than a month. If the two of you are upset about your little nickname, then you only have yourselves to blame. If it strikes a nerve, it is because there is a nerve to strike. Trying to turn it around on me and Mikah though is not only sad, but…. Uninspired. I let the two of you get your wish of a singles match with Wolfslair, and Malachi has the audacity to talk about people getting shots that they didn’t deserve. I’m almost afraid that they don’t realize how bad of a joke that is. It baffles me that these two think that they are some sort of measuring stick when The Black Sheep has already proven that Sass in Bash couldn’t hang with us inside that ring. How can they claim to be the best at anything in this division when their records don’t support it? Then again, they’re the same two people that don’t understand how Mikah and I are black sheep on this roster, and called me the captain of the friend zone or some shit like that. Maybe they keep having these setbacks because they’re not reading the memos. It would probably be easier for them to beat their opponents if they knew anything at all about them. It might cut down on how many second chances they need to get the job done.

Malachi and Bella are concerned that Mikah and I will never have what they have. The only thing of theirs that we are currently interested in, is the championship belts around their waists. They can keep their life lessons and relationship advice to themselves, and we won’t have any complaints about that. That’s not what we need from them. All we need for them is to shine up those championships real nice, and carry them down to the ring for us. After that, we take care of the rest. It’s not about reclaiming any glory days, and it’s not personal for us. Mikah and I didn’t come back in order to ruin Sass n Bash’s reign. We didn’t join the division in order to take anything away from them. Truth be told, we didn’t even expect for the two of them to even be in our way. Mikah and I put money on Wolfslair sending them to the back of the line. The fact that Bella and Malachi won was just a happy accident. They put themselves on our radar by taking the only things in this division that we actually give a shit about. They made themselves the target, and then want to cry about the fact that we were mean to them before we beat them. They want to misrepresent our places in this company’s history. They want to act like we are relics of the past and not two of the most dominant individuals on the entire roster in the present.

...and that is their right, but it is going to cost them their championships. These two aren’t the gold standard. They barely qualify as a first obstacle. They’re an introductory course, and The Black Sheep are the master class. This isn’t going to be a match. It’s a slaughter, and the champs aren’t smart enough to see it for what it is. Maybe they will learn while they are working their way up for their next shot at the championships. That might be a long and sad road, but at least they’ll have each other.

...because The Black Sheep will have our Mixed Tag Team Championships and that’s what’s really important.


17
Built For It
Jet City South - San Diego
16 September 2020



SCW Grand Slam Champion is laying on his back in the middle of Jet City South’s six-sided ring. Mikah had been enjoying the down time with her kids, and Kris didn’t blame her. Unfortunately, he did not have the same problem. For Kris, the off weeks dragged by. Even now, he had another week and a half before he would be stepping in the ring again. There wasn’t anything to do other than go through his routine. He was more than ready. All he was doing was waiting. That was what had led him to laying in the center of his ring breathless. Without an audience or other students to work around he had made use of the full gym. It was like the old days in Jason’s basement obstacle course all over again. The hours flew past in a blur, and he was that much closer to the opening bell. The last thing he had expected was to be interrupted while lost in his thoughts, but his eyes snapped open as the ring rocked under him. Through the corner of his eye he caught a blur, and his instincts kicked in more as a reflex than anything else. He rolled away from the blur, for Courtney Pierce to land on her backside right next to him. Her outstretched leg would have landed across Kris’ neck had he not moved. Once Kris’ eyes settled on her, he smiled up at her.

Kris: ....and here I was thinking someone threatening was coming...

He tried to push himself up off of the mat, but Court slid herself closer to him and trapped his right arm and neck between both of her thighs. She grabs his right wrist with both hands in an attempt to pull his shoulder forward to sink in the triangle choke.

Court: You better watch yourself, Ryans. I can take you these days.

Kris wasn’t surprised, or even annoyed. Court had been a big part of the Jet City Sports Lab in Seattle. When Kris had left to stage a comeback in Sin City, she had followed, heading back home to Long Beach. At every step of building Jet City South, Court had been there, and had shown up when he put in the call for her to help Kris get Mikah ready for their first match as a mixed tag team. Their relationship had grown in the two years since they worked together in Sin City. It was strange, considering how things had started for them.

Kris: Remember that time you took a swing at me and broke your hand? Good times.

The sparkling, purple, fingerless glove on Court’s right hand hadn’t really come off in public in the last few years. It was a reminder to her to always keep her cool, no matter what. That mistake had led her down a path full of setbacks. She wasn’t going to be headed back down that way this time around. She was hoping that she could avoid that by having Kris take her under his wing. Kris brings his knees up under himself, and places a free hand on the front of Court’s thigh. She was getting better at catching him by surprise, but she was still a long way off of being able to neutralize the raw power differences between them.

Court: I remember that you ducked.

Despite the confidence in her voice, she finds herself picked up into the air by Kris as he gets his feet planted to the ground. He pulls all of Court’s weight up with him, leaving her hanging from his neck as she tries to get the triangle hold right. Unfortunately for her, Kris was still able to breath.

Kris: ...because you swung at me.

He voice was strained, probably from the fact that he was just about spent before she had attacked him. He tries to lift her right side up, but Court intelligently releases her hold on his arm, and uses his momentum against him by throwing herself back and sending him flipping down to the mat. They both land on their backs head-to-head. Kris tries to sit up, but Court rolls herself backwards to stop him. She drives her knees into his shoulders and pins him down to the mat.

Court: No… because you were afraid.

Kris shakes his head without giving her words any kind of consideration.

Kris: Afraid of what? You? You’re not that good.

Kris plants his feet to the ground, and uses his leg strength to force his body off of the ground, forcing Court’s knees off of his shoulders for just a split second. That is all the Grand Slam Champion needed to pop his head free and give her a shove away from him. The distance the shove creates allows Kris to get back to his feet, but Court is up just as fast as he is. She takes a step towards him, and fires several right hands that he manages to slap away before they can get inside his defenses.

Court: If I wasn’t that good you wouldn’t waste so much time helping me.

Flattering Kris takes him off of his game for just a second, and she uses it to her advantage by dipping under his attempt to push her back, diving to the mat, and sweeping Kris’ legs out from under him. The Miracle hits the mat hard, and Court spins around on the mat. She places both of her palms on Kris’ forehead, laces the fingers of her hands together, and looks down at him with a winning smile. Kris shrugs, unbothered by his predicament.

Kris: Oh, that’s what we’re doing? It’s Honest Hour, is it?

Court pushes herself up to a sitting position not at all surprised that Kris was trying to deflect away from the fact that she currently had the upper hand.

Court: Why? You don’t think you can handle it?

Kris sits up, but spins around on the mat so that he could face her. It was something that they had agreed on back in Seattle. If they were going to be able to co-exist, they were going to have to be able to cut through all of the bullshit without the other taking offense or making it out to be a personal attack. It was something that he had tried to put into practice with Mikah based on how well it had worked with Court, but Mikah wasn’t open enough to really let it work.

Kris: I think that you’re a little crazy trying to get back into the ring right now. How many times have you gotten this close, rushed it, and had to take a step back?

She knew that he was going to attempt to throw it in her face. She suspected that was the reason that he hadn’t stepped in the way of Kate wanting to work with her. At the very least, Kate represented someone that was much more familiar with the Bombshell roster than he was. Kate could help Court in the same way that Mikah was supposed to. Hopefully without the clashing egos. Court wasn’t about to sit back and allow Kris to attack her decision though. Especially when she knew the truth about his reasons for coming back.

Court: Oh, and you’re one to talk! You have a more colored history hurting yourself than I do, and my hand was YOUR fault too!

She knew that her hand was just the start of it. She had tried to put the rest of the injuries out of her mind. It wasn’t going to help to dwell on all of the negative things that could happen in the ring. It was where she wanted to be. It had always been where she wanted to be. That was the reason that she got along with Kris. They had both always wanted to be in a ring, in front of a crowd. There was no obstacle that was going to stop them from living that dream as long as possible. Still, Kris wasn’t just going to let her forget about the risks.

Kris: What about the concussions when you tried to come back, eh? Was that me? Or the broken collarbone before you were even cleared to be back in a gym?

His revisionist history wasn’t fair, and she wasn’t going to let it stand, even if it was supposed to be against the rules to be defensive.

Court: --I was allowed to be in the gym, just non-contact….

Knowing he had her on the ropes, Kris pushed the subject instead of pitying her and letting her slip away from it.

Kris: ...and how did that work out for you?

Instead, the only thing he did was bring out the short temper that she was still not great at keeping under wraps. It was that same temper that got her hand broken two years ago. The same stubbornness that led her to push things to the point of getting injured every time she tried to come back. She didn’t like being wrong, and wasn’t going to sit and listen to Kris tell her that she was without turning it around on him.

Court: How well has it worked out for you? How many times have they put your knee back together? You’re up to your third shoulder surgery now right? The broken arms? The cracked ribs? The broken jaw? Didn’t you spend like a month not able to talk for some reason? The list goes on. It’s what we do. We’re built for it.

She looked down at the black and blue bruises on her legs and on the insides of her arms. She had always seen them as just part of the job. They were little tolls that you had to pay if you wanted to stay on the road to greatness. Pain was just part of it. They had to persevere if they wanted the glory that came from all the struggle.

Kris: There you go thinking that we are the same again. You weren’t built for this. You were some rich LBC kid that could have done something easy the rest of her life. You chose this.

She hated every time he tried to use her upbringing against her just because everyone thought of him as street trash before he had made something of himself. It was an excuse for his prejudice, not a reason she couldn’t compete.

Court: Oh, you think a rough upbringing and being open about your junkie lifestyle make you special. Just because life beat you up before you got into this doesn’t mean it has to be that way for everyone.

Kris shrugs, knowing that he is starting to get under her skin now.

Kris: ...I bet you have a real nice view of all us peasants down here from way up on top of that pedestal you put yourself on.

The fact that he didn’t realize that what he was doing wasn’t any different made her livid.

Court: It’s messed up that you can’t see that you’re doing the exact same thing. Pointing out your problems doesn’t mean I don’t have any. Everyone has secrets, Kris.

In the spirit of honesty, he pushes her to spill them to him.

Kris: What are yours?

Court wasn’t dumb enough to let Kris get too close. He was a hell of a teacher, especially to the right type of student, but he wasn’t someone that anyone should trust. Not even for short periods of time. Kris was notoriously incapable of caring about anyone other than himself regularly.

Court: Not for you to know, but I know why you’re here and you can’t go home….

His eyes widen, and he freezes. The turn of the tables happened so fast that he wasn’t able to keep his poker face up. If Court hadn’t already known that her suspicions were correct, she knew for sure based on his reaction. He immediately tries to give her the same line that he gives everyone else.

Kris: They didn’t support my decision to come back.

He can tell that she doesn’t buy it, and she makes no attempt to hide it.

Court: Is that right? I don’t think you’re living up to the spirit of Honesty Hour.

It wasn’t a lie. It just wasn’t the whole truth. It was as much of the truth as anyone else needed to know though. He wasn’t quite sure how Court had put it all together, but he wasn’t about to let her dive into his personal life for her own amusement.

Kris: We’re done talking.

He tries to get up to his feet, but Court throws herself forward and drives an elbow into his abdomen to double him forward. Kris tries to take a breath, but Court gives him a shove back down to his backside.

Court: Does Mikah know?

Kris looks up at her surprised by the question, but not too far off his game to block a half-hearted kick from his trainee.

Kris: Why would sh--

Court cuts him off by leaping up and catching him in the side of the head with her knee in a move that takes her back down to the mat next to him. Kris’ hands raise to his head. She hadn’t hit him hard enough for him to see stars, but he knew she wasn’t actually trying to maim him. It was definitely hard enough to rattle him a little though.

Court: Yeah, you’re right. She wouldn’t care, or wouldn’t get it. Maybe she just wasn’t involved enough in Jet City to see it happen. Mikah has always been too self-involved to pay attention to things happening right in front of her.

Kris could understand Court’s attempts to get under his skin, but there was one part of it all that he couldn’t explain.

Kris: Why all this sudden hate for Mikah? She is the one that trained you, and she’s my tag team partner. That should at least earn her a litt--

Court flicked him in the side of the head with a playful smile on her face. Sure, he had been almost out of gas before they had started this little game, but she was still enjoying being on the winning side. It didn’t happen nearly often enough. She was going to take advantage.

Court: No, we’re not talking about her right now. We’re talking about you. The whole Jet City family does a hell of a job keeping a secret when they want to. The dumb ones like Coby are too naive to through the thin layer of bullshit. I don’t think you came here because you wanted to come back. As a matter of fact, I’m absolutely positive that you CAN’T go back.

Kris pushes her away before turning over and getting to his feet in the center of the ring.

Kris: You don’t know what you’re talking about.

Court rolls back on her shoulders and then propels herself forward and up to her feet in front of Kris.

Court: You still want to talk about whether or not I’m built for this?

The words come out cockily as she throws another strike. Kris is done playing with her though. His fatigue for the majority of their conversation led her to underestimate his actual speed. He catches her single gloved hand out of the air, and turns it so that her entire arm is locked into a bunched position. He uses his right heel in the back of her knee to throw her off balance, before giving her a push and sending her falling back to the mat.

Kris: I think being smart is only going to carry you so far.

Court hits the mat hard, flat on her back, but laughs. Even though Kris was getting the last laugh, she had gotten her shots in both physically and verbally. She had him exactly where she wanted him, and now even he knew it.

Court: ...that’s why I have you around to carry me the rest of the way.

With a heavy sigh, Kris shakes his head and exits the ring, leaving Court smiling and looking up at the lights of Jet City South.

==========================================================



>I have been thinking a lot about Sass n Bash over the last few weeks...

He pauses and looks up at the camera with a smirk.

...and yeah, that was me dropping your actual stupid name instead of the one that I have been calling you for the last month. The whole point of calling you Bitch n Moan was to get you to say it yourselves. I wanted the two of you to prove to me that I had your attention.

As always, every one of his words was some kind of game that people were playing whether they wanted to or not.

Attention. It’s one the easiest things in this business to fake. People act like they listen to the builshit that others spew during the show. There are too many people pretending, so you never really know if you actually have a team’s attention. That’s where Bitch n Moan came from. I wanted to know that the two of you were watching.

He takes a deep breath, and some of his smugness fades away.

I have a couple things that I need to get off my chest, and now that I know the guests of honor are watching, I feel like now is the time. I think that maybe I was a little too hard on you two. You were both on top of the world following your big win against Wolfslair and it clearly hurt your feelings that Mikah and I stepped in to ruin your parade before it really even got started. Maybe we should have given you a moment to get on your feet before we tried to take you down. It’s possible that we jumped the gun a little.

It is clear that the Grand Slam Champion is doing his best to sound sincere.

Heading into that first match against each other, I might have also been a little unfair to the champions. I mean, I was pretty harsh when comparing them to myself and Mikah. Sure, Mikah and I have the better resumes, but we have also been in Sin City for a lot longer than the majority of the roster. Maybe Sass n Bash will move onto bigger and better things after their time as a team has passed. For all I know, they could end up in the Hall of Fame before I do. It’s not like I can read the future. Who knows what paths their careers will take? For that matter, who’s to say mine can’t take a horrible Jessie Salco-esque downturn where losing becomes the new normal? Comparing our two teams is unfair, because Sass n Bash haven’t had the time to rise to the levels we have. In fact, if we just want to compare first years, they are way ahead of where I was at this point.

It was an uncharacteristic concession to his opponents and a stark change from all of the other things that he has said about the mixed tag team champions.

Plus, you two make a great point. None of the teams that are coming out of the woodwork and wanting a shot at your titles did so until you were champions. There are teams springing up out of nowhere. The Black Sheep is certainly one of them. I mean, the only teams that really gave you any trouble on your path to the championships were the Trenton Tigers and The Barnharts. It’s like the two of you brought eyes to the division that Wolfslair made everyone afraid to join for some reason.

His condescension starts to bleed through towards the ends of his words. Clearly he was struggling to continue to be nice to his opponents, and it was all just some sort of setup for the turn he was about to make. Even though he tries, he can’t quite manage to regain the sincerity in his voice.

So maybe some of the things I said were a little out of line. Maybe I was a little too harsh. Maybe some of the comparisons that I made were unfair, and the criticisms were a little overblown. Maybe calling them Bitch n Moan was a step across the line, because truth be told, Sass n Bash is not nearly as bad as I led everyone to believe. Trust me. I know that it doesn’t look like that on paper, but you’re just not thinking about it the right way. If we were facing a Sass n Bash team five years from now, they might have the resumes that Mikah and I have, or better. If they were facing us as a team back when we were just finding our footing in SCW, they would totally beat the hell out of us. If all things were equal, this match could go either way, and the fact that I disregarded that fact heading into our match means that I owe my opponents an apology.

The smirk is back on his face, and the Kris that SCW fans have grown to love hating is back on full display.

I’m sorry that we aren’t facing off on even footing. I’m sorry that you two aren’t as successful as we have been. I’m sorry that everyone knew that we were going to beat you the last time. I apologize for pointing out that neither of you stack up well against me and Mikah in the ring, and I send my deepest condolences that The Black Sheep exposed how weak of a team you were the moment that we entered the division. Because, as you have said, all the good teams came out of the woodwork after you became champions. Meaning your path was just as easy as beating champions that didn’t want the championships anymore. You didn’t have a real challenge until you took on me and Mikah and you failed, just like everyone expected you to.

He shrugs, and allows himself a light laugh.

I apologize for all of it, but I don’t regret a second of it and wouldn’t take back or change a single part of it.

Any sense that he wasn't going to attack the champions just like he does all of his other opponents goes out the window.

I stand by all of it, and I would do it all over again in a heartbeat. The two of you have managed to rise to your maximum potential in this division by keeping those championships warm for us after Wolfslair got tired of carrying them around and waiting for real challengers. You have fulfilled your purpose perfectly, and now it is time to cough up what we have already proven was never yours. The Black Sheep never had to trade wins with a team before we could come back and beat them the second time around. We didn’t suffer any setbacks on the road to our championship destiny. We didn’t need any do-overs. Why? Because real champions shouldn’t need to rely on mulligans to get the job done. That’s why nobody is ever going to look at the current mixed tag team champions as anything other than transitional.

Sometimes the truth is more painful than any of the insults that he could hurl their way.

...and now they have a problem with the wheel deciding our fates. They want to play games over the stipulation of our championship match. Why? There are only two explanations that make sense to me. One, they think that there is a stipulation that can give them some kind of benefit. Almost as if they think that it matters what the match type is. Or two, they are afraid of not knowing what they are walking into until their music is playing and they have to come through the curtain. Either way, their gripe is laughable at best, and really, really sad at worst. Before Griffin Hawkins came along, I was the one breaking all of the records in the Roulette Division. I lived my life not knowing what I was walking into week-after-week, and I did it with a smile on my face. When I was the Roulette Champion I wasn’t running from the wheel, I was challenging people to Roulette Rules matches every single time I was booked. Why? It wasn’t because I was obsessed with the violence of it all. I’m not crazy about all of the hardcore matches that have led to part of my ear being cut off, or being put through walls and bathroom stalls in the backstage area. It wasn’t any of the actual stipulations that mattered. What mattered was leveling the playing field and seeing how much better I was at adapting to the situation than my opponent. What mattered was that there is no game plan or strategy for the wheel. Anything you had planned for your match goes out the window the moment you get stuck in a match you have never heard of. Afraid of heights? It could be a ladder match. Submission specialist? Too bad, it’s a Last Man Standing match. Claustrophobic? Good luck being buried alive. The wheel doesn’t care what you planned for. It doesn’t care what you’re afraid of. It picks what it wants and if you can’t adapt to that situation you’re going to get yourself hurt, embarrassed or both. In my case, and in Mikahs, holding that championship and competing in that division sharpened our skills. We don’t care what this match ends up being because we are going to win it regardless. If Sass n Bash are afraid of the wheel, let them decide what kind of match they want to have. They are the ones bringing us the championships after all. Call it a champion’s advantage, especially if they are so intimidated by the random chance of the wheel.

Both members of The Black Sheep had learned to live with the stipulations the Roulette Wheel might throw their way, and had been successful in spite of them. In Kris’ mind, that gave them a leg up on anyone that was afraid to give it a spin.

Mikah and I have already stood across the ring from Bella and Malachi and outclassed them. Bella had no answer for Mikah except bending the rules to try and gain an advantage. She still ended up getting put on her ass anytime she was left in the ring with Mikah for an extended time. Malachi may have gotten some good shots in, but was there ever a time where I didn’t look like I was ten steps ahead of him? He nearly got himself disqualified because of his temper, and then took all of his best shots when he had no hope of helping his team win with them. He tagged himself in just in time to have his lights turned out and have his wife watch on while The Miracle pinned him in the center of the ring as clear as day.

Kris seems to take extra satisfaction about how their last meeting came to an end.

It was exactly what I said would happen. Malachi couldn’t keep himself under control. He is emotional, and focused on some game plan that he thinks will lead him to victory. He had no answer for someone who was just going to laugh in his face no matter how many times he got hit. He didn’t know what to do with someone that wasn’t intimidated by his anger. I knew that his anger would make him sloppy. Nothing else in the match mattered. All I needed was to give him the push that would eventually pay off in my favor. One Godspeed later he was staring at the ceiling of the arena wondering where it all went wrong. All while Bella went out of her way to prove that Mikah was more than a match for her at every turn. Bella might be young and fearless, but there is a reason that she wins as often as she loses and it is because she is short-sighted. She lost control of our match by paying more attention to her significant other on the outside, and allowed Mikah to eliminate her from the equation. Bella’s angry husband left her to get pummeled by a legend while he did his damnedest to put me away. We all saw how that worked out. The transitional champions lost to a team that everyone knew would beat them.

He could have left it there, but instead takes it a step further just to rub it into the faces of the champions.

There was no shock in the air. There was no surprise. Nobody cried upset, and the headlines the next night weren’t talking about our match at all. The only thing that happened back on Climax Control was Sass n Bash helped us solidify our shot at the Mixed Tag Team Championships without me having to make it happen by force. They made this match-up at Violent Conduct a foregone conclusion. They essentially scheduled their own execution as champions. No matter what they choose for stipulation of this match, they’re going to be walking out as former champions. I know it. Mikah knows it. Hell, even they know it... The least they can do is pick a match that will make it entertaining for the fans. That is, if they’re really so intimidated by the wheel.

He winks at the camera, hoping that the champions haven’t tuned him out yet.

Mikah and I know we aren’t. We’ll be ready regardless. People like us… real champions… we were built for matches like this. We don’t disappoint. We don’t fall short. Be ready to celebrate the rightful champions come time for the next Climax Control.

18
Climax Control Archives / Humble
« on: September 04, 2020, 03:56:42 PM »
Always Something
Jet City South - San Diego
3 September 2020
OFF-Camera



Both The Miracle and Coby Quik looked a little worse for wear as they walked through the door of their shared office overlooking the main floor of Jet City South. The launch of the gym had gone better than Kris had expected it to, but he wasn’t allowed to say that out loud. It helped that he and Coby had featured the gym on several SCW and SCU events to get their name recognition back. There was also the fact that it was a Jet City gym in the center of the city that had made them famous. Sure, the group had moved up the coast to Seattle years ago, but that didn’t change the support that they had in SoCal. It was the whole reason that Kris had come back in the first place. It was the only place other than SCW that legitimately felt like home. Kris was always the type to expect the worst not only of people, but situations. Before he was The Miracle, he was an accident and a nobody. The situation he currently found himself in was previously unheard of. For the first time in his life, he wasn’t battling any personal addictions. His gym was a success. He was on a winning streak that nobody saw coming after his match against Bill. He should be enjoying the fruits of his labor, but he wasn’t. He couldn’t. In recent days, he had trouble even sitting still. Every second that he wasn’t productive felt like time wasted. There was an uneasiness in the air around him that Coby was sick of trying to ignore. It was never a smart idea to press Kris on something he didn’t want to talk about, but even the fastest member of Jet City was growing tired of trying to keep up with his panicked pace.

Coby: What are you so damn nervous about all of a sudden?

Kris shrugs his shoulders, and keeps his eyes focused out the office window. He knew that there was no way Coby was going to believe him, but he hoped he was able to sell his lie well enough to cause his friend to drop the subject.

Kris: Nothing man. Just stressing about the gym. It’s not moving along as fast as it did in Seattle…. I expected things to go smoother.

The audible laugh from over his shoulder told Kris all he needed to know about whether or not Coby had bought his lie. Kris’ former student didn’t waste any time shredding his lie for the facade that it was.

Coby: Dude, look around! It’s a pandemic and classes are just about capped. We’ve beaten projections already. Having me in SCU and you in SCW has been the best thing we could have possibly done. People see the roll you are on and want to sign up because clearly you know what you’re doing...

That assertion was just as big of a lie as Kris’ had been, and gets the Grand Slam Champion to turn to his friend instead of focusing on the window.

Kris: Oh come on!

The smile on Coby’s face was enough to tell Kris that he had merely played into Coby’s hand. He wanted his attention, and now he had it.

Coby: Alright fine, it’s probably just name recognition. Everyone knows you’re an idiot. I was just trying to make you feel better but now you had to go and ruin that too. But, to be fair, Jet City South is not what you are actually worried about. So we both lied.

Kris knew that there was no getting Coby to drop it. Maybe it would be worthwhile to just get everything off of his chest anyways. Kris lets out a deep breath and falls into the chair behind his desk.

Kris: I guess it is this match with Wolfslair coming up.

Coby offers only a nonchalant shrug at first before pulling back his own chair behind the desk opposite Kris’.

Coby: You think you’re going to mess the whole thing up like you always do?

It was probably a step too far, but that was how Kris had to be dealt with. If you wanted him to give an inch, you had to reach for that mile first.

Kris: No!

It was a knee-jerk reaction to the words that were more true than Kris was willing to admit. Upon another second to think it over, Kris nodded, and his voice got much quieter and less certain sounding.

Kris: ...at least, not really.

Coby sits down in his chair, and puts his feet up on his desk. His favorite part about being part owner of the new gym.

Coby: Ah, so it's that you're finally going up against someone you feel is on your level and you're actually nervous about losing.



Kris: It's that obvious?



Coby: Honestly I knew before I asked. You tense up everytime you talk about Climax Control. You're even getting along with Mikah during training. You're working at this harder than normal. I figured it was related.

It made Kris feel stupid that he had been so transparent. He had thought he was keeping things together well enough. Then again, he should have known better than to think he could hide something from someone that had been on tour with him for years now.

Kris: It might be shitty to say, but everything has felt like a walk in the park until now. I haven't been this nervous since...

Coby knew where the thought was going, and decided to put it in a way that Kris wasn’t going to be able to tip-toe around for the next hour. He had gotten used to expediting these kinds of conversations so that Kris couldn’t waste too much of his time.

Coby: Choking in your match against Fenris a couple years ago?

Kris’ glare sharpened, and he opened his mouth to say something on reflex, but stopped himself. Instead, he shook his head softly and cut all but two words out of his thought.

Kris: Too far.

Kris always looked like a kicked puppy when someone was as mean to him as he was to most people. Coby had started to enjoy these kinds of moments, but knew better than to continue to kick his friend while he was down.

Coby: The most important thing that you're missing is that you should be nervous. You make it seem like it is a bad thing to be a little unsettled going into a match. You ever think that your blind confidence is actually the weird part? Like that's why you rub so many people the wrong way. Nobody should think so highly of themselves all the time. Maybe it will do you some good to be nervous for a change.

That wasn’t the way that Kris operated, and Coby knew it. There was no way that he could snap his fingers and just feel and react differently than normal. He was too entrenched into how his past had shaped him.

Kris: ...but last time...

Coby loses his cool in an attempt to get Kris to budge off of his self-deprecation.

Coby: No last time! Let that go. You were in a public fight during a sex scandal while battling injuries. You shouldn't have been in the match, but you're dumb. Just like when you beat Crimson for the title in the first place. You were lucky the first time. You got what you deserved when you lost to Fenris.

Suddenly, it felt like the conversation was not going to go the way Kris wanted it to, so he wanted to bail out of it.

Kris: This is not making me feel better….

He goes to get up from his chair, but Coby extends a hand out to him, gesturing for him to stop. He wasn’t going to let Kris keep taking the easy way out of things like this. At some point he was going to have to grow up.

Coby: Well, maybe it's something you need to hear. Just because you're nervous doesn't mean you're going to mess it up. It means you're human. Use it to your advantage.

Dumbfounded, Kris looks up and stops sulking.

Kris: How?

Coby: You've already been doing it. You and Mikah are more cohesive than ever. You have broken down every single aspect of all four members of Wolfslair for months preparing for this. Trust that you have put in the work to come out the other side with a win.

It helped ease some of Kris’ fears, but there was still the feeling that was lingering under the surface and digging at his core.

Kris: What if I'm not sure if we can pull this one off?

Coby had an answer for that too though. The things that Kris was feeling now for the first time had plagued Coby every time he signed a new contract or stepped into a ring with a new opponent. There was only one way to deal with it that had ever done him any good. The only way out is through.

Coby: Then be as honest about that as you are everything else in your life. You can't shrug off a sex tape and then worry yourself sick about a tag match. People will start to think you're crazy or something.

Kris felt like Coby was missing the point, and tried to redirect the conversation a little.

Kris: I can't go out there and do the same old 'Just Take The L' speech. It's not going to sound right this time. Nobody is going to believe that Mikah and I are going to walk all over Wolfslair like we have everyone else over the years.

Coby shrugs.

Coby: Then say that. What's so hard about that?

Kris didn’t even have to think over an answer, it just spilled out of him immediately.

Kris: It's not what people expect from me….

It was surprising to hear the words come out of Kris’ mouth given how he has treated every single one of his opponents, and most of his friends.

Coby: Since when do you care about what people expect from you? You're the villain, remember? You're supposed to be unpredictable. Go out there and give them something they haven't heard before.

At the very least, Coby had Kris actually listening to him for a change. He wasn’t going to miss the chance to be the mentor for once. All Kris had to do was ask.

Kris: ...and that is?

Coby laughs, and rocks backwards in his desk chair. He extends his arms up and laces his fingers together to cradle the back of his head with them. He wasn’t sure how his advice was going to work out for Kris, but it would be entertaining to watch either way.

Coby: Be humble.


==========================================================


>I have never made a secret out of how much I like Wolfslair...

Kris is sitting inside the office of the Jet City South. The camera sits across the room from him, but he is not looking at it. His focus is on his hands in his lap. Most of his fingers are laced together, except his thumbs, which chase one another in circles.

They are every bit the draw that they say that they are.

They are the ones that brought life to a division that was otherwise dead in the water.

They turned championships that nobody cared about into the championships that lured me back to SCW.

They are so good that I tried to convince Alicia Lukas to tag with me against two of her own teammates because she was the best option around to beat them at the time.

I usually come out and take this time to tell whoever is going to be standing across from me at Climax Control that they aren’t as good as they think they are. I tell them that they aren’t going to have the dream career or the big win that they are hoping for. I let them know that there is no hope against me. People see it as boastful, but look at what I have done since coming back. One person has beaten me, and he has gotten his ass handed to him twice since. Mikah and I have never lost together as a team. I know exactly how good I am. I know exactly what Mikah is capable of, with or without my help. Usually when I size up an opponent I see how everything is going to play out. I know, without a doubt, that I am going to have my hand raised at the end of the night. That’s why I can say the things that I do to my opponents. I know… not think, but KNOW… that I am better than a majority of the people on this roster, and most of the people with the audacity to call themselves champions in this company.

However, none of that applies to Wolfslair.

From top to bottom, they are one of the most solid groups that I have ever seen in this business. Alicia Lukas has been a champion everywhere she has gone, and her dominance in SCW etched her name into the record books faster than just about anyone else that comes to mind.

Alex Jones went from Mixed Tag Team Champion to SCW World Heavyweight Champion basically at the snap of his fingers. He wanted a shot at Griffin. He got a shot at Griffin. He took the championship and made it look easy.

Austin James Mercer was the most dominant Internet Champion that SCW has ever seen, and I say that as someone that has held that championship. The guy held the championship for the majority of this year. Even if Teddy manages to hang onto it for the rest of the year, his reign won’t be as impressive.

Then there’s Johanna. She’s the one that I probably know the least about. The only thing I really know is that she came to SCW to break out in the mixed tag division and she did exactly that. Her goal was to dominate alongside her teammates in this division before pursuing championships in the greatest women’s division in the world. In one match since dropping the mixed tag team titles, she beat a legend and Hall of Famer in Roxi Johnson. I’d say she’s well on her way to scratching more goals off her list.

So you can see, when this match was announced, and I didn’t know which two members of the team I would be facing, it didn’t matter. All four of them are equally impressive on paper and in the ring. All four of them are dangerous. All four of them are more talented than the majority of the people that have ever walked through the SCW curtain.

...and before people think I’m just trying to flatter them, don’t be stupid. The things that I am saying are facts, plain and simple. There is no getting around them. There is no discrediting them. For once, there are people in this company that say what they want to whomever they want, because they can back it up in the ring night after night. It’s kind of easy to see why I would be a fan of theirs….

...but it’s also why I can’t stand here and tell all of you that I know that I am going to walk out of this match with a win. I understand that it’s not something that I can guarantee will happen unlike most of my matches since returning to the company. I mean, think about it. They had an advantage by forcing us to prepare for all four of them, and then they threw it out the window on social media because they didn’t need cheap tricks to win. Even better, instead of strategically figuring out who would be facing The Black Sheep this week, they flipped coins. They are so confident in their abilities that it truly didn’t matter to them which ones took part in the match, and deservedly so.

Austin James Mercer and Johanna Kreiger won the toss apparently. They are the duo that get to represent the group that brought both myself and Mikah to the division in the first place. We looked around the roster, and Wolfslair seemed to be the only decent challenge for us. We had hoped for a chance to be the ones to take their Mixed Tag Team Championships, but allowing Sass n Bash to take their shot solo backfired. I’m not going to lie. I expected Wolfslair to emerge from Summer XXXtreme unscathed. I had faith that I wasn’t going to miss my opportunity by allowing Bella and Malachi to once again fall short. I was wrong.

...but the group did let us know that it could happen. I mean, just look at the things Alex was saying before they lost the championships. It sounded like his eyes were already on the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. It really felt like Johanna was ready to make the solo jump to the Bombshell Division. I went into the week before the show with a feeling that an upset could happen, but it was already too late to cash in my opportunity and add The Black Sheep to the match.

Then Sass n Bash shocked the world and walked away with the championships. And I don’t say it that way to be insulting. It’s a fact. It was the upset of the year. The fans were dumbfounded. The two of them were surprised to be having their hands raised. Nobody thought it was going to happen. Why? They weren’t the better team. They had lost to Wolfslair before, and should have come up short once again. That’s what the betting people put all their money on. Imagine how disappointed I was to see Wolfslair toppled before I could get a chance to be the one to beat them.

Like I said, I am not sure that Mikah and I will walk out of this match with a win. Yet, when it came to Sass n Bash, we called our shot and went out to ruin their two week long celebration of a fluke. Mikah and I guaranteed we were going to mop the floor with the new champs, and we did. They might hold the championships, but they are not the measuring stick of this division. Though, I’m not sure that Wolfslair is anymore either, which is the real shame.

See, everything that I have said to this point is true. I respect the hell out of all four members of Wolfslair. They are as good as they say. None of that was bullshit. The problem is, I don’t think that their hearts are in it anymore. They phoned it in during Summer XXXtreme, and they lost. It didn’t seem to bother Alex or Johanna at the time either. They both took a step forward in their careers in the time since they lost the titles. It feels like the team has moved past the need to assert their dominance over the mixed tag division, and that sucks for me personally. The match I was looking forward to, and the match that we have been given aren’t the same. Not even close.

No matter what happens, it seems like Wolfslair is onto other things. Johanna isn’t going to turn her back on the Bombshell Division and come running back to the mixed tag scene after beating Roxi. She’s going to try and climb to the top of a new ladder. If you can’t see that, you’re blind. Alicia? It seems like the people behind the scenes are determined to keep her in the main events by any means necessary, and who could blame them? Does anyone think that she is going to turn down the opportunity to main event every show just to carry a mixed tag team championship? Alex Jones has the SCW World Heavyweight Championship already, so there is no doubt about what his future plans hold. The only wild card is Austin, and I don’t see him running into this division all on his own. He has already held the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. He was great as Internet Champion. Maybe he has his eye on the Roulette Division now that he finds himself short of a full-time partner.

So what purpose does this match serve to any of them? Why would they be so ambivalent about this match that they flipped a coin? The answer is simple. They aren’t going to back down from any challenge, because that’s not their style, but this doesn’t mean anything to them anymore. They aren’t dumb enough to underestimate me or Mikah. They aren’t going to parade themselves out to the ring and boast about how badly they are going to beat us. Winning this match would be a positive for them, but losing this match isn’t going to derail any of their future plans. For that matter, losing this match isn’t going to hurt myself or Mikah. Wolfslair doesn’t want the mixed tag team championships anymore, so it’s not like they will jump The Black Sheep in line. Not to mention, me and Mikah already dominated Sass n Bash a couple of shows ago, so our shot at their championships is all but guaranteed to happen in a few weeks.

My patience and staying out of the match at Summer XXXtreme cost me the challenge that Wolfslair vs The Black Sheep was supposed to be. It cut through the buildup of what this encounter could have been. It took a match that could have main evented any show, and been a contender for the best mixed tag team match of the year, and made it an afterthought on a random Climax Control headlined by Crystaltina Milltonzdunwhatever’s wife. It’s deflating to say the least, and disappointing if I’m honest.

I know that both Johanna and Austin are going to bring their best to this fight because that is just what they do. When they step in the ring, their minds are on winning. It doesn’t matter what they think about their opponents. It doesn’t matter what is on the line. They are going to attempt to dominate because they don’t know how to half ass anything, and they aren’t like these other champions that lose a title and then disappear afterwards. I’m not trying to say that they are going to throw the match against us just because they have other aspirations. I am saying that this match doesn’t mean a damn thing to them anymore, and Mikah and I have something that we need to prove against this team.

Wolfslair is going to be the team that everyone remembers from 2020. They have had the most impressive year of any team that has come through this company, Jet City and The Black Sheep included, and let’s not forget The Black Sheep held almost every championship simultaneously last time around. Still, we don’t measure up to the last year that Wolfslair has had. They have two different SCW World Heavyweight Champions in their group, Alicia was the Bombshell Champion, and they had the most impressive Mixed Tag Team Championship run in company history. The only way that The Black Sheep were going to take them down a notch was to take their championships away before they moved onto the next part of their career. We missed that chance, but were granted this consolation.

I’m confident in The Black Sheep. I know that I didn’t become a Grand Slam Champion by accident. I know that I haven’t been beaten since April for a reason. Mikah is the single greatest Bombshell in company history. She is a record setter. She is the measuring stick that people like Johanna join the Bombshell Division to be compared against. The Black Sheep are not the Trenton Tigers, or Team Eggplant. We aren’t a joke. We aren’t the lackluster Barnharts. We are the team that is picking up exactly where Wolfslair left off when they allowed Sass n Bash to walk away with the championships of this division.

Does it suck that Wolfslair made up their mind to move on before we got the chance to take them on while they were at the top? Absolutely. Is it going to be a whole lot less fun to take those championships from Sass n Bash? Probably. Are we still going to do it? Definitely. The Black Sheep came to this division with one goal: Get the championships and hold them until we get bored beating the rest of the teams on the roster.

Johanna is someone that has already done that. Even more impressive, she did that without the long history of success that most of her teammates came in with. Nobody would be dumb enough to try and say that Alex carried the team for them either. Johanna held her own alongside the man that currently holds the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. That’s impressive. How many teams can say they are that balanced?

Austin James Mercer was too busy winning the Internet Championship to get into the Mixed Tag Championship picture back in February. It’s funny to think that Austin, Johanna and Alex all won their titles on the same night, only to lose them on the same night six months later. It goes to show that anyone in their team could have carried the Mixed Tag Championships and they would have been just as successful. I mean, Austin was the one to end Fenris’ championship reign that many thought would be years long. Let’s not forget that I couldn’t get that done back before my hiatus from the company. My last match was losing my shot at Fenris’ belt. Austin stepped up and ended that reign while I was sitting on the couch at home.

I guess what I have been trying to say, is that this isn’t just some random match for The Black Sheep, or for Wolfslair. For Johanna, this is a chance to prove herself against the best bombshell in SCW history while she is trying to break into the division that Mikah has been the Queen of for the last six years. For Austin, he gets to step in the ring with a Grand Slam Champion, and the only undefeated team left in SCW. There might not be any championships on the line on Sunday night, but rest assured that this match is between the two best teams in this company. The only drawback, is that only one of the teams is actually interested in teaming right now.

While Austin and Johanna clearly have no problem working as partners, they aren’t motivated to function as a team. They have their own interests in this match. They want to prove themselves against two of the best singles competitors in SCW. The problem is, that isn’t the focus for Mikah and I anymore. We are a team first, and individuals second. Sure, we have taken the path of most resistance to get to this point, but it hasn’t slowed us down any. Since we brought The Black Sheep back, we have ironed out all the kinks. We have learned to put our egos aside and work with one another in the ring. We have learned to depend on each other while competing. We were dangerous as individuals. We were unstoppable as a semi-functional team. Now we are on our way to taking over the mantle of the greatest team in this company. That path is going to run us directly through a Wolfslair group who are more worried about their individual pursuits. If they weren’t so damn good, this match would be a no-brainer.

So I guess we all have to wait another few days…. I can’t promise what will happen at the end of this match. I can’t tell all of you what the outcome will be, because I don’t want to sound like I’m not giving the former champions the credit that they rightfully deserve. What I do know is that they have never faced a team like The Black Sheep before. There is no weakness to exploit in me and Mikah. There is no weakest link. We don’t have to carry one another because we made a career out of taking care of ourselves while everyone else was gunning for what we had.

I know that this is going to be a hell of a fight. I know that the Climax Control audience is going to be excited about the fact that they get to be in the building for this one instead of being stuck watching it from a couch. This is going to be the best mixed tag team match of the year, and it’s not even for a championship or part of the Blast from the Past tournament. Let that sink in.

This is everything that I have been waiting for since I came back to Sin City. I hope that Wolfslair is as ready for this as I am. I hope they are as prepared for this as Mikah and I are. If you can’t tell, we aren’t taking them lightly, and hopefully they aren’t making the mistake of thinking that The Black Sheep are some forgotten relics of the past like everyone else has.

Let’s tear the roof of Orleans Arena. Let’s make the mixed tag division the headline of the night. We might not be the main event, but we have the potential to steal the show away from people that simply can’t measure up to any of the four of us. Let’s prove that this match should have been a main event. At least that way, no matter what happens, it was worth it.

I look forward to my first real test since coming back.

Johanna… Austin… Good luck...


19
Climax Control Archives / You're Welcome!
« on: August 19, 2020, 07:10:39 PM »
Same Team
Jet City South - San Diego
17 August 2020
OFF-Camera



The gym was not open yet, but at this point that was not Kris’ biggest worry. It had been announced that The Black Sheep were getting a non-title shot at the new Mixed Tag Team Champions, and that had been Kris’ primary focus. It didn’t matter that the gym was scheduled to start bringing in students tomorrow now that they were not being forced to quarantine. It didn’t matter that Coby Quik, who was supposed to be his partner in this business venture, was still missing in action. He had one thing on his mind, and he had been trying to catch up with her all morning. He had narrowly missed catching her before her first run of the day. It almost made him feel like she had been avoiding him. However, looking down from his office window across the entirety of the gym below, he spotted her. Not wanting to miss his opportunity, he made his way down to the main floor before approaching his tag team partner.

Kris: So can we just apologize to each other and move past this petty bullshit that has been slowing us down over the last month or so. I am kind of tired of the games and bullshit. It’s not fun anymore.

It probably came off like a bit of an ambush, but Kris didn’t care. As she spun around to face him, he had expected the worst. Neither of them were the type to want to actually vent their frustrations with someone whose opinion they actually gave a shit about. Both were always quick to point out their opponent’s flaws, but when it came to addressing their own, they would both rather kick the can down the road than speak openly. They always eventually got past these little spats, but this time Kris didn’t think that they had the time to let things blow over before it started to hurt them as a team. He was hoping that she was going to look at it the same way. After three weeks he was exhausted from walking around on eggshells. He just wanted the conversation to be over so that they could get back to normal.

Mikah: ...What?

A confused look had crossed her face as she looked at him. She frowns, her eyebrows furrowed together as she looks at him. She wasn't trying to be difficult, she just had a lot on her mind and his statement had surprised her and brought her out of her thoughts.Kris points back and forth between the two of them and shakes his head.

Kris: Whatever the problem is here, we need to fix it. Usually we just blow it off and eventually we get over it. We don’t have time to do that now, and I don’t want whatever it is to come back and bite us in the ass while we are in the ring. I get it. For some reason you are pissed off at me. You just have to let me know what the problem is, because I don’t get it.

Her eyes look him over and she is quick to fold her arms over her chest. She knew that the action made her seem unapproachable but she didn't seem to think twice about it. She looks at him before looking around the room they were in.

Mikah: Are you saying that I can't put my own personal crap to the side to function in a match? Because I can. But sure, I guess. I haven't even seen you for three weeks or even been in the same state as you since that stupid boat show. I don't have the time to be pissed at you.

She hadn't had the time to process her own emotions toward her partner in the past three weeks. But maybe she was starting to remember why she had been so upset with him.

Kris: I'm not saying that at all. I know you can. You're good at it, and you're a professional. It didn't slow us down at Summer XXXtreme and I know being on that boat was its own personal hell for you. I'm not saying you aren't capable of putting shit to the side, I'm saying I don't want us to just brush shit to the side. That is how teams implode down the line. I want to fix it now and move forward on the same page, and I don't care what it takes to make that happen.

He still wasn't sure that his honesty was going to get him anywhere but at least he can say that he tried. It was more than any of his previous partners had gotten from him. It was a start. She shifts her weight in front of him as she feels that usual fight or flight kick in but she does her best to push it away.

Mikah: ...Okay. That sounds reasonable I suppose. But first, you're telling me basically that you haven't even noticed that me and the kids haven't been here for basically three weeks? And I know that they're not your kids but a missing one year old would be kind of obvious.

She raises an eyebrow at him, wondering what his response was going to be. Of course, she hadn't told him she was going to be gone or that she had plans to go anywhere. She had thought he might have noticed her absence, but now she can tell that it had completely slipped past him even before he opened his mouth. He gestures to the space around them in an attempt to deflect a little, but gives up on making an excuse.

Kris: Well, I mean… I was trying to give you some space, and working on making things ready to open. I really just thought that you were avoiding being around me. I keep weird hours, so I thought you were planning around that.

He pauses, realizing that it does not really help his cause that he didn’t even notice that she was gone. It didn’t matter what his reasoning was going to be. It was inexcusable.

Kris: I get it that you were pissed about me doubting you being serious about coming back, and questioning how much you were working at it. I was a dick. I’m sorry. I should have had your back. Then after how the match went at Summer XXXtreme, I was pissed off. It was like you were trying to prove that you didn’t need me. That’s not how a team is supposed to work. I know that it isn’t going to matter most of the time, but eventually it will matter. I don’t want to start losing down the road because we are busier taking shots at each other instead of our opponents. If I pushed you towards acting like that, that’s my fault. Like I said, I’m sorry. And I’m sorry I didn’t realize you were gone. I guess I have just been in my own head.

Once it started coming out of his mouth he knew if he tried to stop he wouldn’t end up getting through it. Kris was not the type to take responsibility for any of his actions. She could see in his eyes that it was painful to be this honest. The fact that he wasn’t attempting to deflect or turn the situation into a joke showed how serious he was about clearing the air between the two of them. He had hoped that the effort would reassure her that he wasn’t here just to keep playing stupid games.She is quiet for a moment or two before she looks at him. She knew that admitting this was hard for him. But speaking about feelings and emotions wasn't her strong suit either.

Mikah: You know you treated me just like everybody else does, right? That doubt that almost everybody has when it comes to me competing in the ring. And that view that everybody has that loves to say I'm unreliable. But I've never not shown up when I was booked. It was almost as if you were a carbon copy of them. Another Crystal-Christina or Mercedes Vargas or Petty Polly. Another person who likes to throw me under the bus. And I was the one that had your back no matter what the others said. And I assumed that maybe you'd have had the same sentiment that I did. After everything that we have done together.

The words came out of her mouth quickly. She takes a deep breath and averts her eyes. This was the time that she'd normally walk away. The words cut into him, but instead of trying to shrug off the blame, he nods in agreement with her.

Kris: I get it. I got obsessed with this idea that you were going to do the same thing that I did. I came out there confident and then fell on my face. I didn’t want to see that happen to you, or to us as a team. I just wanted us to look like the team that everyone was afraid of, and yeah… I went too far. My head was in the right place, but I messed up how I went about it. I should have trusted you. After all, you trusted me enough to come back in the first place. That’s my fault. I’m working on it.

Usually everything that came out of his mouth was some sort of praise for himself, but not today. If he had any hope of the two of them pushing through his he realized that he was going to have to be as painfully honest about his own actions as he was about how he viewed his opponents. There was no time left for tip-toeing around the truth, and he could already feel the weight started to be raised off of his chest.She just shrugs her shoulders at him, a habit that she never seems to correct.

Mikah: There's not much else we can do about it now. It happened. And we can't change it.

She was always quick to brush things off. And this time was definitely  no different. Kris shakes his head, but it didn’t seem like the fact bothered him all that much.

Kris: No. It’s a learning experience. Shit happens, but it doesn’t have to keep happening. We don’t have to make the same mistakes twice. That’s why I didn’t want to avoid it. I wanted to get it over with, so that we can get back to being a team instead of competing against each other. We’re supposed to be on the same side. I know that is a new feeling for the both of us. I mean, I know I don’t necessarily like sharing the spotlight with someone all the time. I like the attention. It is a big reason that I am back. But if we are going to be a team we need to actually be a team. I don’t want my ego to be the thing that gets in the way of that. So yeah, I messed up, but I’m going to do better moving forward. Promise.

She nods, and softens a little bit. The conversation was tense, and she had taken just about as much of it as she could handle. Mikah offers him a smirk that she only kind of has to force, and her voice comes out much more carefree.

Mikah: Good… because I didn’t come back for a project. I came back to be a champion. You gotta get it together.

It actually forces him to break, and he laughs.

Kris: Oh, it’s like that?

It was a good sign, even if it was just a deflection away from the serious conversation that neither of them actually wanted to have.

Mikah: ...and we have a gym opening tomorrow, and the new temporary champions to deal with on Sunday so you better get it together quickly. I don’t want you going into this match unprepared and costing us the win.

His mouth falls open and the audacity she has to make fun of him so quickly.. Kris raises a hand to his chest and feigns actual pain from the verbal jab as the two laugh.


==========================================================


>I guess the first thing that I have to say about Bitch n Moan, is that they are welcome….

”The Miracle” stands with his back to the camera. He is looking out a large window that looks out from his office and down into Jet City South. The gym was now open for business since the SCW quarantine was lifted. New students had come running once they heard that the gym was operational, as well as some old familiar faces. Kris would have to deal with some of them once Underground came around, but that was a story for another time. Despite dealing with his gym opening, he was more focused on the match he had coming up at Climax Control. It wasn’t going to be for the Mixed Tag Team Championships, but at least he and Mikah were getting a crack at the champions in their third match back together as a team. There wasn’t a whole lot that he could complain about given his situation. It seemed to Kris that he was holding all the cards, which was probably why he sounded so smug when he started to explain himself.

They’re welcome for their championship match at Summer XXXtreme that The Black Sheep gifted to them. They’re welcome for the solo shot that they cried so hard about getting. They’re welcome for us stepping out of the way so that they could take on a Wolfslair team that was clearly done leading the division. They’re welcome that they can put beating the most dominant mixed tag team of the last year on their resume.

He turns from the glass and towards the camera, rolling his eyes at the accomplishment. It was clear that Kris wasn’t all that impressed with their victory aboard the Sun Princess.

Rest assured that they are going to say that they earned their shot, and that they earned a hard fought victory at Summer XXXtreme. However, we all know that isn’t true. You don’t have to look any further than Alex Jones’ words before their match to know that he wasn’t really in it anymore. He said that the plan was to launch his partner’s career and then refocus himself on the World Heavyweight Championship that he deserves to be carrying around. What happened at Summer XXXtreme? Alex dropped the championship he didn’t care about anymore and immediately went to work chasing the one that Griffin Hawkins managed to swipe away from Ben Jordan.

The Grand Slam Champion shrugs his shoulders, trying not to look like the thought hadn’t also crossed his mind. He had beaten Griffin in back-to-back matches recently which may have cost him his friendship with the now SCW World Heavyweight Champion. If he wasn’t invested in The Black Sheep, it would have been a no-brainer to cash in his chance at Griffin and assume his rightful spot back at the top. He wasn’t going to allow the thought to get him off track though. As far as he was concerned, Griffin did him a favor by beating Ben. After all, it got Alex Jones to put the mixed tag division on hold, and moved a dangerous team out of The Black Sheep’s path.

They beat a champion that didn’t want the title anymore, and want to celebrate like they slayed a giant. Then again, maybe they wouldn’t have even been able to accomplish that had I chosen to insert The Black Sheep into the match via my guaranteed championship opportunity. I control my own destiny, and I could have used that to squash their moment at the snap of my fingers.

He snaps his thumb and middle fingers of his left hand in the direction of the camera with his signature condescending smirk on his face.

...but they wanted their solo shot. They wanted to prove that without any other teams in the mix they had what it took to dethrone the champions. Well congratulations are due I suppose, because they managed to barely pull it off. Now they want to say that they have earned everything that they have been given, but they both know that The Black Sheep gave them the best opportunity that they were ever going to get by keeping ourselves out of that match. Wolfslair is not even going to bother challenging them to a rematch, because what would be the point? They already know the same thing that the rest of us do. If Wolfslair wanted to be the mixed tag team champions right now, they would be. Even better, if The Black Sheep had been involved at Summer XXXtreme, Bitch n Moan would still be crying about how unfair life is while Mikah and I were bragging about how awesome it is to be both Mixed Tag AND Grand Slam Champions.

The smile on his face showed the fans that Kris expected to make that hypothetical situation a reality sooner rather than later. This match was just the stepping stone to taking their titles away from the temporary champions; nothing more than a formality. He wasn’t going to give the new champions very much credit for winning something that they would never successfully defend.

Malachi and Bella walked into a perfect situation and were still surprised when it ended up going their way. That alone should demonstrate to the world that they weren’t ready to be the champions, and deep down they didn’t think it was possible. They have been celebrating for two weeks because they realize that this is the peak of the mountain for them. They might say that The Black Sheep came out of the woodwork to try and rise to the top of the division, but we don’t need to “rise” to shit. The moment we threw our hats into the ring we were at the top of the list. Why? Because nobody is going to be surprised when we take those mixed tag team championships away from Bitch n Moan and put them where they have always belonged.

He looks down to his waist, likely picturing the way that the championship would look strapped around it.

This division was created for a team like me and Mikah. Unlike Wolfslair, we don’t need to team up to help the other get recognized. Unlike The Barnharts we don’t need to team together in order to find any kind of success. We aren’t a couple like Sass n Bash that think it would be cute to do things together. We are two people that have made it our mission in life to rise to the top of this company. This is just another division for us to dominate. We have gone through all of the others. We have beaten everyone that this company has thrown at us. Nothing has been able to stop us as individuals and none of the current teams on this roster have any hope of putting up a fight against us as a team.

Now that Wolfslair was gone, there wasn’t a team on the roster that made “The Miracle” even slightly nervous. Maybe Ben Jordan and Evie would cause his blood pressure to rise a little, but Evie would have to lose her championship to make that possible and Kris didn’t see that happening any time soon. London Underground hadn’t been heard from lately, and the teams that did show up on the shows managed to lose just about every high leverage match they were put in. The lack of competition made The Black Sheep not only the best choice for a #! Contender, but the only real choice that there was.

I mean think about it! Mikah and I are main event talents. The only reason that this match is so low on the card is because everyone knows how it is going to end. Hell, even the intern that they got to write up our hype blurb for the card release knows that much. When we win this match, our shots at the mixed tag team titles are guaranteed. When we go out and embarrass the new champions after they have been celebrating their meaningless victory, I won’t have to cash in my opportunity to take their championships. The Black Sheep may have gifted them their opportunity at Wolfslair, but the charity ends there. These two are placeholders, and everyone that buys a ticket to witness the beating they are going to receive on Climax Control already knows that.

It was harsh, but Kris didn’t care. In recent weeks he had leaned hard into being the villain that everyone was painting him as. He realized that it didn’t bother him what the people he shared the locker room with thought of him. When he walked out to the ring, the reaction from the fans was the same as it had always been. That is all the validation that he required.

We didn’t come to this division in order to be cute, or be comedic relief in the backstage area. We didn’t come to help a friend get over with the crowd. We are here to win, plain and simple. Since we teamed up, the Trenton Tigers and The Barnharts learned not to mess with us. We didn’t need to trade victories with other teams to work out way up the ranks. We didn’t need to complain our way to a one-on-one match against the champions. We showed up. We won. Three matches later here we are, taking on the champs. You don’t have to bitch and moan your way to the top if you just go out and win every time a team is put in front of you. That seems to be the fact that is lost on our champions. If they were so goddamn deserving, they would have found themselves in the same position that Mikah and I are in. They wouldn’t have had to demand anything. They wouldn’t have had to call their shot, or prove that they belong. People would just know. Like people just know that The Black Sheep are destined to end Bitch n Moan’s pathetic reign before it can even get started.

With how confident he was, it sounded like the Grand Slam Champion should have gone ahead and cashed in his opportunity for a championship match on this show after all. It wasn’t out of malice though. Sometimes the truth hurts.

People might hear this and think that I have something against the two of them, but that couldn’t be further from the truth. I would have to care enough about them to form an opinion in order to hate them. I don’t. They are just the ones that happen to be in the way of an ascension that everyone in the arena can already see happening. It wouldn’t have mattered if it were Bill and Bea, or even Ben Jordan and Evie. Mikah and I set our sights on something that we wanted, and now we are going to get it just like we have everything else in our lives. It is not personal in the least.

He knew that there was no way that they were going to believe that it wasn’t personal, but it didn’t really bother him. They were his opponents. They were an obstacle to be obliterated for even thinking about getting in his way. He hadn’t made a name for himself by taking it easy on anyone, and he wasn’t going to try and fix a system that wasn’t broken.

That’s why I’m not worried about the things that I say or how they will be perceived. I don’t need a “sportsmanship translator” to come out and make everything I saw more palatable. There is no bullshit spin here. There is no sugarcoating. They have something that I want, and I don’t think that Bella or Malachi are good enough to stop The Black Sheep from taking those championships. I think that the Vegas betting lines would probably agree with me on that one.

He holds up his hands in front of his chest and shakes his head before backpedaling a little bit. He knew that he was in danger of sounding petty or over-confident unless he explained himself.

...and that’s not me trying to take anything away from Malachi as a competitor either. I kind of liked the guy back before I came back to Sin City. I mean, he is an arrogant asshole with an older brother that he used to tag with that he eventually had to put in his place. It’s almost like looking in a mirror, but with one major difference. He made the statement when he signed here that he is not going to get into the habit of suffering fools. He takes this whole thing seriously. When the bells ring, he is all business, and has no time for whimsy. But what is my entire offensive strategy if not whimsy? Has anyone ever accused me of taking all of this too seriously? Maybe I am a fool like people say, but that is what makes this an impossible match for Malachi. He has no answer for someone who’s offense has no rhyme or reason. He can’t handle someone that has no strategy, and instead is just waiting to punish people once they make a mistake. He is angry, aggressive, and otherwise emotional. That is going to be his downfall against someone who has built a career out of goading professionals into making a misstep and then capitalizing when the time is right. The only way he can get the upper hand against me is to stay out of the ring where I can’t get under his skin….but it’s not like Bella could get the job done on her own.

The idea that someone who struggled to beat Bea Barnhart and both of the female Trenton Tigers being a threat to the most successful bombshell in SCW history was laughable at best and insulting at worst.

That’s not to say that Bella is not good in her own right, but she’s no Mikah. Then again, there is nobody quite like Mikah. She is at the top of the totem pole in SCW, and everyone aspires to build the resume that she has in this company. She is recognized as the single greatest Bombshell to walk in the doors of this company and the only reason she has never held a tag championship before is because she had no interest in doing so. She didn’t have a partner that she could trust enough to pair herself with. There was nobody that was on her level that she wouldn’t view as a liability. That was, until I came back.

Kris leans back against the glass window that he had been looking out to start the recording, and folds his arms across his chest. The cocky smirk returns to his face as he thinks back through his accomplishments with the company.

That’s because despite being a fool, I am every bit as talented as my resume says I am. I dominated the Roulette Division that Malachi wouldn’t have been able to hang in. I shocked the world as Internet Champion, and I won Man of the Year for my reign as SCW World Heavyweight Champion. I mean the results speak for themselves. Who has the guy beaten? Alex Rush and Caleb Storms right? One of them isn’t good enough to be on the actual SCW roster, and the other has never really been successful. Every time that his team wins it seems like it is Bella picking up the victory for the two of them. She was the one to get the submission against the Reject Tigers, The Barnharts, and Wolfslair so clearly Malachi isn’t doing the heavy lifting there. What about his record says that he should be at the front of any line? What makes him feel like anything he has done should put him on top? The guy can talk a big game, I will give him that, but he has done nothing of note in this company without his girl doing the work for him. On the other hand, I have dominated most of the talent that has come through this company. I have been the face SCW. I have held every championship that there is to hold except for the ones that Mikah and I let Malachi and Bella shine up for us.

When Mikah and I go out to the ring, we win. Period. End of story. It doesn’t matter if we are bickering with each other out of boredom. It doesn’t matter what you see on social media. We don’t need to stand next to each other during these little promos or speak for one another so people know what we really mean. Our music hits. We walk to the ring. We beat whoever it is that is standing across from us. It is that simple. There is no reason for us to bitch about getting one on one shots. We don’t lose to joke teams like the Trenton Tigers. We leave things like that for the lesser teams like Bella and Malachi who think being a couple makes them special. Mikah and I are dominant separately, and an unstoppable force together. That’s something special. That’s something that this division hasn’t seen before The Black Sheep arrived on the scene. These two don’t stand a chance.

He chuckles lightly to himself before throwing the thought that tickled him out to the audience.

It’s going to be laughable to watch them try and say that they do….

With another cocky smile and a wink, the camera feed fades out and cuts off.





20
Supercard Archives / The Black Sheep v The Barnharts
« on: July 31, 2020, 11:47:56 PM »
 
==========================================================

The scene opens on “The Miracle” Kristopher Ryans standing on the deck of the Sun Princess where the superstars and bombshells of Sin City Wrestling had been holed up for the majority of the week. He was one of the few that had boarded the boat nearly from the moment that it opened, although he had been mostly keeping to himself. There were exceptions for people that were important enough to warrant his attention, but the boat was filled with people that thought he was an unnecessary part of Sin City’s past. Kris was doing all that he could to block those people out, even though they had been posted up in his head all week anyways. When he speaks, he is still leaning on the railing and facing out towards the water. It almost feels like he is indifferent to its presence and is just thinking out loud as opposed to creating a promo video to hype his Summer XXXtreme match-up.

I used to dream of success, but now success feels inadequate.

There is clearly a lot more than just some mixed tag team contender’s match on his mind. In the months since he decided to make his return to the company he had been unable to win over a lot of the people in the locker room. There were those that could not stand him on a personal level, and he was smart enough to realize that he was never going to be able to change their minds without fundamentally changing as a person. That was too high of a cost anyways. It wasn’t that group that bothered him anyways. It was the newcomers.

It might seem like a long time ago to most people, but I had to claw my way up through the ranks of this company. I started at the very bottom, and kicked things off on one of the longest losing streaks a newcomer in this company has ever endured. I was written off long before I joined The Nobodies. I was naive enough to think that people really hated me back then. Little did I know that the bigger I get, the more people line up to be mad at me.

He laughs, still looking out at the water. The Sun Princess would not be departing for the open water this year, but Kris still found it calming to be this close to it. He had grown up on the beach. Something about just being able to hear the waves made him comfortable. Maybe that was why he was addressing everyone with a totally different tone than normal. Usually everything was either a joke or an attack. The fact that he was speaking honestly was as refreshing as it was strange.

I fought my way up through the ranks. Maybe it wasn’t fairly, or squarely, but that doesn’t change anything. I have always unapologetically been out for myself. There are people that used to come to the shows and cheer for me because of that fact. There is nothing malicious about anything that I do. Most people understand that. I move people to the side when they get in my way or hold me back. It is the approach that everyone wishes that they could take in life. It means that I plow through resistance instead of letting obstacles block my path. The people in the locker room that get upset about the way that I talk, or the way I perform in the ring are the ones that can’t get around those obstacles, or through that glass ceiling. So if you think about it, they aren’t mad at me for being me. They are mad at themselves because they aren’t me. They wish they could be someone that sees that there are no rules. This is warfare as a career choice, and nothing is given out for free. If you want something, it is your job to take it. If you don’t, there is nobody to blame but yourself.

He looks over at the camera briefly to flash them the smile that was on his face. He had to know that the vast majority of people were not going to agree with his take on the world, but it didn’t look like he was going to let that bother him.

It’s not like I don’t know that it is a messed up system. The kind of things that we do in Sin City cannot be applied to you people at home. This isn’t a way that you people can run your lives. That is what makes it so exciting to watch though. That’s the reason that there will always be people in attendance that want to see me win. That is the reason that Mark and Christian keep bringing me back no matter how many times I try to burn this bridge. Any creation needs a devil, and every devil needs an advocate, I guess. I don’t mind being that person. It’s not going to bother me to be the one to tell me that I think that it's time we start taking charge. We don’t need to adhere to your rules, or your structure. We can be whatever we want, and do as we please. We don’t have to fit into your system in order to get ahead. You want proof? Look at me. I did it. I became a success, and I never once tried to fit into the system laid out in front of me. I got where I am by flipping that system on its head time and time again. People are conditioned to think that the ones like me will be filtered out. Everyone is supposed to want to see the rule breakers get punished. But like I said, there will always be those that show up to cheer for me. Why? Because they understand what so many of the people on the roster just can’t get. I am a necessity.

He turns around and puts his back against the railing, finally giving the camera his attention. Kris shakes his head a few times, trying to tuck his ego back into place. He was here to make a point now, not sound arrogant.

You people think you know me? I assure you, you don’t know the half of it. Those of you that keep calling me a relic of the past don’t have the slightest clue what you are talking about. You think that if you really love this business that you need to stick with it week in and week out. People look at this as a lifestyle instead of a career, and they’re just wrong. I love every moment of being here, but I’m not attached to this. I don’t have to be in front of a camera all the time. I don’t have to hear my name on the tip of everyone’s tongue day in and day out. I don’t even have to be the center of attention. Everyone liked me a whole lot more when I would come out and pander to everyone and talk about how great the fans and the company was. Did that ever silence the people that heap so much hate on me from backstage? Was anything I did ever enough to get rid of the people that said I wasn’t good enough to have the spot that I earned? Of course it wasn’t. A few years ago, I may have gotten mad about that and left. I may have taken some time to myself. I knew that the show would go on, but I didn’t feel the need to keep acting in it. I was trying to be someone that I wasn’t. If I am honest, I was still trying to do that when I first came back earlier this year.

He tries not to let himself dwell on his missteps of his first month back with the company. Undoubtedly people had picked up on the fact that he had lost direction back then. Kris had found himself in a tug-of-war between trying to give everyone what they wanted, and just being himself. It took Mikah coming along for him to really embrace the latter.

Maybe I have just been pushed too far. Maybe the years of negativity hurled at me has finally come back around. I don’t feel bad about the fact that Mikah and I are going to walk into Summer XXXtreme and do what we do best. I am not going to regret destroying Bill Barnhart and his wife in the middle of the ring once the bell rings. The fact that there are naysayers in this division that don’t think The Black Sheep deserve any credit or consideration is more than enough reason to do everything that I can to prove them wrong. They are going to hate us no matter what we say, or what we do. The other mixed tag teams are going to discredit us whether we win or lose. If we lose, we are talentless. If we win, then it was just The Barnharts that sucked. Nothing is ever good enough, and everything is always wrong. There is no pleasing anyone, so trying to do so is a waste of time.

It was almost like he came to the epiphany as he was speaking. As soon as the words came out of his mouth it gave him a chuckle. He had been working his way through it in his mind for weeks and was only just now starting to sort out what had been on his mind.

Why do we even care what our peers think about us? I’m not just asking that on behalf of myself and Mikah either. I am asking all of you, whether you are on this roster or out in the real world. Why do any of us waste time thinking about what others are going to say about our actions? Everyone is out for themselves. Everyone wants to get ahead. Yet some of us are called villains just because we are honest about our intentions. Sure, it can get ugly, but at the very least, it is honest. That is more than you are getting from people that come across your screen preaching their self-righteous bullshit. People complain about you when they want something that you have. Should it come as a surprise that mine and Mikah’s names are on so many people’s tongues? All of the never-haves wish that they could be one of us, even for just a second. They talk down about us because they know that they never will be.

He holds up his hands in front of his chest innocently. Kris is smart enough to know how people were going to take his words. Before they jumped to their conclusion though, he was hoping that they would at least hear him out.

...and yeah, that might sound shitty to say, but that is the truth. Is it pleasant for the hacks on the roster to hear? Of course not. There is a reason that nobody is talking about The Barnharts or the Trenton Tigers as real contenders now that Mikah and I have shown up though. Sass and Bash made such a big deal about their solo shot at Wolfslair, but everyone knows that The Black Sheep could have been added to that match at the snap of my fingers. Even worse, we could have taken our opportunity weeks ago on Climax Control and robbed Bitch n Moan of their opportunity all together. We didn’t have to let them get what they wanted. Does anyone really think that Mark and Christian would have gotten in our way if that was what we wanted to do? Mark can’t stand listening to Mikah for even thirty seconds, and Christian has been hanging on my every word for years. Everyone knows that we are the team to beat in this division now, and the only thing that would even challenge that would be Ben and Evie dropping their titles and joining the mixed tag festivities. Since I don’t see that happening, this was our division from the moment that we stepped foot in it. All of the other teams know it. That is why they are mad. That is why they are dead set on painting us as the villains. That is why they want to make it sound like we do not deserve to be here, and our singles records are invalid. Every team in this division wants to see us fail, but should be smart enough to know that we aren’t going to. They can hope against it all they want, but everyone knows what is going to happen at Summer XXXtreme.

He could double down on what he means, but he pauses and lets the statement settle in the minds of the audience. Knowing that some of them are undoubtedly starting to tune out his confidence, he backs off a little bit. The more thoughtful tone he had earlier on in the video comes back, and the smile fades off his face.

...but I still have this feeling in the pit of my stomach that just won’t go away. I know that I can’t keep doing this forever. I know that as I get older it is going to get harder to do the things that I do, especially the way that I do them. Eventually I am going to prove all of these people right, and my time in the spotlight will tick its last tock. If I thought that time was now, I wouldn’t have come back. If people were right about me needing to stay back in 2017, then I wouldn’t be on the second longest winning run of my career. If I wasn’t a threat, then the people of this division wouldn’t be paying Mikah and I any attention at all. The irrelevant people never get mentioned. They are not worth the time spent on them. The fact that The Black Sheep have been the most talked about mixed tag team since the moment that we came back should tell everyone all that they need to know about our real status in this division.

Kris pushes away from the railing looking more refreshed than he had when things were first getting started. Everything that he had worked through in front of the camera had clearly started to take some of the weight off of his shoulders.

I guess all I’ve learned is that I can’t wait up trying to get everyone to rally behind me. If people want to look at me like I am a villain, fine. I haven’t changed since day one, and I am tired of pretending like I care about everyone’s feelings. Nobody ever gave me that consideration, and I was still able to become the face of this company. I don’t need their support to rise to the top of one division after I managed to be the number one guy in the entire company. I don’t have anything left to prove to anyone, let alone Bill Barnhart and his sorry ass wife. They are just another one of those obstacles in my way. Unfortunately for them, that doesn’t intimidate me or my partner.

He gives the camera one of Mikah’s ‘sorry-not-sorry’ type of shrugs.

This is still my time.

The camera follows him a few more steps, but the Grand Slam Champion stops at a door, likely leading into the suite for The Black Sheep.

Doubt us if you have a kink of being proven wrong.

With a wink at the camera, Kris pushes open his cabin door, and leaves the camera and the audience on the outside. After a moment’s pause, the feed fades to black and cuts off.

==========================================================



Pages: [1] 2 3 ... 5